Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Agenda Packet 12/21/2021
December 21, 2021 Port Angeles City Council Meeting Page 1 December 21, 2021 City of Port Angeles Council Meeting Agenda The Mayor may determine the order of business for a particular City Council meeting. The agenda should be arranged to best serve the needs and/or convenience of the Council and the public. The Mayor will determine time of break. Hearing devices are available for those needing assistance. The items of business for regular Council meetings may include the following: A. Call to Order – Regular Meeting at 6:00 p.m. B. Roll Call, Pledge of Allegiance Ceremonial Matters, Proclamations & Employee Recognitions C. Public Comment The City Council desires to allow the opportunity for Public Comment. However, the business of the City must proceed in an or derly and timely manner. Visit https://www.cityofpa.us/Live-Virtual-Meetings to learn how to participate during public comment and or watch the meeting live. Written public comments can be submitted to: council@cityofpa.us, comments will not be read aloud but will be made a part of the record. To provide pre-recorded messages to the City Council by phone, please call 360 -417-4504. Messages received will be made a part of the final record. Comments should be received by 2:00 p.m. Tuesday, December 21, 2021. For audio only please call: 1-844-992-4726 Use access code: 2552 239 9856 Once connected press *3 to raise your virtual hand, if you wish to make a comment or public testimony. You will be notified when it is your turn to speak. This access code is good for the December 21, 2021 meeting only. If you are joining in through the Webex link: https://cityofpa.webex.com/cityofpa/onstage/g.php?MTID=e5c1887eb18e7a641cfb44e83ea17dee4 and wish to make a comment or public testimony, please use the “raise your hand” feature in Webex. You will be notified when it is your turn to speak. Members of the public may address the City Council at the beginning and end of any Regular Meeting under "Public Comment." During the "Public Comment" portion of the meeting, individuals may speak to agenda items, except those scheduled for a Public Hearing. The City Council desires to allow the opportunity for Public Comment. However, the business of the City must proceed in an orderly, timely manner. At any time, the presiding officer, in the presiding officer's sole discretion, may set such reasonable limits as are necessary to prevent disruption of other necessary business. At its most restrictive, Public Comment shall be limited to a total of 15 minutes for the first Public Comment period and shall be concluded not later than 9:45 for the second Public Comment period. Individuals may speak for three (3) minutes or less, depending on the number of people wishing to speak. If more than 20 peop le are signed up to speak each speaker may be allocated two (2) minutes. Individuals who are residents of the City or own businesses within the City will be called to speak first, with preference gi ven to those who wish to speak to an item on the meeting’s agenda. If time remains, the presiding officer will call other individuals wishing to speak, generally in the order in which they have signed in. If time is available, the presiding officer may call for addition al unsigned speakers. Persons speaking shall state their name, whether they reside within the City limits, whether they have any other pertinent connection to the City, and whether they are appearing as the representative of an organization. Excerpts: Council Rules of Procedure Section 12 December 21, 2021 Port Angeles City Council Meeting Page 2 D. Late Items To be placed on this or future agendas, including any executive session needed during or at the end of the meeting. E. Consent Agenda | Approve 1. City Council Minutes of December 7, 2021 / Approve.................................................................................................... E-1 2. Expenditure Report: From November 27, 2021 to December 10, 2021 in the amount of $1,424,390.14 / Approve ....... E-6 3. Water System Modeling Support PSA-2019-11 Contract Amendment 3 / Award the Professional Service Agreement Amendment 03 for the Water System Modeling Support to RH2 Engineering, Inc. of Bothell, WA; increase the total contract value by $10,000.00 to a new not-to-exceed amount of $94,000.00; extend the agreement expiration date to December 31, 2022; and authorize the City Manager to execute and to make minor modifications to the agreement as necessary ..... E-22 4. BergAndonian Agreement / Authorize the City Manager to sign the Berg Benefits Professional Services Agreement in an amount not to exceed $43,500 and the RedQuote Adoption Agreement and make minor modifications as necessary ... E-24 5. 2011 Agreement Between City of Port Angeles & Clallam Transit - Amendment #1 / (1) Approve and authorize the City Manager to sign Amendment #1 of the 2011 Agreement between the City of Port Angeles and Clallam Transit System and; (2) make minor modifications to the Amendment, if needed ............................................................................................ E-46 6. MAKERS Contract amendment / Approve and authorize the City Manager to sign the professional services agreement amendment with MAKERS Architecture and Urban Design in the amount of $24,995 and to make minor changes as necessary to complete the tasks as outlined ..................................................................................................................... E-65 7. Police Department Interlocal Agreement / City of Sequim and City of Port Angeles / Authorize the City Manager to sign the interlocal agreement between the City of Port Angeles and the City of Sequim.............................................................. E-78 8. Emergency Declaration – Water Main Break .................................................................................................................. E-83 F. Public Hearings | 6:30 p.m. or Soon Thereafter .................................................................................................. None G. Ordinances Not Requiring Council Public Hearings 1. Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project – 2nd Reading of the Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions Ordinance / Conduct 2nd Reading / Adopt Ordinance ...................................................................................................... G-1 H. Resolutions Not Requiring Council Public Hearings 1. Americans with Disabilities Act Transition Plan Resolution and Adoption / Pass Resolution and Adopt Plan ............. H-1 2. 2022 Clean Energy Implementation Plan / Pass Resolution ............................................................................................ H-4 I. Other Considerations 1. Boards and Committee Assignments / Council Discussion ............................................................................................. I-1 J. Contracts & Purchasing1 1. Francis Street ADA Award Construction Contract ......................................................................................................... J-1 2. Washington State Department of Transportation Highway Safety Improvement Program Grant for the City Signal Controller Upgrades Project.............................................................................................................................................................. J-3 K. Council Reports L. Information City Manager Reports: M. Second Public Comment Follow the first public comment period instructions. Adjournment CITY COUNCIL MEETING Port Angeles, Washington December 7, 2021 CALL TO ORDER SPECIAL MEETING Mayor Dexter called the special meeting of the Port Angeles City Council to order at 5:30 p.m. Members Present: Mayor Dexter, Deputy Mayor Carr, Council members French, Meyer, McCaughan, Schromen- Wawrin and Suggs. Members Absent: None Staff Present: City Manager West, Attorney Bloor, Clerk Martinez-Bailey. EXECUTIVE SESSION Based on information from City Attorney William Bloor, Mayor Dexter announced the need for a n Executive Session to be held under authority of RCW 42.30.110(1)(i) to discuss potential litigation with legal counsel for approximately 30 minutes. Council moved to a separate virtual meeting. The closed session convened at 5:30 p.m. ADJOURNMENT Mayor Dexter adjourned the Special Meeting at 6:00 p.m. CALL TO ORDER-REGULAR MEETING Mayor Dexter called the regular meeting of the Port An geles City Council to order at 6:03 p.m. ROLL CALL Members Present: Mayor Dexter, Deputy Mayor Carr, Council members French, Meyer, McCaughan, Schromen- Wawrin and Suggs. Members Absent: None Staff Present: City Manager West, Attorney Bloor, Clerk Martinez-Bailey, C. Delikat, K. Dubuc, B. Smith, A. Brekke, T. Hunter, and S. Carrizosa. PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE Mayor Dexter led the Pledge of Allegiance to the Flag. CEREMONIAL MATTERS, PROCLAMATIONS & EMPLOYEE RECOGNITIONS 1.Police Department Canine Program Award. Police Chief Brian Smith introduced Clallam County Sheriff’s Office Administrative Manager and President of the of the Hurricane Ridge Kennel Club, Lorraine Shore, who spoke about the Club’s decision to donate $2,000 to the Port Angeles Police Department K-9 Unit. Ms. Shore said the donation was made possible through events hosted by the Club over the year, and said it is their desire to give back to the community. Chief Smith Port Angeles Police Sergeant Kevin Miller introduced and spoke about his K-9, Bodie. PUBLIC COMMENT Jeff Bohman, city resident, spoke on behalf of the Peninsula Trails Coalition Board and thanked the City and staff for their work on Olympic Discovery Trail and the Memorandum of Understanding with the Trails Coalition on the Consent Agenda. Jim McEntire, residing outside the city, on behal f of the Port Angeles Business Association spoke about the Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project - Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions proposed ordinance on the agenda. December 21, 2021 E - 1 PORT ANGELES CITY COUNCIL MEETING – December 7, 2021 Page 2 of 5 Brad Collins, city resident, spoke about the Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project - Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions proposed ordinance on the agenda. John Ralston, city resident, spoke about the Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project - Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions proposed ordinance on the agenda. Erik Marks, residing outside the city, spoke about the Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project - Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions proposed ordinance on the agenda. Annie O’Rourke, residing outside the city, Director of Development for the Peninsula Housing Authority, spoke about the Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project - Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions proposed ordinance on the agenda. The Mayor confirmed with the Clerk that there were no pre-recorded messages. LATE ITEMS TO BE PLACED ON THIS OR FUTURE AGENDAS The Mayor added Restaurant Revitalization Fund Sign-On Letter and Council Attendance to the agenda as items I-3 and E-7. CONSENT AGENDA Council member McCaughan asked the Mayor to consider moving item G-3 to the Consent Agenda. Hearing consensus from the Council, the Mayor added the item as E-8. It was moved by French and seconded by Carr to approve the Consent Agenda to include: 1. City Council Minutes of November 3 and November 16, 2021 2. Expenditure Report: From November 6, 2021 to November 26, 2021 in the amount of $2,848,100.08 3. SCADA Technical Support, PSA-2020-03 Amendment 2 / Award the Amendment 02 extension to the 2020 SCADA Technical Support Professional Service Agreement with Technical Systems Inc. of Lynnwood, WA increasing the total contract value by $84,000.00 to a new not to exceed amount of $263,000.00 and extending the agreement expiration date to December 31, 2022; and authorize the City Manager to sign all documents necessary to execute and administer the contract and make minor modifications as necessary 4. Peninsula Trails Coalition Memorandum of Understanding / Approve and authorize the City Manager to sign a Memorandum between the City of Port Angeles and the Peninsula Trails Coalition 5. Lease Renewal – Port of Port Angeles /Approve and authorize the City Manager to sign a Lease Renewal with Port of Port Angeles and make minor modifications to the agreement, necessary 6. Accept Offer for Property Located at 4017 Fairmont Ave / Accept the offer to purchase the property located at 4017 Fairmont Ave from Habitat for Humanity of Clallam County for $28,000 and authorize the City manager to execute a purchase and sale agreement including necessary documents to effect closing. 7. Council Attendance / Excuse Council member Meyer from the December 17 meeting 8. Street Vacation Petition for Southern Half of 4th Street Right -of-Way / Adopt Ordinance# 3685 The Mayor asked if there was unanimous consent, hearing no opposition, the motion carried 7 -0. PUBLIC HEARINGS 1. Adoption of the 2022 Budget Finance Director Sarina Carrizosa presented the agenda item to the Council for the 2nd reading and stated the matter was also a continuation of the public hearing. Director Carrizosa said the 2022 Budget carries forward all current services and noted some changes and where those could be found in the Council packet. She provided a brief background on the changes, one of which was the addition of a Community Development Technician position to assist City staff with capacity issues. She said the 2022 Budget as proposed, incorporates $40,000 of temporary funding to fulfill this need and said staff would explore revenue options for a permanent position prior to mid-year 2022. At 6:45 p.m., the Mayor continued the public hearing. Hearing no comments, the Mayor closed the public hearing. December 21, 2021 E - 2 PORT ANGELES CITY COUNCIL MEETING – December 7, 2021 Page 3 of 5 Mayor Dexter conducted a second reading of the ordinance by title, entitled, ORDINANCE NO. 3686 AN ORDINANCE of the City of Port Angeles, Washington, adopting the 2022 budget for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2022. It was moved by McCaughan and seconded by Schromen-Wawrin to: Adopt the ordinance as read. After a roll call vote, the motion carried 7-0. Mayor recessed the meeting for a break at 6:51 p.m. The meeting reconvened at 6:56 p.m. Mike Doherty, who did not provide residency information, spoke to future budget processes, including adding electric vehicle charging and solar service options. ORDINANCES NOT REQUIRING COUNCIL PUBLIC HEARINGS 1. Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project – Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions Ordinance Community and Economic Development Director Allyson Brekke introduced Bob Bengford and Scott Bonjukian of MAKERS Architecture & Urban Design. Mr. Bengford shared slides on the Building Residential Capacity code project. Director Brekke said the proposed code represents a 2-year effort which included digital outreach, public workshops, public meetings, and opportunities for the public to provide input. She noted changes to the proposed code from the November 16 meeting presentation during the public hearing that evening. Mr. Bengford spoke to 6 of the top changes to the proposed code and Mr. Bonjukian spoke about changes and impacts of the proposed codes and spoke to a number of details the new code would include relative to design standards. Council discussion followed. It was moved by Schromen-Wawrin and seconded by Meyer to: Table the second reading and vote to the 1st meeting in January. After a roll call vote, the motion failed 2-5 with Meyer and Schromen-Wawrin in favor: City Manager Nathan West asked for clarification on two issues outlined in the memo. Issue 1: A transit proximity parking reduction for projects in all commercial zoning districts. By consensus, Council supported the Planning Commission’s recommendation to have a 50% parking reduction for all projects that are within a distance of 2,500 feet from transit stops. Issue 2: An exemption for civic uses, public buildings and hotels from the block frontage standards. By consensus, Council supported staff’s recommendation, implementing an exemption for civic, public buildings and hotels from the required block frontage standards . The exempted projects would still have to abide by the building details and materials subsections in 17.22.330 and .340. ORDINANCE NO. ____ ORDINANCE of the City of Port Angeles, Washington amending portions of the Port Angeles Municipal Code to increase residential building capacity within certain zones of the City. The matter moved forward to the December 21 meeting. 2. 2021 Budget Amendment #3 Director Carrizosa, spoke to the item and provided clarification on the matter before Council for a second reading. She stated the 3rd Amendment aligns with changes to City revenues and expenditures that occurred in the last portion of the year, including deferring projects to 2022, increasing expenditures to complete projects, and other miscellaneous budgetary changes and corrections. She added there had been no changes since the first reading. Mayor Dexter conducted a second reading of the ordinance by title, entitled, December 21, 2021 E - 3 PORT ANGELES CITY COUNCIL MEETING – December 7, 2021 Page 4 of 5 ORDINANCE NO. 3687 AN ORDINANCE of the City of Port Angeles, Washington, amending the City’s 2021 budget. It was moved by French and seconded by McCaughan to: Adopt the ordinance as read. The Mayor asked if there was unanimous consent, hearing no opposition, the motion carried 7 -0. Mayor recessed the meeting for a break at 9:25 p.m. The meeting reconvened at 9:30 p.m. OTHER CONSIDERATIONS 1. Lodging Tax Advisory Committee Recommendation for 2022 Lodging Tax Fund Budget Director Brekke provided background on the agenda item and spoke to the budget information provided in the memo relative to funding details. Council discussion followed. It was moved by French and seconded by Carr to: Adopt the Committee’s recommended final allocation for the 2022 Lodging Tax Fund budget and incorporate any necessary changes into 2022 Budget Amendment 1 and to approve the slate of event grant awards as recommended by the Lodging Tax Committee. The Mayor asked if there was unanimous consent, hearing no opposition, the motion carried 7 -0. SECOND PUBLIC COMMENT No public comment was received. 2. Serenity House Board Position Recommendation Manager West presented the item and provided background information outlined in the Council memo. It was moved by French and seconded by Schromen-Wawrin to: Extend the meeting until 10:30 p.m. The Mayor asked if there was unanimous consent, hearing no opposition, the motion carried 7 -0. Council discussed the agenda item. No action followed. 3. LATE ITEM – Restaurant Revitalization Fund Sign-On Letter Council member French provided background on the matter and explained the need for support. Council discussion followed. It was moved by French and seconded by Schromen-Wawrin to: Authorize the Mayor to sign the Independent Restaurant Coalition letter of support to replenish the Restaurant Revitalization Fund. The Mayor asked if there was unanimous consent, hearing no opposition, the motion carried 7 -0. CITY COUNCIL REPORTS Council member Meyer wished everyone a Happy Holidays and a Merry Christmas. Council member Schromen-Wawrin spoke about a Futurewise webinar, a presentation at a Clallam Transit System on hydrogen powered busses, using a Lime Scooter for the first time, and spoke about the boards he would be interested continuing to serve on. Council member French spoke about a homelessness task force meeting and shared the boards he would be interested continuing to serve on. Deputy Mayor Carr spoke about a North Olympic Deve lopment Council meeting, the work they do, and upcoming plans for 2022. December 21, 2021 E - 4 PORT ANGELES CITY COUNCIL MEETING – December 7, 2021 Page 5 of 5 Mayor Dexter spoke about a recent Clallam County meeting, an upcoming KONP interview, and her interest in a committee assignment future discussion. No other reports were given. INFORMATION Manager West spoke regarding the reports included in the packet , thanked the Council for serving, and spoke about the recent Clallam County Commissioners meeting on affordable housing sales tax . ADJOURNMENT Mayor Dexter adjourned the meeting at 10:28 p.m. _____________________________________ _______________________________ Kate Dexter, Mayor Kari Martinez-Bailey, City Clerk December 21, 2021 E - 5 CITY OF , NGELES F A WASH I NGTON, U'l. S . MEMO December 21, 2021 Finance Department We, the uindersii ned City Officials of the City of Port Angeles,, day hereby certify that the merchandise and/or services herein, specified have been received and that thiese claims are approved for payment in the amount of SaHnaCaalTiZ„a, $1,424,360.14 this 21st day of December„ 2021. Firaanee Director Senior aAcca wita'nt MarySue French Mayor City Manager Senkm Accountant I. sKl<a Khcriaty M1lelcwaby ScTaneicl'er Manal;onent A4,'vounta'ra'# Nlicala Rose Financial Analyst Jane Pertdns paaymNll Specialist .lyaa�s'on�Jones ccountant .l'uhe Powror'ell., Accou aaing'T ochnic an Luke Arade sm Accounting'T' hniclarva 'Nicollle nlaank r'talaaridai.,Ara6vc,Anaalysa Kamlayellen lbney cuwreretraa Serr icaes Manager I T"a~wy nooks Inility Billing Speci,aal m City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount COMPOSITE RECYCLING TECHNOLOGY CTR 11292021-01 STEVE THANEM 001-0000-239.96-00 2,665.60 Division Total:$2,665.60 Department Total:$2,665.60 OLYMPIC STATIONERS INC OFFICE SUPPLIES, GENERAL 001-1210-513.31-01 43.51 City Manager Division Total:$43.51 CLALLAM CNTY AUDITOR MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 001-1230-514.41-50 24,392.61 LEMAY MOBILE SHREDDING MANAGEMENT SERVICES 001-1230-514.41-50 400.89 SOUND PUBLISHING INC COMMUNICATIONS/MEDIA SERV 001-1230-514.44-10 102.00 COMMUNICATIONS/MEDIA SERV 001-1230-514.44-10 34.02 COMMUNICATIONS/MEDIA SERV 001-1230-514.44-10 23.70 WEBQA DATA PROC SERV &SOFTWARE 001-1230-514.41-50 8,132.80 City Clerk Division Total:$33,086.02 City Manager Department Total:$33,129.53 ELAVON, INC-WIRE 3rd Party Cr Card Fees 001-2025-514.41-50 3,996.83 EQUIFAX FINANCIAL SERVICES 001-2025-514.41-50 83.45 Customer Service Division Total:$4,080.28 Finance Department Total:$4,080.28 DELL MARKETING LP COMPUTER HARDWARE&PERIPHE 001-3030-515.31-60 1,052.63 LEXISNEXIS LEGAL RESEARCH FOR NOV. 001-3030-515.49-01 384.06 THOMSON REUTERS-WEST 2022 WA CT RULES 001-3030-515.31-01 242.62 City Attorney Division Total:$1,679.31 City Attorney Department Total:$1,679.31 CLALLAM COUNTY PREVENTION WORKS MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 001-4050-558.41-50 1,059.06 PACIFIC OFFICE EQUIPMENT INC OFFICE SUPPLIES, GENERAL 001-4050-558.31-01 143.20 Building Division Total:$1,202.26 MAKERS ARCHITECTURE & URBAN DESIGN CONSULTING SERVICES 001-4060-558.41-50 2,865.00 SOUND PUBLISHING INC PUBLICATION/AUDIOVISUAL 001-4060-558.41-15 63.20 Planning Division Total:$2,928.20 CLALLAM CNTY ECONOMIC DEV CNCL CONSULTING SERVICES 001-4071-558.41-50 2,500.00 Economic Development Division Total:$2,500.00 Community Development Department Total:$6,630.46 LINCOLN STREET STATION SHIPPING AND HANDLING 001-5010-521.42-10 5.22 Page 1 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 6 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount WA ASSN OF SHERIFFS & POLICE MEMBERSHIPS 001-5010-521.49-01 75.00 MEMBERSHIPS 001-5010-521.43-10 350.00 Police Administration Division Total:$430.22 MISC TRAVEL DROZ-PROPERTY TRANSFER 001-5021-521.43-10 113.70 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.001-5021-521.31-01 43.24 Investigation Division Total:$156.94 ACTION TARGET, INC COMPUTERS,DP & WORD PROC. 001-5022-521.31-80 477.34 ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 001-5022-521.31-80 21.62 BROWNELLS INC POLICE EQUIPMENT & SUPPLY 001-5022-521.31-80 518.46 DAY WIRELESS SYSTEMS EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 001-5022-521.48-10 913.37 GALLS CLOTHING & APPAREL 001-5022-521.31-11 147.54 CLOTHING & APPAREL 001-5022-521.31-11 17.60 CLOTHING & APPAREL 001-5022-521.31-11 16.16 LINCOLN STREET STATION SHIPPING AND HANDLING 001-5022-521.42-10 11.47 SHIPPING AND HANDLING 001-5022-521.42-10 16.40 MISC TRAVEL SWANSON-DUTY UNIFORM GEAR 001-5022-521.43-10 146.80 PORT ANGELES POLICE DEPARTMENT Alarm battery 001-5022-521.43-10 8.69 Patrol Division Total:$2,295.45 SHORE POLYGRAPH SERVICES SECURITY,FIRE,SAFETY SERV 001-5029-521.41-50 300.00 Records Division Total:$300.00 Police Department Total:$3,182.61 PACIFIC OFFICE EQUIPMENT INC FURNITURE, OFFICE 001-7010-532.31-80 2,356.50 QUILL CORPORATION SUPPLIES 001-7010-532.31-01 217.55 SCHUNZEL, STEVEN THOMAS DATA PROC SERV &SOFTWARE 001-7010-532.41-50 400.00 Public Works Admin. Division Total:$2,974.05 Public Works & Utilities Department Total:$2,974.05 HI-TECH ELECTRONICS INC SUPPLIES 001-8012-555.48-10 275.00 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC SUPPLIES 001-8012-555.31-01 15.10 Senior Center Division Total:$290.10 ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER SUPPLIES 001-8050-536.31-20 2,102.64 QUIRING MONUMENTS INC SUPPLIES 001-8050-536.34-01 599.00 Ocean View Cemetery Division Total:$2,701.64 ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 34.71 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 52.60 Page 2 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 7 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 17.92 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 72.73 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 49.74 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 51.35 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 45.10 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 50.68 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 960.29 BILL'S PLUMBING & HEATING INC SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.45-30 95.00 CED/CONSOLIDATED ELEC DIST SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 326.40 MATHEWS GLASS CO INC SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 105.36 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 229.84 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 121.68 NORTHWEST RECYCLING SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.49-90 81.60 PORT ANGELES POWER EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 208.26 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 116.06 PORT OF PORT ANGELES SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.45-30 5,548.50 RAINBOW SWEEPERS, INC SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 3,363.50 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 705.25 SOUND PUBLISHING INC COMMUNICATIONS/MEDIA SERV 001-8080-576.41-15 83.74 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-01 86.90 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 6.32 SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 66.27 THURMAN SUPPLY SUPPLIES 001-8080-576.31-20 126.21 Parks Facilities Division Total:$12,606.01 Parks & Recreation Department Total:$15,597.75 CED/CONSOLIDATED ELEC DIST SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.31-20 26.22 SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.31-20 78.66 SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.31-20 609.28 SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.31-20 21.76 HARTNAGEL BUILDING SUPPLY INC SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.31-20 39.86 HD SUPPLY FACILITIES MAINT. SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.31-20 217.49 HI-TECH ELECTRONICS INC SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.48-10 242.00 SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.48-10 533.00 PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY INC SUPPLIES 001-8131-518.31-20 43.88 PORT ANGELES CITY TREASURER Batteries - J Straits 001-8131-518.31-01 36.97 Page 3 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 8 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount Central Svcs Facilities Division Total:$1,849.12 ASM SIGNS SUPPLIES 001-8155-575.41-50 104.42 SUPPLIES 001-8155-575.41-50 701.76 Facility Rentals Division Total:$806.18 Facilities Maintenance Department Total:$2,655.30 MISC ONE-TIME VENDORS TIM TUCKER WA-STATE ARCGI 001-8221-574.43-10 950.00 PACIFIC OFFICE EQUIPMENT INC SUPPLIES 001-8221-574.31-01 864.69 Sports Programs Division Total:$1,814.69 Recreation Activities Department Total:$1,814.69 General Fund Fund Total:$74,409.58 LULISH DESIGN MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 101-1430-557.41-50 3,728.53 Lodging Excise Tax Division Total:$3,728.53 Lodging Excise Tax Department Total:$3,728.53 Lodging Excise Tax Fund Total:$3,728.53 A-1 PERFORMANCE, INC BUILDING MAINT&REPAIR SER 102-7230-542.41-50 127.04 AMAZON CAPITAL SERVICES FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.102-7230-542.31-01 49.07 ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER HARDWARE,AND ALLIED ITEMS 102-7230-542.31-20 35.45 HARDWARE,AND ALLIED ITEMS 102-7230-542.35-01 70.64 HAND TOOLS ,POW&NON POWER 102-7230-542.35-01 23.50 SUPPLIES 102-7230-542.31-20 32.36 CLALLAM COOPERATIVE ASSN INC AGRICULTURAL EQUIP&IMPLEM 102-7230-542.31-40 571.16 FASTENAL INDUSTRIAL HAND TOOLS ,POW&NON POWER 102-7230-542.35-01 188.38 HARTNAGEL BUILDING SUPPLY INC HAND TOOLS ,POW&NON POWER 102-7230-542.35-01 316.81 HARDWARE,AND ALLIED ITEMS 102-7230-542.31-20 102.32 INTERMOUNTAIN LOCK & SECURITY SPLY HARDWARE,AND ALLIED ITEMS 102-7230-542.31-20 301.01 JOAQUIN'S TREE EXPERT CO ROADSIDE,GRNDS,REC, PARK 102-7230-542.48-10 11,358.34 LAKESIDE INDUSTRIES INC MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES 102-7230-542.31-20 108.70 ROAD/HWY MATERIALS ASPHLT 102-7230-542.31-20 1,526.57 MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES 102-7230-542.31-20 22.00 ROAD/HWY MATERIALS ASPHLT 102-7230-542.31-20 99.88 ROAD/HWY MATERIALS ASPHLT 102-7230-542.31-20 2,390.82 PORT ANGELES POWER EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES 102-7230-542.31-01 208.29 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 102-7230-542.31-01 10.84 SUPPLIES 102-7230-542.31-01 44.99 Page 4 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 9 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount PORT ANGELES POWER EQUIPMENT PIPE FITTINGS 102-7230-542.31-01 17.35 PUD #1 OF CLALLAM COUNTY MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 102-7230-542.47-10 20.10 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY, THE PW CONSTRUCTION & RELATED 102-7230-542.35-01 2,097.66 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.102-7230-542.31-01 54.12 FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.102-7230-542.31-01 108.66 THURMAN SUPPLY SUPPLIES 102-7230-542.31-01 14.21 Street Division Total:$19,900.27 Public Works-Street Department Total:$19,900.27 Street Fund Total:$19,900.27 MCFALL, BARBARA MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 107-5160-528.41-50 400.00 MISC EMPLOYEE EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT 100% TUITION REIMBURSE K 107-5160-528.43-10 1,745.37 Pencom Division Total:$2,145.37 Pencom Department Total:$2,145.37 Pencom Fund Total:$2,145.37 TANGRAM DESIGN ARCHITECTURAL&ENGINEERING 312-4160-595.65-10 8,180.00 Capital Project-Planning Division Total:$8,180.00 PA Housing Rehabilitation Department Total:$8,180.00 INTERWEST CONSTRUCTION, INC. CONSTRUCTION SERVICES,HEA 312-7930-595.65-10 171,807.33 GF-Street Projects Division Total:$171,807.33 Capital Projects-Pub Wks Department Total:$171,807.33 Transportation Benefit Fund Total:$179,987.33 MISC UTILITY DEPOSIT REFUNDS FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 71.42 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 148.07 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 27.73 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 30.61 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 59.77 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 72.25 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 157.53 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 225.93 OVERPAYMENT-1122 S E ST 401-0000-122.10-99 22.19 OVERPAYMENT-126 ORCAS AVE 401-0000-122.10-99 68.44 OVERPAYMENT-391 BROWN RD 401-0000-122.10-99 109.55 OVERPAYMENT-HYDRANT METER 401-0000-122.10-99 186.27 Page 5 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 10 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount MISC UTILITY DEPOSIT REFUNDS FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 15.37 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 48.14 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 404.63 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 617.46 FINAL BILL REFUND 401-0000-122.10-99 169.41 STELLA-JONES CORPORATION LUMBER& RELATED PRODUCTS 401-0000-141.43-00 15,240.70 WESCO-ANIXTER ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-0000-141.41-00 362.96 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-0000-141.41-00 487.15 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-0000-141.41-00 857.34 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-0000-141.41-00 1,129.78 Division Total:$20,512.70 Department Total:$20,512.70 MISC TRAVEL SAIZ-NWPPA DIST ENG SERIE 401-7111-533.43-10 158.00 Engineering-Electric Division Total:$158.00 A-1 PERFORMANCE, INC BUILDING MAINT&REPAIR SER 401-7180-533.41-50 303.56 AMAZON CAPITAL SERVICES SUPPLIES 401-7180-533.31-01 59.07 ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER LUMBER& RELATED PRODUCTS 401-7180-533.31-20 16.76 LUMBER& RELATED PRODUCTS 401-7180-533.31-20 50.98 BILL'S PLUMBING & HEATING INC RENTAL/LEASE EQUIPMENT 401-7180-533.45-30 190.00 BUCK'S NORTHWEST LANDSCAPING, LLC ROADSIDE,GRNDS,REC, PARK 401-7180-533.48-10 3,175.14 CED/CONSOLIDATED ELEC DIST ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPL 401-7180-533.34-02 (71.00) ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.34-02 114.24 FASTENAL INDUSTRIAL ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.31-01 35.81 FASTENERS, FASTENING DEVS 401-7180-533.34-02 49.22 GRAINGER AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 401-7180-533.34-02 548.53 KENNEDY, STEPHEN H. FENCING 401-7180-533.48-10 2,457.39 REAL PROPERTY,RENT/LEASE 401-7180-533.45-30 7,000.00 MATT'S TOOLS USA, LLC CLOTHING ACCESSORIES(SEE 401-7180-533.31-01 476.75 OVERTON SAFETY TRAINING, INC HUMAN SERVICES 401-7180-533.43-10 1,060.00 PACIFIC OFFICE EQUIPMENT INC SUPPLIES 401-7180-533.31-01 43.81 PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY INC FIRE PROTECTION EQUIP/SUP 401-7180-533.34-02 41.45 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.34-02 43.23 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.34-02 151.35 HARDWARE,AND ALLIED ITEMS 401-7180-533.31-01 311.79 Page 6 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 11 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY INC ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.34-02 18.66 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.34-02 149.68 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.34-02 918.14 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.35-01 334.02 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.35-01 7.94 ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.34-02 111.59 ROHLINGER ENTERPRISES INC ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.35-01 480.90 TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 401-7180-533.48-10 594.32 SHERMAN + REILLY, INC. ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.35-01 348.65 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 401-7180-533.35-01 6.50 THURMAN SUPPLY EQUIP MAINT & REPAIR SERV 401-7180-533.48-10 243.37 UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOC CTR MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES 401-7180-533.49-90 12.26 Electric Operations Division Total:$19,284.11 Public Works-Electric Department Total:$19,442.11 Electric Utility Fund Total:$39,954.81 FERGUSON ENTERPRISES INC PIPE FITTINGS 402-0000-141.40-00 4,275.18 PIPE FITTINGS 402-0000-141.40-00 1,966.41 Division Total:$6,241.59 Department Total:$6,241.59 AMAZON CAPITAL SERVICES FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.402-7380-534.31-01 49.08 ANGELES CONCRETE PRODUCTS ROAD/HWY MAT NONASPHALTIC 402-7380-534.31-20 290.50 CED/CONSOLIDATED ELEC DIST ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 402-7380-534.31-20 195.84 FASTENAL INDUSTRIAL PAINTS,COATINGS,WALLPAPER 402-7380-534.31-01 130.60 HACH COMPANY WATER&SEWER TREATING CHEM 402-7380-534.31-05 939.99 JJC RESOURCES, LLC ROAD/HWY MAT NONASPHALTIC 402-7380-534.31-20 771.63 MISC EMPLOYEE EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT MEAL REIMBURSEMENT 402-7380-534.31-01 38.00 MEAL REIMBURSEMENT 402-7380-534.31-01 38.00 MEAL REIMBURSEMENT 402-7380-534.31-01 38.00 MEAL REIMBURSEMENT 402-7380-534.31-01 38.00 OFFICE DEPOT SUPPLIES 402-7380-534.31-01 11.61 SUPPLIES 402-7380-534.31-01 45.06 PACIFIC OFFICE EQUIPMENT INC COMPUTER ACCESSORIES&SUPP 402-7380-534.31-01 371.64 PEN PRINT INC SIGNS, SIGN MATERIAL 402-7380-534.31-01 446.08 SUPPLIES 402-7380-534.31-01 89.76 Page 7 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 12 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount PORT ANGELES POWER EQUIPMENT SUPPLIES 402-7380-534.31-01 27.67 MACHINERY & HEAVY HRDWARE 402-7380-534.35-01 603.26 SPECTRA LABORATORIES-KITSAP TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 402-7380-534.41-50 193.00 TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 402-7380-534.41-50 239.00 TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 402-7380-534.41-50 239.00 TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 402-7380-534.41-50 239.00 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.402-7380-534.31-01 (10.88) FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.402-7380-534.31-01 127.10 THURMAN SUPPLY PIPE FITTINGS 402-7380-534.31-20 22.22 UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOC CTR MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES 402-7380-534.49-90 12.25 Water Division Total:$5,185.41 ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER JANITORIAL SUPPLIES 402-7382-534.31-20 217.94 HARDWARE,AND ALLIED ITEMS 402-7382-534.31-20 81.16 FASTENERS, FASTENING DEVS 402-7382-534.31-20 127.56 HAND TOOLS ,POW&NON POWER 402-7382-534.31-20 78.68 DM DISPOSAL CO. BUILDING MAINT&REPAIR SER 402-7382-534.41-50 48.76 PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY INC ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 402-7382-534.31-20 319.16 Industrial Water Treatmnt Division Total:$873.26 Public Works-Water Department Total:$6,058.67 Water Utility Fund Total:$12,300.26 NCL NORTH CENTRAL LABORATORIES CHEMICAL LAB EQUIP & SUPP 403-0000-237.00-00 (70.52) CHEMICAL LAB EQUIP & SUPP 403-0000-237.00-00 (39.34) CHEMICAL LAB EQUIP & SUPP 403-0000-237.00-00 (57.80) Division Total:($167.66) Department Total:($167.66) A & A ROCK, INC. ROAD/HWY MAT NONASPHALTIC 403-7480-535.31-20 1,298.09 AIRPORT GARDEN CENTER ROAD/HWY MAT NONASPHALTIC 403-7480-535.31-01 23.70 ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER HAND TOOLS ,POW&NON POWER 403-7480-535.35-01 67.92 APSCO INC PUMPS & ACCESSORIES 403-7480-535.31-20 1,081.46 BUCK'S NORTHWEST LANDSCAPING, LLC ROADSIDE,GRNDS,REC, PARK 403-7480-535.48-10 1,233.56 CUES AUTO & TRUCK ACCESSORIES 403-7480-535.48-10 4,907.17 EDGE ANALYTICAL MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 403-7480-535.41-50 1,392.23 MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 403-7480-535.41-50 441.00 Page 8 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 13 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount EDGE ANALYTICAL MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 403-7480-535.41-50 414.00 MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 403-7480-535.41-50 1,173.00 TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 403-7480-535.41-50 853.00 FASTENAL INDUSTRIAL SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.31-20 83.30 FIRST AID & SAFETY EQUIP.403-7480-535.31-01 1,089.53 FERGUSON ENTERPRISES INC PIPE FITTINGS 403-7480-535.31-20 303.01 FERRELLGAS INC EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE,REC 403-7480-535.48-10 144.69 HARTNAGEL BUILDING SUPPLY INC Pd Estimate-Inv K28756 403-7480-535.31-20 (677.68) HEARTLINE HARDWARE,AND ALLIED ITEMS 403-7480-535.31-20 117.45 JOHNSON CONTROLS SECURITY SOLUTIONS SECURITY,FIRE,SAFETY SERV 403-7480-535.41-50 190.28 LINCOLN INDUSTRIAL CORP WATER SEWAGE TREATMENT EQ 403-7480-535.31-20 91.38 MISC EMPLOYEE EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT MEAL TICKET - RAIN EVENT 403-7480-535.31-01 57.00 NCL NORTH CENTRAL LABORATORIES CHEMICAL LAB EQUIP & SUPP 403-7480-535.31-01 486.43 CHEMICAL LAB EQUIP & SUPP 403-7480-535.31-01 871.91 CHEMICAL LAB EQUIP & SUPP 403-7480-535.31-01 714.58 OFFICE DEPOT SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.31-01 97.89 OLYMPIC PARTY & CUSTODIAL SUPPLIES PAPER & PLASTIC-DISPOSABL 403-7480-535.31-01 153.65 PAPER & PLASTIC-DISPOSABL 403-7480-535.31-01 57.05 PACIFIC OFFICE EQUIPMENT INC SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.31-01 10.73 PLATT ELECTRIC SUPPLY INC ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 403-7480-535.31-20 (151.35) ELECTRICAL EQUIP & SUPPLY 403-7480-535.31-20 151.35 PORT ANGELES CITY TREASURER Certified mail - D. Freed 403-7480-535.42-10 8.54 Certified mail - T White 403-7480-535.31-01 8.16 PORT ANGELES POWER EQUIPMENT MACHINERY & HEAVY HRDWARE 403-7480-535.35-01 603.26 PUD #1 OF CLALLAM COUNTY MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 403-7480-535.47-10 339.09 REBUILD-IT SERVICES GROUP, LLC WATER SEWAGE TREATMENT EQ 403-7480-594.64-10 23,659.59 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.31-01 19.30 JANITORIAL SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.31-01 54.27 SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.35-01 77.24 THURMAN SUPPLY PIPE FITTINGS 403-7480-535.31-20 161.35 PIPE AND TUBING 403-7480-535.31-20 18.60 SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.31-20 25.89 SUPPLIES 403-7480-535.31-20 50.31 Page 9 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 14 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOC CTR MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES 403-7480-535.49-90 12.25 WA STATE DEPARTMENT OF ECOLOGY ENVIRONMENTAL&ECOLOGICAL 403-7480-535.49-90 8,754.48 Wastewater Division Total:$50,468.66 Public Works-WW/Stormwtr Department Total:$50,468.66 Wastewater Utility Fund Total:$50,301.00 A/R MISCELLANEOUS REFUNDS JAMES & ASSOCIATES 404-0000-213.10-90 29.10 OVERMNT OF TRFR STN FEES 404-0000-213.10-90 815.61 Division Total:$844.71 Department Total:$844.71 MATT'S TOOLS USA, LLC SUPPLIES 404-7538-537.35-01 130.35 MISC EMPLOYEE EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT MILEAGE REIMBURSEMENT 404-7538-537.43-10 55.10 MILEAGE REIMBURSEMENT 404-7538-537.43-10 66.02 MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY COV 404-7538-537.31-01 19.00 MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY COV 404-7538-537.31-01 57.00 OFFICE DEPOT SUPPLIES 404-7538-537.31-01 65.25 PACIFIC OFFICE EQUIPMENT INC SUPPLIES 404-7538-537.31-01 55.31 SUPPLIES 404-7538-537.31-01 146.99 SW - Transfer Station Division Total:$595.02 A-1 PERFORMANCE, INC BUILDING MAINT&REPAIR SER 404-7580-537.41-50 127.06 MISC EMPLOYEE EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY SUP 404-7580-537.31-01 19.00 MEAL TICKET - VACATION CO 404-7580-537.31-01 19.00 MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY COV 404-7580-537.31-01 19.00 MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY COV 404-7580-537.31-01 38.00 MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY COV 404-7580-537.31-01 38.00 MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY COV 404-7580-537.31-01 38.00 MEAL TICKET - HOLIDAY COV 404-7580-537.31-01 38.00 OFFICE DEPOT SUPPLIES 404-7580-537.31-01 32.63 OLYMPIC PRINTERS INC PRINTING,SILK SCR,TYPSET 404-7580-537.41-15 2,096.58 SOLID WASTE SYSTEMS, INC RENTAL/LEASE EQUIPMENT 404-7580-537.45-30 8,377.60 RENTAL/LEASE EQUIPMENT 404-7580-537.45-30 8,377.60 RENTAL/LEASE EQUIPMENT 404-7580-537.45-30 9,248.00 RENTAL/LEASE EQUIPMENT 404-7580-537.45-30 11,315.20 Solid Waste-Collections Division Total:$39,783.67 Page 10 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 15 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount EDGE ANALYTICAL TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 404-7585-537.41-50 26.00 Solid Waste-Landfill Division Total:$26.00 Public Works-Solid Waste Department Total:$40,404.69 Solid Waste Utility Fund Total:$41,249.40 ANGELES MILLWORK & LUMBER SUPPLIES 406-7412-538.31-20 28.55 CLALLAM COOPERATIVE ASSN INC SUPPLIES 406-7412-538.31-01 60.68 EDGE ANALYTICAL TESTING&CALIBRATION SERVI 406-7412-538.41-50 1,198.18 FASTENAL INDUSTRIAL JANITORIAL SUPPLIES 406-7412-538.31-20 776.79 JANITORIAL SUPPLIES 406-7412-538.31-20 828.12 HARTNAGEL BUILDING SUPPLY INC HAND TOOLS ,POW&NON POWER 406-7412-538.35-01 1,495.64 PEN PRINT INC SUPPLIES 406-7412-538.31-01 89.76 PORT OF PORT ANGELES STORMWATER REFUND 406-7412-343.83-00 14,799.10 SWAIN'S GENERAL STORE INC HAND TOOLS ,POW&NON POWER 406-7412-538.35-01 85.78 UTILITIES UNDERGROUND LOC CTR MISCELLANEOUS SERVICES 406-7412-538.49-90 12.26 Stormwater Division Total:$19,374.86 Public Works-WW/Stormwtr Department Total:$19,374.86 Stormwater Utility Fund Total:$19,374.86 CLALLAM CNTY EMS MEMBERSHIPS 409-6025-526.41-50 1,140.00 MISC TRAVEL WINNE-PARAMEDIC SCHOOL FI 409-6025-526.43-10 616.00 Medic I Division Total:$1,756.00 Fire Department Total:$1,756.00 Medic I Utility Fund Total:$1,756.00 PKG LAW, PS MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 413-7481-535.41-50 4,747.50 MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 413-7481-535.41-50 15,837.74 Wastewater Remediation Division Total:$20,585.24 Public Works-WW/Stormwtr Department Total:$20,585.24 Harbor Clean Up Fund Total:$20,585.24 AIR FLO HEATING COMPANY INC CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 ALL WEATHER HEATING AND COOLING CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 ALPHA BUILDER CORPORATION CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 BILL MAIR HEATING & AIR, INC CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 3,800.00 Page 11 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 16 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount BILL MAIR HEATING & AIR, INC CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 3,800.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 3,800.00 DAVE'S HEATING & COOLING SVC CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 500.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 800.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 800.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 800.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 800.00 CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 800.00 GLASS SERVICES CO INC CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 429.00 TRACY'S INSULATION CITY REBATE 421-7121-533.49-86 260.00 Conservation Division Total:$21,089.00 Public Works-Electric Department Total:$21,089.00 Conservation Fund Total:$21,089.00 REINHAUSEN MANUFACTURING, INC EQUIP MAINT & REPAIR SERV 451-7188-594.65-10 173,978.82 Electric Projects Division Total:$173,978.82 Public Works-Electric Department Total:$173,978.82 Electric Utility CIP Fund Total:$173,978.82 TMG SERVICES INC Release Retainage 452-7388-594.65-10 6,901.01 Water Projects Division Total:$6,901.01 Public Works-Water Department Total:$6,901.01 Water Utility CIP Fund Total:$6,901.01 VET INDUSTRIAL INC PW CONSTRUCTION & RELATED 456-7688-594.65-10 115,011.87 Stormwater Util CIP Projs Division Total:$115,011.87 Public Works Department Total:$115,011.87 Stormwtr Util Projects Fund Total:$115,011.87 AMAZON CAPITAL SERVICES AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 32.54 ASSOCIATED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, INC FUEL,OIL,GREASE, & LUBES 501-0000-141.20-00 (5,711.56) FUEL,OIL,GREASE, & LUBES 501-0000-141.20-00 5,586.11 FUEL,OIL,GREASE, & LUBES 501-0000-141.20-00 5,694.96 FUEL,OIL,GREASE, & LUBES 501-0000-141.20-00 6,069.23 FUEL,OIL,GREASE, & LUBES 501-0000-141.20-00 (6,069.23) Page 12 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 17 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount ASSOCIATED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS, INC FUEL,OIL,GREASE, & LUBES 501-0000-141.20-00 5,943.78 BAXTER AUTO PARTS #15 HOSES, ALL KINDS 501-0000-141.40-00 56.62 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 51.61 FAR-WEST MACHINE & HYDRAULICS HOSES, ALL KINDS 501-0000-141.40-00 1,667.06 HOSES, ALL KINDS 501-0000-141.40-00 415.01 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 218.16 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 594.49 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 594.49 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 582.26 IRONCLAD COMPANY AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 1,712.03 JENNINGS EQUIPMENT INC AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 64.07 NAPA AUTO PARTS AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 109.81 NORTHERN HYDRAULICS INC ROAD/HGWY HEAVY EQUIPMENT 501-0000-237.00-00 (248.17) HOSES, ALL KINDS 501-0000-141.40-00 669.48 HOSES, ALL KINDS 501-0000-237.00-00 (54.15) O'REILLY AUTO PARTS AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 183.08 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 184.47 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 32.77 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 185.83 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 (92.49) PACIFIC GOLF & TURF AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 128.76 PAPE-KENWORTH NORTHWEST, INC AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 99.61 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 61.19 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 92.36 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 139.74 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-0000-141.40-00 68.51 PETROCARD, INC FUEL,OIL,GREASE, & LUBES 501-0000-141.20-00 539.13 Division Total:$19,601.56 Department Total:$19,601.56 A-1 PERFORMANCE, INC BUILDING MAINT&REPAIR SER 501-7630-548.41-50 152.63 AMAZON CAPITAL SERVICES AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.31-01 205.65 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.34-02 21.71 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.35-01 479.79 ARAMARK LAUNDRY/DRY CLEANING SERV 501-7630-548.49-90 20.28 Page 13 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 18 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount ARAMARK LAUNDRY/DRY CLEANING SERV 501-7630-548.49-90 20.28 LAUNDRY/DRY CLEANING SERV 501-7630-548.49-90 21.47 COPY CAT GRAPHICS AUTO & TRUCK ACCESSORIES 501-7630-548.34-02 287.53 AUTO & TRUCK ACCESSORIES 501-7630-548.34-02 287.53 DAREN'S POINT S EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 73.77 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.34-02 988.60 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 36.88 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 43.41 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 67.35 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 73.77 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 18.44 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 73.77 DIVERSIFIED INSPECTIONS INC MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 501-7630-548.34-02 1,610.00 MISC PROFESSIONAL SERVICE 501-7630-548.34-02 1,985.00 GCR TIRES & SERVICE EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 335.97 HEARTLINE AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.34-02 153.35 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.34-02 67.40 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.34-02 602.64 HECKMAN MOTORS, INC EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 200.00 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.34-02 213.80 LES SCHWAB TIRE CENTER AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.34-02 15.21 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 130.56 EXTERNAL LABOR SERVICES 501-7630-548.34-02 202.15 LINCOLN INDUSTRIAL CORP METALS,BARS,PLATES,RODS 501-7630-548.34-02 136.74 NORTHERN HYDRAULICS INC ROAD/HGWY HEAVY EQUIPMENT 501-7630-548.34-02 3,068.22 O'REILLY AUTO PARTS AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.31-01 19.39 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.31-01 (19.44) AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.31-01 176.16 AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.31-01 (176.65) PEWAG, INC AUTO & TRUCK ACCESSORIES 501-7630-548.34-02 1,005.26 SAFETY-KLEEN SYSTEMS AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.49-90 297.07 SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY, THE ROAD/HIGHWAY EQUIPMENT 501-7630-594.64-10 23,778.24 SNAP-ON TOOLS - SARGENT TOOLS LLC AUTO & TRUCK MAINT. ITEMS 501-7630-548.35-01 35.36 Page 14 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 19 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount Equipment Services Division Total:$36,709.29 Public Works Department Total:$36,709.29 Equipment Services Fund Total:$56,310.85 CANON USA, INC OFFICE MACHINES & ACCESS 502-2081-518.45-31 4,243.04 PORT ANGELES LOCKWORKS BASIC SAFE OPENING AND RE 502-2081-518.41-50 489.60 Information Technologies Division Total:$4,732.64 SOFTRESOURCES LLC CONSULTING SERVICES 502-2082-594.65-10 1,050.00 IT Capital Projects Division Total:$1,050.00 Finance Department Total:$5,782.64 Information Technology Fund Total:$5,782.64 AWC EMPLOYEE BENEFITS TRUST L1 MED/DEN/VIS PREMIUMS 503-1631-517.46-34 8,731.16 LIFE INSURANCE 503-1631-517.46-32 38.73 LTD 503-1631-517.46-31 5,005.02 MED/DEN/VIS PREMIUMS 503-1631-517.46-30 189,260.15 HSA BANK Service Fee 503-1631-517.41-50 39.00 Service Fee 503-1631-517.41-50 292.50 Employer Contribution 503-1631-365.90-20 3,000.00 PAYROLL SUMMARY 503-1631-365.90-20 1,500.00 REDACTED REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 108.00 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 108.00 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 108.00 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 124.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 127.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 130.60 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 140.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 148.50 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 407.50 Page 15 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 20 City of Port Angeles City Council Expenditure Report Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 Vendor Description Account Number Amount REDACTED REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 503-1631-517.46-35 619.50 Other Insurance Programs Division Total:$211,077.16 Self Insurance Department Total:$211,077.16 Self-Insurance Fund Total:$211,077.16 REDACTED REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 602-6221-517.46-35 127.00 REIMBURSE MEDICARE-NOV 602-6221-517.46-35 132.50 Fireman's Pension Division Total:$259.50 Fireman's Pension Department Total:$259.50 Firemen's Pension Fund Total:$259.50 AFSCME LOCAL 1619 PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.54-40 440.00 AWC EMPLOYEE BENEFITS TRUST SUPPLEMENTAL LIFE 920-0000-231.53-30 517.00 BROWN & BROWN OF WASHINGTON PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.53-40 1,959.23 CHAPTER 13 TRUSTEE Case #21-10696 920-0000-231.56-90 358.00 EMPOWER-P/R WIRE PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.52-20 20,798.35 FEDERAL PAYROLL TAX PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.50-10 100,453.14 FICA/MEDICARE PAYROLL TAX PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.50-20 89,689.16 FIREFIGHTER'S LOCAL 656 PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.54-30 2,761.25 HSA BANK PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.52-40 4,228.01 IBEW LOCAL 997 PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.54-20 1,529.69 ICMA-P/R WIRES PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.52-10 21,256.40 JOHN HANCOCK LIFE INSURANCE CO PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.52-25 2,154.23 LEOFF PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.51-21 34,301.59 OFFICE OF SUPPORT ENFORCEMENT PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.56-20 260.76 PERS PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.51-10 466.11 PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.51-11 14,319.12 PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.51-12 67,151.84 POLICE ASSOCIATION PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.55-10 387.00 UNITED WAY (PAYROLL) PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.56-10 225.00 WSCCCE AFSCME AFL-CIO PAYROLL SUMMARY 920-0000-231.54-40 5,030.76 Division Total:$368,286.64 Department Total:$368,286.64 Payroll Clearing Fund Total:$368,286.64 Total for Checks Dated Between Nov 27, 2021 and Dec 10, 2021 $1,424,390.14 Page 16 of 16 Dec 14, 2021 8:50:41 AMDecember 21, 2021 E - 21 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Thomas Hunter, Director of Public Works & Utilities Subject: Water System Modeling Support PSA-2019-11 Contract Amendment 3 Background / Analysis: In conjunction with the City’s 2018 Water System Plan update, the City upgraded its water system model. The water system model is used for planning, evaluation and confirmation of water system improvement requirements for City water capital projects, and proposed developments. The amendment proposed for Council approval tonight extends RH2’s services through 2022 and adds funding to the Technical Assistance/Directed Services task, which provides engineering and technical support for water system modeling. The purpose of this amendment is to continue the availability of RH2’s services through the calendar year 2022 and to facilitate timely response by the Consultant for water system modeling support services. All work under this task is issued through a Directed Services order. The contract agreement history is described in the table below: Contract Approval Date Approval Contract Amount Task Original Contract 06/05/2019 City Manager $24,000.00 • Calibrate water system model • Directed Services Task 1st Amendment 12/17/2019 City Council Increase to $84,000.00 • Unidirectional flushing task • Add funds to Directed Services Task 2nd Amendment 11/30/2020 City Manager Time-only extension • Extend Expiration Date to 12/31/2021 3rd Amendment 12/21/2021 City Council Increase to $94,000.00 • Extend Expiration Date to 12/31/2022 • Add funds to Directed Services Task Summary: The purpose of this memo is to receive City Council approval for an amendment to a Professional Services Agreement (PSA) for Water System Modeling Support services provided by RH2 Engineering, Inc. of Bothell, WA. Services provided under the agreement include, but are not limited to, reviews of the City’s water system for proposed developer extensions; hydraulic analyses; and other Water Utility related services not yet identified. Funding: Funds necessary to complete the work were approved in the 2022 budget and allocated in the Water Utility Professional/Contract Services Account (402-7380-534-4150). This amendment will increase the not-to-exceed PSA amount by $10,000.00 to a new not-to-exceed amount of $94,000.00. Recommendation: Award the Professional Service Agreement Amendment 03 for the Water System Modeling Support to RH2 Engineering, Inc. of Bothell, WA; increase the total contract value by $10,000.00 to a new not-to-exceed amount of $94,000.00; extend the agreement expiration date to December 31, 2022; and authorize the City Manager to execute and to make minor modifications to the agreement as necessary. December 21, 2021 E - 22 Professional Services Rationale: The tasks supported by this Professional Services Agreement require personnel with water system modeling specializations, as well as several other unique skill sets the City does not currently retain in-house. For this reason, the City is seeking outside support. Funding Overview: Funds necessary to complete the work were approved in the 2022 budget and allocated in the Water Utility Professional/Contract Services Account (402-7380-534-4150) in the amount of $10,000.00. December 21, 2021 E - 23 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Abbi Fountain, Human Resources Manager Subject: Berg Benefits Professional Services Agreement and RedQuote HRA Adoption Agreement Background / Analysis: For employees covered by the Association of Washington Cities health care, the City provides a medical bridge (also known as a Health Reimbursement Arrangement or HRA) in the amount of $2400/individual and $4800/family coverage. Berg Benefits Inc, dba RedQuote, administers reimbursements for the HRA program. Berg Benefits Inc, dba RedQuote, consultants are trained and knowledgeable in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPPA) and they provide customer service support regarding the appropriate processing of health care providers for medical claims that current City staff do not have the training or qualifications to perform. The City has been contracting with this company for several years due to their knowledge and expertise in the health care field. Rates have remained consistent and there is no increase for 2022. The Professional Services Agreement is for one year, January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022. The scope of work is the same as the previous agreement. Funding Overview: The professional services fee is $43,500 and it is incorporated in the 2022 Budget. Attachment: Berg Benefits Professional Services Agreement RedQuote Adoption Agreement Summary: As part of the City’s health care benefit, the City contracts with a third-party administrator to oversee and administer the medical bridge portion of the health care plan. Funding: The professional services fee is $43,500 and it is incorporated in the 2022 Budget. Recommendation: Authorize the City Manager to sign the Berg Benefits Professional Services Agreement in an amount not to exceed $43,500 and the RedQuote Adoption Agreement and make minor modifications as necessary. December 21, 2021 E - 24 December 21, 2021 E - 25 December 21, 2021 E - 26 December 21, 2021 E - 27 December 21, 2021 E - 28 December 21, 2021 E - 29 December 21, 2021 E - 30 December 21, 2021 E - 31 December 21, 2021 E - 32 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 1 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote The undersigned Employer adopts the RedQuote Health Reimbursement Arrangement and elects the following provisions: EMPLOYER AND PLAN INFORMATION 1. EMPLOYER’S NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER Name: City of Port Angeles Address: 321 East 5th Street Street Port Angeles Washington 98362 ______ City State Zip Telephone: 360-417-4510 2. EMPLOYER’S TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 91-6001266 3. ERISA PLAN NAME: City of Port Angeles_____________________________________________ 4. EFFECTIVE DATE a. The Health Reimbursement Arrangement is a new plan effective as of _________. b. ✓ The Health Reimbursement Arrangement is an amendment and restatement of an existing plan. The effective date of the amendment and restatement is - 01/01/2022_________. 5. ERISA PLAN NUMBER a. ✓ 501 b. Other: 6. PLAN ADMINISTRATOR a. ✓ Employer (Use Employer name, address and telephone number). b. Use name, address and telephone number below: Name: Address: ______________________________________________________________________ __________________________ City State Zip Telephone: December 21, 2021 E - 33 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 2 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote 7. AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS The following Affiliated Employers (i.e., entities within the Employer’s controlled group) will adopt this Health Reimbursement Arrangement as Participating Employers: a. ✓ N/A b. Name of Affiliated Employer(s): ____________________________ 8. PLAN YEAR The Plan Year shall end on: a. ✓ December 31 b. The last day of the month of __________________. TYPE OF HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT 9. HRA CLASSIFICATION The Health Reimbursement Arrangement shall consist of separate accounts which meet the following classifications: a. ✓ Integrated HRA. HRA integrated with other major medical group health plan coverage under the terms of IRS Notice 2013-54 with the following specifications: The HRA will be integrated with (select (1) and/or (2)): 1. ✓ The Employer’s group health plan coverage, and/or 2. The group health plan coverage of another employer (such as a spouse’s employer’s coverage). The group health plan coverage (select (3) and/or (4)): 3. ✓ Provides minimum value under IRC Section 36B, and/or 4. Does not provide minimum value. Eligible Employees for the Integrated HRA are set forth in Section 10. In addition, special rules concerning Dependents also apply to Integrated HRAs. To be a valid Integrated HRA under this subsection 9.a., select one of the following three Dependent integration options: 5. Spouses Only. Only spouses have coverage under this HRA (only subsection 13.a. is checked). Then, the Participant’s spouse (if applicable) must either be enrolled for group health plan coverage under the Participant’s employer group health plan or the spouse’s employer group health plan; or 6. Dependent Children Only. Only dependent children have coverage under this HRA (only subsection 13.b. is checked). Then, the Participant’s dependent children (to the extent applicable) must be enrolled for group health plan coverage under the Participant’s employer group health plan or spouse’s or dependent’s employer’s group health plan; or 7. ✓ Spouses and Dependent Children. Both spouses and dependent children have coverage under this HRA (both subsections 13.a. and 13.b. are checked). Then, the Participant’s spouse and dependent children (to the extent applicable) must December 21, 2021 E - 34 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 3 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote either be enrolled for group health plan coverage under the Participant’s employer group health plan or the spouse’s or dependent’s employer’s group health plan. b. Pre-2014 HRA. An HRA that was in existence prior to January 1, 2014 and that consists of the following prior Employer contributions (select (1) and (2) as applicable): 1. Employer contributions credited before January 1, 2013, and 2. Employer contributions credited during 2013 calendar year under the HRA terms in effect on January 1, 2013. c. Retiree-Only HRA. An HRA that covers only former employees of the Employer consisting of (select (1), (2) and (3) as applicable): 1. Former employees who are retirees, 2. Former employees who are disabled, and 3. Former employees who have terminated employment. d. Excepted Benefit Premium Reimbursement HRA. An HRA that reimburses only individual insurance premiums that are considered HIPAA excepted benefits – (1) stand-alone individual dental insurance, (2) stand-alone individual vision insurance, (3) non-coordinated, individual insurance coverage for a specified disease or illness, and (4) non-coordinated, individual insurance coverage that is hospital indemnity or fixed indemnity. e. Excepted Benefit HRA. An HRA that reimburses certain medical expenses that satisfy the following requirements: (1) Other major medical group health plan coverage is available from the Employer to the employees covered by the HRA. (2) Contributions for a year must be used for expenses incurred in the same year or otherwise forfeited. However, for this purpose, the carryover rule of IRS Notice 2013-71 allowing a carryover of unused amounts of up to $500 to the following plan year (select only one) – Shall apply, or Shall not apply. (3) Contributions for a year are equal to the following (but cannot exceed $500) – f. Excepted Benefit Dental and Vision HRA. An HRA that is limited to reimbursement of dental-only and vision-only expenses as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 54.9831-1(c)(3)(iii) and that otherwise satisfy Code Section 213(d). December 21, 2021 E - 35 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 4 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote g. HRA Integrated with Dental and/or Vision Only Coverage. An HRA that is integrated with dental-only coverage and/or vision-only coverage sponsored by the Employer and the HRA is limited to reimbursement of the following expenses (select only one): 1. Dental-only expenses (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 54.9831-1(c)(3)(iii)) that are not reimbursed by the employer’s dental-only coverage and that otherwise satisfy Code Section 213(d), 2. Vision-only expenses (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 54.9831-1(c)(3)(iii)) that are not reimbursed by the employer’s vision-only coverage and that otherwise satisfy Code Section 213(d), or 3. Dental-only and vision-only expenses (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 54.9831- 1(c)(3)(iii)) that are not reimbursed by the employer’s dental-only or vision-only coverage and that otherwise satisfy Code Section 213(d). h. After-Tax Reimbursement Account. A reimbursement account that reimburses expenses (but not major medical individual insurance premiums), but only if the reimbursements are treated as taxable compensation to the Eligible Employee pursuant to the rules and procedures of the Employer. Note: The Employer is solely responsible for determining the amount of taxable compensation and the rules and procedures of how and when to treat reimbursements as taxable compensation. i. TRICARE Health Reimbursement Account. An HRA that is integrated with TRICARE coverage under the terms of IRS Notice 2015-17 with the following specifications: (1) The employer offers group major medical coverage to its TRICARE-eligible employees (other than the HRA) and such coverage provides minimum value under IRC Section 36B; (2) Employees participating in the HRA are also enrolled in TRICARE; (3) The HRA is only available to employees who are also enrolled in TRICARE; and (4) The Employer employs less than 20 employees. Note: By signing this Agreement, the Employer certifies that it employs less than 20 employees and is exempt from the prohibition on financial and other incentives as set forth in 32 CFR Section 199.8. The Employer is required to inform RedQuote if this changes at any point in the future. The Employer is solely responsible for complying with any TRICARE rules and regulations. December 21, 2021 E - 36 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 5 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote j. Qualified Small Employer Health Reimbursement Arrangement (“QSEHRA”). A QSEHRA is a health reimbursement arrangement that satisfies the following specifications: (1) The Employer is not an “applicable large employer” determined pursuant to the rules set forth in Code Section 4980H(c)(2) and guidance related thereto (generally this means that the Employer must employ less than 50 full-time or full-time equivalent employees in the prior calendar year); (2) The Employer does not offer a group health plan (as defined in Chapter 100 of the Code) to any of its employees; (3) Only the Employer makes contributions to the QSEHRA as limited by Section 14.f.; (4) Reimbursements are limited to the types of expenses set forth in Section 16.k.; (5) Reimbursements are only made to Eligible Employees who provide proof of major medical coverage; and (6) The QSEHRA is offered to all Eligible Employees as set forth in Section 10.f. Note: The Employer is solely responsible for complying with the income exclusion rules under Code Section 106(g) and the notice requirements of Code Section 9831(d)(4). However, the Summary Plan Description includes a discussion of the notice provisions and related subsidy rules for a QSEHRA. ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS 10. ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES a. ✓ If this is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a., only those employees (if any) enrolled in the other group health plan coverage can be eligible for the HRA. In this regard, the following employees are eligible for such an HRA: 1. ✓ Employees enrolled in the Employer’s group health plan coverage; or 2. Employees enrolled in the Employer’s group health plan coverage or the group health plan coverage of another employer (such as a spouse’s or dependent’s employer); 3. Employees enrolled in the group health plan coverage of another employer (such as a spouse’s or dependent’s employer); or 4. Employees are not eligible to participate. Only eligible spouses and dependents may participate as set forth in Item 13. . December 21, 2021 E - 37 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 6 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote b. ✓ All employees are eligible except for the following (select all that apply): 1. Union employees 2. Non-resident aliens 3. Leased employees 4. Part-time employees scheduled to work less than _________ hours per week. 5. ✓ Employees who are not eligible for the Employer’s major medical coverage. 6. Other: c. All employees are eligible – no exclusions. d. This is a retiree-only HRA under Section 9.c. of this Adoption Agreement and the following classifications are eligible: ____________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ e. This is a TRICARE HRA under Section 9.i. of this Adoption Agreement and HRA is only available to those employees who are enrolled in TRICARE and satisfy the requirements of Section 9.i. f. This is a QSEHRA under Section 9.k. of this Adoption Agreement and all employees of the Employer are considered Eligible Employees except for the following exclusions (check all that apply): 1. Employees who have not completed 90 days of service with the Employer. 2. Employees who have not attained age 25. 3. Part-time and seasonal employees (as defined in Code Section 105(h) and guidance related thereto). 4. Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement. 5. Employees who are non-resident aliens who receive no US-source income. 11. WAITING PERIOD Any Eligible Employee will be eligible to participate in the Health Reimbursement Arrangement upon satisfaction of the following waiting period: a. ✓ Same waiting period as Employer’s (or if applicable, spouse’s) major medical coverage (NOTE: If this is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a. of this Adoption Agreement, this subsection a is the only choice that can apply.) b. Date of hire or attainment of Eligible Employee status (no waiting period) (NOTE: If this is a QSEHRA under Section 9.k. of this Adoption Agreement, this subsection b is the only choice that can apply. To exclude new hires for the first 90 days, select Section 10.f.1. above.) c. ________months after date of hire d. ________days after date of hire e. Other: December 21, 2021 E - 38 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 7 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote 12. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility and waiting period requirements of Items 10 and 11 will become a Participant on: a. ✓ the same day as the Employer’s major medical coverage. (NOTE: If this is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a. of this Adoption Agreement, this subsection a is the only choice that can apply.) b. the day on which such requirements are satisfied (NOTE: If this is a QSEHRA under Section 9.k. of this Adoption Agreement, this subsection b is the only choice that can apply). c. the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date on which such requirements are satisfied. d. the first day of the calendar quarter coinciding with or next following the date on which such requirements are satisfied. e. the first day of the pay period coinciding with or next following the date on which such requirements are satisfied. f. Other: 13. DEPENDENTS NOTE: If this is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a., see the special rules in Section 9.a.5. thru 9.a.8. The HRA will cover the following dependents (select all that apply): a. ✓ Spouses for Federal income tax purposes b. ✓ Biological children, adopted children, stepchildren and eligible foster children who have not attained the age of 26. (NOTE: If this is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a. or a Pre-2014 HRA under Section 9.b., this subsection b. must apply.) c. ✓ Any other individuals who are Federal tax dependents of the Employee. d. Any of the following individuals (but who are also Federal tax dependents of the Employee): _____________________________________________________________ BENEFITS 14. HRA CONTRIBUTIONS The Employer will contribute to each Participant’s HRA Account the following amount based on the frequency selected: a. $_________ per month b. $_________ per quarter c. $_____ ____per plan year d. This is a Pre-2014 HRA under Section 9.b. of this Adoption Agreement, and no additional contributions can be made. e. This is an Excepted Benefit HRA under Section 9.e. of this Adoption Agreement, and contributions are limited as set forth in Section 9.e. December 21, 2021 E - 39 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 8 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote f. This is a QSEHRA under Section 9.k. of this Adoption Agreement and contributions are as follows (NOTE: Annual contributions cannot be greater than the applicable limit set forth in Code Section 9831(d)(2)(B)(iii), as adjusted. Contributions begin for the calendar month beginning after the effective date of participation.): 1. $ ____________ per month for each Eligible Employee, or 2. $ ____________ per month for each Eligible Employee and his/her Covered Dependents. The amount above will be different based on the variation in the price of a major medical policy based on age or number of family members as follows: ___________ g. ✓ Other: Medical Enrollment: Employee Only (EE) $2,400.00, Employee Spouse (ES) $4,800.00, Employee Child (EC) $4,800.00, Employee Family (EF) $4,800.00 15. ANNUAL DEDUCTIBLE THRESHOLD For each Plan Year, HRA Account contributions cannot be accessed and are not available to HRA Participants prior to the date during the Plan Year that the HRA Participant satisfies the applicable Annual Deductible Threshold based on the following criteria: a. No Annual Deductible Threshold applies. Note: If this box is checked, skip to Section 16. NOTE: If this is an Excepted Benefit Premium Reimbursement HRA under Section 9.d., an Excepted Benefit HRA under Section 9.e., an Excepted Benefit Dental or Vision HRA under 9.f., an After-Tax Reimbursement Account under Section 9.h., or a TRICARE HRA under Section 9.i. this subsection (a) must be selected. b. Annual Deductible Threshold does apply. The Annual Deductible Threshold is calculated based on the following expenses: 1. Eligible claims filed under the coverage or policy associated with the HRA; or 2. All Qualifying Medical Expenses. c. ✓ The Annual Deductible Threshold is as follows: 1. A $___________Annual Deductible Threshold applies for all Participants, regardless of the level of coverage selected 2. ✓ An Annual Deductible Threshold applies based on the major medical level of coverage selected by the Participant as follows: $ 1,500 Single_______________ $ 3,000 Single Plus Spouse__ _ $ 3,000 Single Plus Dependent _ $ 3,000 Family_______________ 3. A multi-tiered Annual Deductible Threshold applies as follows: December 21, 2021 E - 40 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 9 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote (i) On the first $________ of the Annual Deductible Threshold, the HRA reimburses _________ % of eligible HRA claims; (ii) From $___________ to __________ of the Annual Deductible Threshold, the HRA reimburses _________ % of eligible HRA claims; and (iii) Amounts greater than $________ of the Annual Deductible Threshold, the HRA reimburses __________ % of eligible HRA claims. 4. A multi-tiered Annual Deductible Threshold applies as follows: (i) For amounts less than $ _______ of the Annual Deductible Threshold, the HRA reimburses 0% of eligible HRA claims; (ii) For amounts greater than $ ___________ but less than $ ______________ of the Annual Deductible Threshold, the HRA reimburses ________ % of eligible HRA claims; and (iii) For amounts greater than $ ___________ of the Annual Deductible Threshold, the HRA reimburses ________ % of eligible HRA claims. 16. QUALIFYING MEDICAL EXPENSES The following expenses will be considered as Qualifying Medical Expenses under the HRA: a. Integrated HRA. This is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a.: 1. The non-HRA group health plan coverage is providing minimum value (box 9.a.3 is checked). In that case, Qualifying Medical Expenses will be limited to any medical expenses under IRC 213(d) (excluding individual insurance premiums and employer group health plan premiums paid on a pre-tax basis). AND/OR 2. The non-HRA group health plan coverage is not providing minimum value (box 9.a.4 is checked). In that case, Qualifying Medical Expenses will be limited to co- payments, co-insurance, and deductibles under the non-HRA group health plan coverage, plus other IRC 213(d) expenses (excluding individual insurance premiums and employer group health plan premiums paid on a pre-tax basis) that are not considered essential health benefits. AND/OR 3. This type of HRA will also reimburse a spouse’s employer group health plan premiums, as long as those premiums are paid by the spouse on an after-tax basis and are properly substantiated as determined by the Claims Administrator. b. ✓ Integrated HRA. This is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a. that is either providing minimum value or not providing minimum value. Qualifying Medical Expenses will be limited to the following (indicate all that apply): December 21, 2021 E - 41 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 10 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote Medical deductible paid under the applicable employer group health plan; ✓ Medical co-insurance paid under the applicable employer group health plan; ✓ Medical / Pharmacy co-pays paid under the applicable employer group health plan; and/or Pharmacy deductibles, co-insurance and/or co-pays paid under the applicable employer group health plan. c. Pre-2014 HRA. This is a Pre-2014 HRA under Section 9.b. Qualifying Medical Expenses will be limited to any medical expenses under IRC 213(d) based on Internal Revenue Service guidance and rules in effect on December 31, 2013, as determined by the Claims Administrator. d. Retiree-Only HRA. This is a Retiree-Only HRA under Section 9.c. Qualifying Medical Expenses will be limited to any medical expenses under IRC 213(d) (including any individual insurance premiums but excluding employer group health plan premiums). e. Excepted Benefit Premium Reimbursement HRA. This is an Excepted Benefit Premium Reimbursement HRA under Section 9.d. Qualifying Medical Expenses are limited to individual insurance premiums described in Section 9.d. f. Excepted Benefit HRA. This is an Excepted Benefit HRA under Section 9.e. Qualifying Medical Expenses will be limited to any medical expenses under IRC 213(d) (excluding any individual insurance premiums and employer group health plan premiums). g. Excepted Benefit Dental and Vision HRA. This is an Excepted Benefit Dental and Vision HRA under Section 9.f. Qualifying Medical Expenses are limited to reimbursement of IRC 213(d) expenses that are dental and/or vision expenses only as limited by Section 9.f. h. HRA Integrated with Dental or Vision Only Coverage. This is an HRA Integrated with Dental and/or Vision Only Coverage under Section 9.g. Qualifying Medical Expenses are limited to reimbursement of IRC 213(d) expenses that are dental and/or vision expenses only as limited by Section 9.g. i. After-Tax Reimbursement Account. This is an After-Tax Reimbursement Account under Section 9.h. Qualifying Medical Expenses are limited to the following (select all that apply): December 21, 2021 E - 42 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 11 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote 1. Individual insurance premiums for ACA excepted benefits only. 2. Any Code Section 213(d) expense (excluding individual insurance premiums and employer group health plan premiums). j. TRICARE HRA. This is a TRICARE HRA under Section 9.i. Qualifying Medical Expenses are limited to the following, as long as they satisfy Code Section 213(d) (select all that apply): 1. Cost sharing under the TRICARE plan (deductible, copays and coinsurance). 2. Individual insurance premiums for TRICARE supplemental coverage. 3. Individual insurance premiums for ACA excepted benefit coverage. 4. Actual expenses incurred for services or supplies that are excepted benefits. k. QSEHRA. This is a QSEHRA under Section 9.j. Qualifying Medical Expenses include major medical insurance premiums of the Eligible Employee regardless of whether the insurance was purchased on the Exchange or elsewhere, plus the following (select all that apply): 1. Major medical insurance premiums for Covered Dependents. 2. Other health insurance premiums (such as dental and vision premiums) of the Eligible Employee and/or Covered Dependents. 3. Any other Code Section 213(d) expense of the Eligible Employee and/or Covered Dependents. Notwithstanding the above, a QSEHRA cannot reimburse employer sponsored group health plan coverage premiums or premium equivalents to the extent the premiums or premium equivalents were paid on a pre-tax basis. An Employer may limit or expand the provisions set forth above in this Section 16 for a particular type of HRA, as long as such limitations or expansions comply with applicable law as determined by the Claims Administrator. Explain the limitations or expansions as follows: _____________________________________________________________________________ 17. HEALTH FLEXIBLE SPENDING ARRANGEMENT If the Employer maintains a health flexible spending arrangement, claims will be processed in the following order: a. Health FSA expenses will be processed first. b. HRA expenses will be processed first. c. ✓ Not applicable – no health FSA. December 21, 2021 E - 43 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 12 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote 18. CLAIMS FOR REIMBURSEMENT MUST BE FILED WITHIN a. ✓ ____90_____ days following each plan year AND, For Participants who terminate employment, will a different filing deadline apply? b. ✓ Yes, ___60______ days following termination of employment c. No 19. CARRY FORWARD Amounts not used by the end of a Plan Year shall: a. Carry forward to the next Plan Year. b. Carry forward to the next Plan Year, subject to the following limitations or restrictions: ____________________________________________________________________ c. ✓ Shall forfeit as of the end of the Plan Year NOTE 1: If this is an Excepted Benefit HRA under Section 9.e., amounts must forfeit as of the end of each Plan Year, subject to the carryover rule listed in Section 9.e. NOTE 2: If this is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a., and this Section 19.c. forfeiture is selected, the annual waiver requirement of Notice 2013-54 does not apply (except in mid-year qualifying event situations). 20. SPEND DOWN After HRA eligibility terminates (e.g., termination of employment, retirement): a. ✓ Any unused amounts in an HRA Account will forfeit. NOTE: If this is an Integrated HRA under Section 9.a., selecting a forfeiture means that the termination waiver rule of Notice 2013-54 does not apply. b. Any unused amounts in an HRA Account will continue to be eligible for reimbursement. c. Any unused amounts in an HRA Account will continue to be eligible for reimbursement for retirees. d. Any unused amounts in an HRA Account will continue to be eligible for reimbursement for those Employees or individuals who satisfy the following conditions: ________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________, and for all other Employees or individuals unused amounts shall forfeit once HRA eligibility terminates. APPLICATION OF OTHER LAWS 21. FAMILY AND MEDICAL LEAVE ACT FMLA generally applies to Employers who have 50 or more employees in the preceding or current calendar year. (The Employer is required to inform RedQuote if this provision changes for any future calendar year.) a. ✓ FMLA applies. b. FMLA does not apply. 22. COBRA December 21, 2021 E - 44 REDQUOTE ADOPTION AGREEMENT HEALTH REIMBURSEMENT ARRANGEMENT Page 13 of 13 ©2021 RedQuote COBRA generally applies to Employers who have 20 or more employees in the preceding calendar year. (The Employer is required to inform RedQuote if this provision changes for any future calendar year.) a. ✓ COBRA applies. b. COBRA does not apply. c. COBRA does not apply because this is a QSEHRA. This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the RedQuote Health Reimbursement Arrangement. This Adoption Agreement and the RedQuote Health Reimbursement Arrangement shall together be known as the Health Reimbursement Arrangement or HRA. __CITY OF PORT ANGELES____________ Name of Employer By: Printed Name: Title: Signature Date: December 21, 2021 E - 45 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Thomas Hunter, Director of Public Works& Utilities Director (On behalf of Corey Delikat, Parks & Recreation Director) Subject: 2011 Agreement Between City of Port Angeles & Clallam Transit- Amendment #1 Background / Analysis: In 2011 the City of Port Angeles (City) and the Clallam Transit System (CTS) entered into an Agreement that outlined the specific maintenance duties each entity would need to perform once the new Gateway Center was officially completed and open to the public. Over the last decade, the working relationship between the two agencies has been great. Recently, over the last year, the City and the CTS have been discussing possible locations at the Gateway Transit Center (GTS) that could be a potential location for the City’s 24-Hour Restroom Piolet Project (PK-0120). Over the course of discussions, both agencies felt it was best to place two 24-hour restrooms around the surrounding area of the GTS. The funding for the additional 24-hour restroom will come out of the Capital Facility Plan Restroom Replacement Program, PK-0205. In order to do this, an Amendment needs to be done to the 2011 Agreement that states the City will maintain these restrooms in the two specific areas that is outlined in Exhibit “E”. The CTS Board of Directors approved Amendment #1 at their recent December 15, 2021 meeting. Funding Overview: No Funding is associated with Amendment #1 of the 2011 Agreement between the City of Port Angeles and the Clallam Transit System. Attachments: Gateway Amendment No. 1 2011 City and Transit Gateway Agreement Summary: The Funding: No Funding is associated with Amendment #1 of the 2011 Agreement between the City of Port Angeles and the Clallam Transit System. Recommendation: (1) Approve and authorize the City Manager to sign Amendment #1 of the 2011 Agreement between the City of Port Angeles and Clallam Transit System and; (2) make minor modifications to the Amendment, if needed. December 21, 2021 E - 46 December 21, 2021 E - 47 December 21, 2021 E - 48 December 21, 2021E - 49 December 21, 2021E - 50 December 21, 2021E - 51 December 21, 2021E - 52 December 21, 2021E - 53 December 21, 2021E - 54 December 21, 2021E - 55 December 21, 2021E - 56 December 21, 2021E - 57 December 21, 2021E - 58 December 21, 2021E - 59 December 21, 2021E - 60 December 21, 2021E - 61 December 21, 2021E - 62 December 21, 2021E - 63 December 21, 2021E - 64 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Allyson Brekke, Director, Department of Community & Economic Development Subject: Professional Services Agreement Amendment with MAKERS Architecture and Urban Design (for the Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Project) Background / Analysis: On August, 4 2020 City Council directed staff to enter into a contract with MAKERS Architecture and Urban Design to complete nine tasks: (1) Project Startup and Initial Presentation, (2) Staff and Stakeholder Interviewers, (3) Code Analysis (4) Preliminary Concepts and Recommendations (5) Form-based Code Public Workshop (6) First and Planning Commission Review Draft Code Updates (7) Planning Commission Review and Code Ordinance Refinements Summary: On August 4, 2020 City Council directed staff to enter into a contract with MAKERS Architecture and Urban Design to complete nine tasks: (1) Project Startup and Initial Presentation, (2) Staff and Stakeholder Interviewers, (3) Code Analysis (4) Preliminary Concepts and Recommendations (5) Form-based Code Public Workshop (6) First and Planning Commission Review Draft Code Updates (7) Planning Commission Review and Code Ordinance Refinements (8) City Council Adoption Support (9) Scoping for Development Regulations Update. The City received a significantly large volume of public comment on the project (Task 6), which precipitated a lengthier Planning Commission and City Council timeline for review. Additional funds were required to support City Staff’s review and response to comments for a responsive final draft and ordinance. Funding: The professional services agreement (PSA) was approved by City Council unanimously at the August 4, 2020 meeting in the amount of $49,935. The professional services agreement amendment would provide an additional $24,995 in Tasks 7-8 for Planning Commission Review and Code Ordinance Refinements and City Council support, for a total budgeted amount of $74,930. Council approved additional funding to be allocated for the project on December 7, 2021 through the Budget Amendment #3. CED budget savings support the additional project costs. Recommendation: Approve and authorize the City Manager to sign the professional services agreement amendment with MAKERS Architecture and Urban Design in the amount of $24,995 and to make minor changes as necessary to complete the tasks as outlined. December 21, 2021 E - 65 (8) City Council Adoption Support (9) Scoping for Development Regulations Update. The contract amendment proposes changes to deliverable due dates because of extended timelines to consider the significantly high volume of public comment received in response to the City’s public notice and hearing on the first draft. The public hearing was held on October 13, 2021 and the public comment period ran from September 29, 2021-October 29, 2021. Based on public comment, the Planning Commission requested an additional meeting to consider further review and possible revisions that would need to be made. Collectively the issues noted above delayed the project by several weeks and increased the work necessary by the consultant. The PSA amendment adds scope for MAKERS to prepare the comment matrix and response, attend the additional Planning Commission meeting featuring deliberations on November 10th, prepare a second draft of the code based on the Planning Commission recommendation. The scope also includes support to prepare staff deliverables for and attend City Council meetings on 11/16, 12/7 and 12/21 to include the adopting ordinance. Funding Overview: The professional services agreement was approved by City Council unanimously at the August 4, 2020 meeting in the amount of $49,935. The professional services agreement amendment would provide an additional $24,995 in Tasks 7-8 for Planning Commission Review and Code Ordinance Refinements and City Council support, for a total budgeted amount of $74,930. Council approved additional funding to be allocated for the project on December 7, 2021 through the Budget Amendment #3. CED budget savings support the additional project costs. Attachments: • PSA contract amendment (with budget addendum) December 21, 2021 E - 66 1 AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES Between the CITY OF PORT ANGELES And MAKERS ARCHITECTURE AND URBAN DESIGN, LLP This Amendment is made and entered into between the City of Port Angeles, a non-charter code city and municipal corporation of the State of Washington (hereinafter referred to as “City”), and the Makers Architecture and Urban Design, LLP (hereinafter referred to as “Contractor”). The City and Contractor are sometimes referred to herein individually as “Party” and collectively as “Parties.” In consideration of the covenants and promises set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. The City and Contractor entered into an Agreement for Professional Services on the 20th day of August, 2020. This Agreement is incorporated by this reference and may hereafter be referred to as “the Agreement.” 2. Section 1. Professional Services The Scope of Work of the Agreement is hereby amended to include the work described in the Amended Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by this reference. 3. Section 3. Compensation of the Agreement is amended as follows: The City agrees to increase the compensation to be paid to Contractor in an amount not to exceed $24,995 to compensate Contractor for the additional work described in the Amended Exhibit A attached hereto. 4. The parties hereby agree that the effective date of this Amendment is October 29,2021. 5. Except as modified herein, the original Agreement is confirmed and ratified. 6. This Amendment together with the original Agreement, including its exhibits, constitutes the entire Agreement, supersedes all prior written or oral understandings, and may only be changed by written amendment executed by both Parties. December 21, 2021 E - 67 2 In WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to the Memorandum of Agreement as of the date and year of the last signature affixed below. CITY OF PORT ANGELES MAKERS ARCHITECTURE & URBAN DESIGN By:______________________________ By:_________________________________ Nathan A. West, City Manager Bob Bengford, AICP, Partner Dated:____________________________ Dated: ______________________________ ATTEST: By: ______________________________ Kari Martinez-Bailey, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM By:______________________________ William E. Bloor, City Attorney December 21, 2021 E - 68 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 1 Amended* Exhibit A: City of Port Angeles & MAKERS Scope of Work for HB-1923 Commerce Grant Increasing Residential Building Capacity - Port Angeles Municipal Code Analysis & Updates *Deletions shown in red strikethrough and additions shown in red underline Initial Phase Tasks Below are the primary elements and deliverables of the tasks to be performed by the Consultant, MAKERS Architecture and Urban Design, to satisfy the City’s requirements of an interagency agreement and grant with the Washington State of Department of Commerce to increase residential building capacity (HB-1923 grant program). Due to the evolving nature of a larger municipal code audit that Madrona Law is assisting the City to complete, the diversity of elements to be addressed in this project, and the needed collaboration with a parallel Regional Chamber of Commerce downtown strategic planning effort, it is expected for some variation to the tasks and schedule set forth below. It is expected of MAKERS to coordinate with Madrona Law for all HB-1923 project work and code audit analysis to ensure both professional work products are coordinated in effort and are cohesive in recommendation. For the purpose of budgeting, the work to be performed is divided into phases of completion. The Scope of Work for this agreement contemplates the Consultant performing the Initial Phase as described here within. Depending on City budget and satisfactory completion of the Initial Phase by the Consultant, subsequent Phases may be addressed through an amendment to the Professional Services Agreement as provided herein. This approach allows the City some flexibility both in meeting project objectives and controlling available project resources. Any changes to the scope and budget shall be agreed by both parties in writing prior to conducting such work. NOTE: It’s assumed that some, if not all, of the internal City staff and community meetings will need to be conducted remotely due to Covid-19 social distance standards and concerns. MAKERS will coordinate with City staff on acceptable remote engagement techniques. It is understood that the public will be engaged in some capacity, such as website updates, throughout the project development. December 21, 2021 E - 69 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 2 Ongoing Project Management The hours for the project management duties noted below are embedded into the budgeted hours for the tasks. 1. Management. Prepare monthly invoices and progress reports; prepare for, conduct, and summarize monthly (or as needed) team progress phone calls; and track scope, budget, and schedule. 2. Schedule. Update the project work plan and schedule as needed throughout the project. 3. Coordination. Ongoing coordination with team members and City staff, including information requests, to ensure project efficiency and effectiveness. Task 1 - Project Startup & Initial Presentation A) MAKERS and Madrona Law (“Attorneys”) will conduct an initial presentation (most likely a video meeting) at a City Council meeting to describe the intended process to complete this project and to gather ideas, suggestions, and goals from the Council. The Attorneys will be the lead entity in this presentation. B) Following the initial Council presentation, MAKERS will lead a kick-off meeting with City staff. Draft agenda: • Discuss the project scope, schedule, and budget (including setting public meeting dates and internal project deadlines) • Review staff’s internal code audit of Port Angeles Municipal Code (PAMC) Titles 14, 16, and 17 and discuss project issues and challenges (planning/housing information, code problems, and initial ideas for solutions) • Confirm the anticipated approach and products in each task • Discuss the basic text and graphic information needed for the startup of the project webpage; decide if project webpage should be independent of City website or combined • Discuss how this effort can best coordinate with the ongoing Chamber of Commerce downtown strategic planning effort • Optional: Conduct a virtual tour of the applicable zones, examples of recent development, and/or strategic opportunity sites with City staff and representatives of Council if they desire December 21, 2021 E - 70 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 3 Timing Early September 2020 Deliverable • Updated schedule • Meeting summary • Project webpage materials Meetings 1 project team video conference Commerce Steps Action 3: 3.1 Task 2 –Staff/Stakeholder Interviews Following the presentation and Council feedback described in Task 1 above, MAKERS will interview stakeholders with regards to housing infill and form-based code (FBC) elements. The purpose of these interviews is twofold: 1) Establish a shared understanding of housing and development challenges in Port Angeles; and 2) Raise awareness of the project and empower the consultant team to address specific issues and concerns directly and early in the process. Depending on preferences obtained from Task 1, this interview process could be kept to a small core group of critical stakeholders or it could be broadened to include a larger sample of the community to create a wider perspective on the mix of issues and objectives for this project (recommended to be no more than eight total). Beyond staff and Council, the following groups can be considered for stakeholders: • Planning Commission • Developers, architects, design professionals representing recent or planned projects • Port Angeles Chamber of Commerce • Key property and business owners within commercial zoning districts • Real estate professionals • Residents Timing Mid to Late September December 2020 to April 2021 Deliverable • Individual meeting notes • Summary memo Commerce Steps Action 1: 1.1 Action 2: 1.1 Action 3: 3.1 December 21, 2021 E - 71 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 4 Task 3 - Code Analysis After initial discussions with City staff, Council, and selected stakeholders, MAKERS will finalize the list of priorities for code review within Titles 14, 16 and 17. Foremost, MAKERS will be identifying all existing or missing provisions that relate to the specific HB-1923 actions: 1. Adopt an infill exemption under RCW 43.21C.229 for residential or mixed-use development (and consider any other relevant SEPA categorical exemptions) - Titles 15, 16, 17, and 18 2. Increase the number of maximum number of lots through a short subdivision process (maximum up to nine lots) and amend/revised associated subdivision standards) - Title 16 3. Adopt a form-based code for the City’s commercial zones (that currently permit multi-family housing - Titles 14 and 17 Staff’s internal code audit of Titles 14, 16, and 17will form a foundation to build upon and avoid duplicating existing work. The review priorities will also be informed by feedback obtained from the initial Council presentation, staff discussion at the project startup meeting and the stakeholder interviews. MAKERS will provide the following assessments: • Gaps in code for implementing the specific HB-1923 actions, including allowances and guidance under state law. • Other code issues that impact code usability and development feasibility, to be addressed in future phases of work. • Comprehensive Plan policy-code gaps, to be addressed in future annual amendments or the mandated update cycle • Observations on recent infill development (commercial/mixed-use development, multifamily infill, and single-family subdivisions). Summarize how they are or are not meeting community objectives, while avoiding potential controversy associated with critiquing individual projects. • Comparison to peer cities where to study best practices for encouraging infill development, approaches for subdivision regulations, and implementing form-based codes. • General code usability and organization. MAKERS will also be reviewing the relevant sections with an eye toward the future development regulations update. Timing September - October April 2021 Deliverable Technical memo(s) Commerce Steps Action 1: 1.1, 1.2 Action 2: 1.1, 1.2 Action 3: 3.1 December 21, 2021 E - 72 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 5 Task 4 - Preliminary Concepts and Recommendations Based on the previous results and data collected from Tasks 1-3, MAKERS will develop rough preliminary concepts and recommendations associated with the HB-1923 grant elements. These will involve new regulations that provide environmental protection for exempt residential infill development, updated subdivision regulations, and new form-based code regulations. For some elements, MAKERS will develop specific concept solutions. In other cases, suggest several options and solicit community feedback (as part of Task 5 below). Concepts can be formatted in a number of ways - they may start with slideshows, maps, and graphics at team meetings, and then transition to integrating the concepts into the actual code structure. For some concepts MAKERS may present several alternatives within the code format. MAKERS also often provide two levels of commentary and observations - in-line comments to provide further context to reviewers and the public and editing “bubbles” that are intended for internal discussion. MAKERS will be in constant contact with staff during this task. As concepts come into focus, they will be prepared for public review. Timing October April – May 2021 (NOTE: Central Business District FBC efforts could be delayed to better synch with Downtown strategic planning efforts) Deliverable Preliminary concept text, maps, graphics, and other supporting materials. Commerce Steps Action 1: 1.3 Action 2: 1.3 Action 3: 3.2 Task 5 - Form-Based Code Public Workshop This effort will be coordinated with the ongoing Chamber of Commerce downtown strategic planning effort for the central business district (downtown area) Whether conducted in-person or remotely, MAKERS will help craft community engagement materials that touch on key findings of Tasks 1-4. The “workshop” may end up being a singular event or a series of online activities and opportunities to engage - or both, depending on the resources available. Techniques could involve any of the following: • A visual preference survey of infill multifamily and commercial development. • A mapping exercise to collect input on desired development form in downtown and other applicable FBC areas (including where new housing is appropriate or desired). • A survey of FBC concepts and alternatives. • A webinar session and/or a recorded video which explains the preliminary concepts. • Frequently asked question list. December 21, 2021 E - 73 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 6 Timing October - November June 2021 Deliverable • Workshop materials and summary of results • Updated website materials Commerce Steps Action 3: 3.3 Task 6 – First and Planning Commission Review Draft Code Updates Based on results of prior tasks, MAKERS will provide a first draft of all code updates. MAKERS will be in frequent communication with City staff during this process and first share a rough working draft with concepts, questions, rationale, and examples. Ultimately, the draft(s) will be fully usable and contain all of the necessary supporting graphics developed to this point. Depending on staff and City Attorney preference, the code drafts will either be consolidated in a single ordinance or divided into three ordinances (for each HB-1923 action). MAKERS will also support all associated staff reports. The first draft will be submitted to the Department of Commerce by June 30th. Timing November – January May – June 2021 Deliverable • Draft code elements • Draft ordinance(s) • Staff report collaboration with staff • Commerce Steps Action 1: 1.5, 1.6, 1.7 Action 2: 1.5, 1.6 Action 3: 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 December 21, 2021 E - 74 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 7 Task 7 – Planning Commission Review and Code/Ordinance Refinements For the Planning Commission MAKERS will participate in up to two Planning Commission meetings and provide technical assistance to staff in additional meetings as necessary and as resources allow. The goal is to help the Commission and community members understand the key elements of the draft code updates. Meeting presentations will highlight the key elements where consensus has been built, This feedback will be taken into the next task and also ask the Commission for recommendations where alternatives remain. Based on input in Task 6 from the Planning Commission meetings, the team will collaborate with City staff to make refinements to the drafts to prepare for the City Council adoption process. MAKERS will collaborate with staff on any associated staff reports and will be available to collaborate with staff in preparation of any required SEPA checklist(s) Timing December 2020 September – November 2021 Deliverable • Updated draft codes and ordinances • Requested technical memos • Staff report collaboration with staff • SEPA checklist collaboration with staff Commerce Steps Action 1: 2.1, 2.2, 3.1 Action 2: 2.1, 2.2, 3.1 Action 3: 4.1, 4.2, 5.1 Task 8 - City Council Adoption Support MAKERS will participate in up to two City Council meetings and be available for technical assistance as necessary and as resources allow. Timing February – April November - December 2021 Deliverable • Public presentation materials • Requested technical memos • Updates to draft code and supporting illustrations, as needed based on feedback Commerce Steps Action 1: 3.1, 3.2 Action 2: 3.1, 3.2 Action 3: 5.1, 5.2 Task 9 - Scoping for Development Regulations Update MAKERS will coordinate with Madrona Law’s City code audit (to be completed by November 2020) and compile conceptual strategic and organizational recommendations for updating December 21, 2021 E - 75 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 8 PAMC Titles 14, 16 and 17 based on the team’s work in Tasks 1-8. This effort will include a preliminary draft scope of work for the subsequent development regulations update. Timing March – April October - December2021 Deliverable • Preliminary recommendations for updating the organization of PAMC Titles 14, 16 and 17 • Preliminary scope of work/budget for future phase development regulations update Future Phase Tasks Dependent on available budget, MAKERS may complete additional phases of code work based on recommendations made in Task 9. Titles of primary focus are PAMC Titles 14, 16 and 17, but also may include Titles 15 and 18 and the City’s Urban Services Standards and Guidelines document (primarily the City’s engineering standards and standards). Topics that may be highlighted in this future phase work could include tiny homes, short term rentals, landscape requirements for new development, sign regulations, parking regulations, and development fee schedules and procedures. Budget Estimate Note: MAKERS are treating the travel budget as a flexible line item and are hopeful that in- person gatherings will be feasible (under public health guidelines) for some of the planned meetings toward the middle and end of the project schedule. In lieu of travel, these funds will be devoted to other tasks in support of greater digital/online engagement, such as use of MAKERS’ Social Pinpoint web platform, additional time to prepare online webinars, website materials, surveys, etc. December 21, 2021 E - 76 Port Angeles Increasing Residential Building Capacity Code Updates - Scope of Work MAKERS architecture and urban design Page 9 Bob Bengford, Partner $215 1 Project Startup 8 $ 2,560 2 Staff/Stakeholder Interviews 8 $ 3,190 3 Code Analysis 12 $ 5,100 4 Preliminary Concepts and Recommendations 40 $ 12,800 5 Form-Based Code Public Workshop 16 $ 7,640 6 DraftCode Updates and Planning Commission Review 24 $ 8,730 7 Code/Ordinance Refinements 4 $ 2,120 8 City Council Adoption Support 16 $ 4,700 9 Scoping for Development Regulations Update 8 $ 2,140 SUBTOTAL 136 $ 48,980 Travel Expenses* (and/or additional remote support) $ 955 TOTAL 49,935$ Amount Port Angeles Housing Affordability Code Updates Team member Billing rate HoursTask Scott Bonjukian $105 8 14 24 40 40 34 12 12 4 188 *Travel expenses assume five trips to Port Angeles and associated mileage, ferry tickets, and meals. If physical trips are not encouraged or permitted due to COVID emergency, this budget allocation will support additional remote engagement. Bob Bengford, Partner $215 A Comment matrix development and coordination 20 $ 9,100 B Attending 11/10 public hearing plus prep 8 $ 2,920 C Updating draft code based on PC recommendation 3 8 $ 1,605 D Attending 11/16 CC meeting plus prep 6 10 $ 2,490 E Attending 12/7 CC meeting plus prep 10 15 $ 3,950 F Attending one additional CC meeting plus prep 6 8 $ 2,250 G Assisting staff with adopting ordinance and publishing code 8 8 $ 2,680 TOTAL 61 99 24,995$ Amount Port Angeles Residential Building Capacity - Budget Addendum 11-3-21 Team member Billing rate HoursTask Scott Bonjukian $120 40 10 December 21, 2021 E - 77 Date: Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Brian S. Smith, Chief of Police Subject: Police Department Interlocal Agreement / City of Sequim and City of Port Angeles Background / Analysis: The Revised Code of Washington (RCW) Chapter 10.93 (the Washington Mutual Aid Peace Officers Powers Act) authorizes the parties to enter into an agreement for mutual aid pursuant to the Interlocal Cooperation Act (Chapter 39.34 RCW). The Port Angeles Police Department (PAPD) and the Sequim Police Department recognize the benefits from the cooperative use of equipment and trained personnel. The protection of life and property, reductions in crime and criminal investigations in each jurisdiction are enhanced through cooperative efforts. This agreement is consistent with other agreements between PAPD and allied agencies. This agreement states that upon the happening or in anticipation of a life-threatening event and upon request of the impacted agency, the other party will provide all available commissioned personnel and equipment to supplement the impacted agencies’ operations. Upon request the respective parties may issue commissions to certain full-time members of the other agency to improve protection capabilities with the respective jurisdictions. Each agency agrees to assume all the costs associated with their members aiding and each agency agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the other party from liability. This agreement will be effective upon the date of signature by all parties and will remain in effect until terminated. Summary: The Port Angeles Police Department and the Sequim Police Department are renewing the mutual assistance agreement between the departments. This agreement allows the respective agencies (the parties) to provide immediate assistance during emergency situations and to cross commission personnel from both agencies. Funding: There is no immediate funding impact from this agreement. The agreement stipulates that costs borne by the parties are covered by the respective agency. Recommendation: Authorize the City Manager to sign the interlocal agreement between the City of Port Angeles and the City of Sequim. December 21, 2021 E - 78 December 21, 2021 E - 79 December 21, 2021 E - 80 December 21, 2021 E - 81 contemplates continued performance, rights, or compliance beyond its termination, survive the Agreement and continue to be enforceable. 13.Agreement to be Filed or Recorded: The Parties are responsible for filing or recording thisInterlocal Agreement as provided for in RCW 39.34.040.THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT hereby execute this Agreement to be effective upon the last date of signature below: Sheri� Sequim Chief of Police ·stina Nelson-GrossSequim City Attorney Nathan A. WestPort Angeles City Manager Approved as to Form: William Bloor Port Angeles City Attorney Mutual Law Enforcement Assistance Agreement Sequim Police Dept & Port Angeles Police Dept Date Date Page 4 of4 December 21, 2021 E - 82 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Nathan A. West, City Manager Thomas Hunter, Director of Public Work s & Utilities Subject: Resolution Ratifying a Declaration of Emergency – Memo to follow December 21, 2021 E - 83 CITY OF PORT ANGELES DECLARATION OF EMERGENCY Nathan West, the City Manager of the City of Port Angeles, finds that the following facts exist: l. on Sarurday, December 4, 2021, City Crews discovered a water main leak on the 20- inch concrete cylinder water transmission main west of Ennis Creek near Lindberg Rd and Maddock Road. At this location the water main is approximately l0-feet below grade. City crews shut down the water main and began repair work on December 10, 2021, in conjunction with a limited Public Works contract with 2 Grade Excavation of Port Angeles, WA. When the contractor performed preliminary excavation work, it was discovered that the waterline failure was signifiiantly larger than anticipated. That discovery, combined with poor soil conditions, made continued work unsafe, and the contractor was unable to successfully repair the water line. 2. The failed segment of main is a critical component of the City's water distribution systsm. This main was installed in the 1960s and serves as the primary water source for the Clallam County PUD Round Tree Reservoir. In addition to PUD water customers who receive water from Round Tree Reservoir, 37 City customers who rely solely on the 2O-inch water main as their primary source of water lost their water services as of 8:00 am on December 10, 2021. Repairing this main is critical to water quality and public health for the following reasons: First, lack ofaccess to water for an extended period of time creates a public health anergency and puts proper sanitation at risk. Second, because the hole is now open it is dangerous to residents in vicinity. Third, the surrounding soil is water-sensitive and the hole and stockpiles are in danger of collapsing with continued rain. Fourth, reorergizing the water main without fixing the leak could lead to contamination of the waterline, bacteria in the water supply as well as trench collapse. It is imperative the repair is implemorted immediately. 3. The water main failure location poses a significant barrier to City personnel who need to make repairs. Currently, the City lacks the proper equipment to shore-up the excavated area and lacks the equipment necessary to make repairs to the water main. Repair work will require the use ofheavy equipment, such as excavators, and the services ofa contractor who is skilled in such repair. 4. Due to the severity of the main break, its location, its impact on the City's water supply, and the need for immediate repair, an emergency is present which may necessitate utilization of emergency powers granted pursuant to RCW 35.33.081 and RCW 38.52.070(2). Now, therefore, by the authority ganted to me under State law and by the City Council, I hereby declare that an emergency exists in Port Angeles due to a water main break and that the City is authorized to do the following: l. Enter into contracts and incur obligations necessary to combat such emergency situation to protect the health and safety ofpersons and the preservation ofproperty; and 2. Each City Department is authorized to exercise the powers vested under this resolution in light of the emergency situation without regard to time-consuming procedures and formalities prescribed by law (excepting mandatory constitutional requirernents). %--' Nathan West, City Manager DATED this I 3th day of Decernber 2021 . December 21, 2021 E - 84 RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION of the City Council of the City of Port Angeles, Washington, affirming and ratifying the Declaration of Emergency issued by the City Manager on December 13, 2021. WHEREAS, a Declaration of Emergency was issued by the City Manager on December 13, 2021, a complete copy of which is attached; and WHEREAS, the Council has reviewed the facts and circumstances that prompted the Declaration of Emergency; and WHEREAS, the Council hereby finds that the facts recited in the Declaration are true and correct. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Port Angeles: 1. The Council finds and declares that the water main leak on the 20-inch concrete cylinder water transmission main west of Ennis Creek near Lindberg Rd and Maddock Road, constituted an emergency in the City of Port Angeles; and 2. The City Council affirms and ratifies (1) the Declaration of Emergency issued by the City Manager on December 13, 2021, and (2) all actions authorized by that Declaration. PASSED by the City Council of the City of Port Angeles at a regular meeting of said Council held on the _____ day of December, 2021. _______________________________ Kate Dexter, Mayor ATTEST: _______________________________ Kari Martinez-Bailey, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: _______________________________ William E. Bloor, City Attorney December 21, 2021 E - 85 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Nathan West, City Manager Allyson Brekke, Director of Community & Economic Development William Bloor, City Attorney Subject: Municipal Code Re-Envisioning Project – 2nd Reading of the Building Residential Capacity Land Use Code Revisions Ordinance Background / Analysis: Background: In 2020, City Council established as a priority a review of the City’s municipal code. In August 2020, the City entered into an agreement with Makers Architecture and Urban Design to concentrate on necessary updates in Titles 14, 15, 16 and 17 of the municipal code, primarily known as the building, environmental, zoning and subdivision provisions. Makers was specifically tasked to meet the scope of work of a Department of Commerce grant received by the City in February 2020 to build residential capacity within the City. In June 2021, the City and Makers hosted a virtual public workshop and a visual community survey. The feedback from that public outreach directed the details of the code Summary: This is the second reading of ordinance to implement the “Building Residential Capacity” land use code revisions. The project is the City’s required response to the Washington State Department of Commerce grant funding to improve and increase a community’s residential building capacity. A timeline of the project’s schedule and outreach efforts can be found on the project’s page on the City’s website: https://www.cityofpa.us/1051/Building-Residential-Capacity. In summary, it included several meetings with community stakeholders, presentations to the Chamber of Commerce’s Elevate Port Angeles stakeholder committee, presentations to City Council, presentations to community groups including Clallam County Economic Development Council and Port Angeles Business Association, a community visual workshop and survey, and two public hearings (one with the City’s Planning Commission and one with City Council). The first reading of the ordinance occurred by City Council during their meeting on December 7, 2021. Funding: A Washington State Department of Commerce $50,000 grant was received by the City to fund this project. The City entered into contract with Makers Architecture and Urban Design in August 2020 to perform the project scope of work. An additional $25,000 was approved in the 3rd Budget Supplemental to cover Makers’ additional time to: 1) Create an extensive public comment matrix tracking the public response on the project, 2) attend additional Planning Commission and City Council meetings, 3) Create a second draft of code that will be incorporated into an ordinance. The additional costs will be covered by General Fund reserves. Recommendation: 1. Conduct the second reading of the ordinance amending portions of the Port Angeles Municipal Code to increase residential building capacity within certain zones of the City. 2. Adopt the ordinance as read. G - 1December 21, 2021 draft. A first draft was released to the public September 17, 2021. Public comment on the project was formally due to the City on October 29, 2021.Three public meetings, one public hearing with the City Planning Commission and one public hearing with the City Council have occurred and allowed for additional public comment to be received on the project. This additional comment helped to shape the second draft of the proposed land use code revisions. Please reference the attached “Major Code Changes for Second Draft” table. This is a very concise and clear document that shows the primary changes between the first and second drafts of the proposed land use code provisions. The first reading of the ordinance occurred by City Council at their public meeting on December 7, 2021. Public Outreach: The public outreach effort for the project began with one-on-one meetings with a small group of identified community stakeholders. It should be noted that the stakeholders were purposely chosen because they 1) have long tenure connected to development within the community, 2) recently worked on development projects within the City, and 3) are classified as either developers or business owners. It was purposely the City’s goal to start with the perspective that might be most critical to the proposed concept of the land use code provisions, specifically the new requirements link with implementing form based code. The theme of the stakeholder feedback was to make the code more predictable and easier to understand, expand allowances to increase residential density and avoid design standards that may add cost to construction. The summary of these stakeholder meetings can be found here: https://www.cityofpa.us/DocumentCenter/View/10929/PZ-21-55-Appendix-A1---Stakeholder- Interviews-Summary. The next public outreach effort was hosting a virtual community visual workshop over Zoom, followed by the release of a visual community survey. This was successfully attended and included a large percentage of Port Angeles residents and property owners, and a smaller percentage of developers. The data obtained from both the visual community workshop and visual community survey overwhelmingly showed the community is eager to see the code allow for more residential capacity throughout the community, if design mitigation and standards are implemented. The community wants to see new development and construction done with sensitive building placement designed and constructed with high quality building materials. You can find the summary of the both community outreach efforts here: https://www.cityofpa.us/DocumentCenter/View/10930/PZ-21-55-Appendix-A2---Online- Workshop-and-Surveys-Summary. The Planning Commission conducted a comprehensive deliberation and considered all community perspectives. The second draft as proposed ensures there are increases in building capacity, while ensuring minimal design standards to mitigate the negative consequences that can be affiliated with increased density. Findings: The entire packet that was prepared for the City Planning Commission final deliberation on November 10, 2021 can be found on the project’s webpage: https://www.cityofpa.us/1051/Building- Residential-Capacity. In summary, the findings prepared and supported by the Planning Commission are the following: 1. The City duly noticed the draft amendments, received and responded to public comment to be incorporated into a second draft, 2. The Planning Commission held a public hearing on October 13, 2021 3. The proposed amendments are consistent with the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan, 4. The proposed amendments would implement portions of the Implementation Chapter of the Comprehensive Plan and with HB 1923 Building Residential Capacity Grant requirements to adopt an infill exemption under RCW 43.21C.229 for residential or mixed-use development, adopt a form-based code in one or more zoning districts that permits residential uses, allow for G - 2December 21, 2021 the division or redivision of land into the maximum number of lots through the short subdivision process provided in Chapter 58.17 RCW, and 5. The proposed amendments were reviewed under the Washington State SEPA threshold determination rules requirements and procedures. A SEPA Determination of Non-Significance is anticipated for the proposal. Additional Staff findings include the following: 1. The City Council held a public hearing on November 16, 2021, and 2. The proposed mitigating design standards of Chapter 17.21and Chapter 17.22 PAMC are intended to meet the requirements in RCW 43.21C.229, including c) The local government considers the specific probable adverse environmental impacts of the proposed action and determines that these specific impacts are adequately addressed by the development regulations or other applicable requirements of the comprehensive plan, subarea plan element of the comprehensive plan, planned action ordinance, or other local, state, or federal rules or laws. 3. The first reading of the ordinance occurred by City Council at their public meeting on December 7, 2021. Additional Council Consideration: Staff received additional Council feedback on the project at the December 7, 2021 meeting. Council supported a transit proximity parking reduction for projects in all commercial zoning districts and an exemption from block frontage standards for civic uses, public buildings and hotels. These changes are reflected in the attached ordinance, however, it should be noted that they were not updated in the “Major Code Changes for Second Draft” Table document. Below are additional Staff comments to Council questions and comments received: • State definition of a form-based code under RCW 36.70A.600(1)(i): Few, if any, cities across the United States have adopted a purely form-based code that does not address land uses at all, largely because such codes would be inflexible and unable to respond to unique local circumstances. Cities in Washington that have adopted form-based codes all have utilized “hybrid form-based codes” which continue to retain some emphasis on permitted use standards while layering on new design standards that govern block frontages, parking location, streetscapes, building design, open space, and other elements. Under the same RCW, several cities have adopted a hybrid form-based code. In Port Angeles, a more complete form-based approach was not the intent of staff nor would it have been possible due to the limited project scope and funding. • Building residential capacity in commercial zones: The name of the project, with the word “residential”, does not mean this work is limited to residential zones. Residential development exists in commercial zones today and this is anticipated to continue in the future. With the proposed incentive of increased height limits in the commercial zones, the project team anticipates these areas to absorb a considerable amount of future residential growth. Further, the scope of work approved by Council directed this work to focus on the five commercial zones where residential uses are permitted. • Zoning map: It was not in the scope of this project to update the zoning map. The major update to the Comprehensive Plan will be happening within the next couple of years, and it is recommended to first complete that process and then develop policy that would direct a major zoning map update. • Parking reduction tool for single-occupancy vehicles [draft 14.40.045(A)]: This is an existing code line that was relocated within the chapter (from 14.40.030) because the project team recommends some reorganizing in Chapter 14.40 to improve readability. A larger update to this chapter, including possibly folding it into Title 17, will be considered in phase 2 of code audit work G - 3December 21, 2021 (which is budgeted for 2022). If the Council wishes to change or remove this provision now, that is possible and likely wouldn’t have much, if any, impact to development and code administration. • Land uses in the parking table: The list of land uses in the parking table ideally matches the list of land uses for the residential/commercial zones, but it was beyond the scope of the project to do a substantial reorganization of Chapter 14.40. Streamlining the table would be considered in phase 2 of code audit work. • Categorical exemptions: To reduce “tentacles”, the Council can direct Staff to combine the existing WAC references in 15.04.100 with the new section 15.04.105(A)(1). However, the project team considers this a low priority because sections .100 and .105 will be directly adjacent. Another option is to directly copy the WAC 197-11-800 categorical exemptions section into city code, although this is not considered best practice due to the size of the WAC section and because the original WAC may change over time making city code inconsistent. • Relationship to other codes [draft 17.22.020(B)]: This is typical language that MAKERS has used for design regulations that are specific to certain geographic areas or zones. Given the greater level of design detail in this chapter, provisions here would supersede standard building setbacks, for example. This is recommended to be retained because this project did not complete an audit of the entire PAMC to check for conflicts. • Weather protection (draft 17.22.120): The continuous weather protection requirement applies only to Storefront streets (or developments on Mixed streets that choose a Storefront design), and there is a very limited number of blocks that are designated as “Storefront”. It’s also a practical necessity to encourage pedestrian foot traffic during the entire year. No change is recommended by the project team. • Retail at ground level (draft 17.22.120): Strictly retail is not required on the ground floor of Storefront streets, any non-residential use is permitted. • Residential amenity space (draft 17.22.220): Residential amenity space can take on a variety of forms and so can be flexibly designed. It also serves different purposes than parks because residential amenity space is typically much smaller and accessible only to residents for private use. MAKERS has integrated discounts to the square footage requirement for multifamily/mixed-use projects adjacent to or across the street from parks in other communities, though it adds complexity to the code. That would need to be direction by the Council if there is a desire for such a discount to be added to the proposed code. • Mechanical equipment screening (draft 17.22.250): There are several screening provisions and we’re unclear which exactly was being referenced. Mechanical screening is a basic standard use by many communities. • Trash screening doors [draft 17.22.250(C)(4)]: If there is an example of where a trash door needs to swing across a public sidewalk, we would welcome it. With the relatively large sites and the alley system in Port Angeles, we don’t see this being a problem. It is possible there will be scenarios where Staff wishes to avoid such encroachments for accessibility and liability reasons. Funding: A Washington State Department of Commerce $50,000 grant was received by the City to fund this project. The City entered into contract with Makers Architecture and Urban Design in August 2020 to perform the project scope of work. An additional $25,000 was approved in the 3rd Budget Supplemental to cover Makers’ additional time to: 1) Create an extensive public comment matrix tracking the public response on the project, 2) attend additional Planning Commission and City Council meetings, 3) Create a second draft of code that will be incorporated into an ordinance. The additional costs will be covered by General Fund reserves. In addition, the City submitted a grant application for the 2021-2023 Housing Action Plan Implementation (HAPI) grant for $100,000. This amount would be used to create architectural and G - 4December 21, 2021 engineered designs of accessory dwelling units, duplexes and small lot houses and offer them as pre- approved and permit ready plan sets with the goal to encourage a variety of infill housing types while reducing permit timelines and new construction costs. The grant would also be used to update the City’s development planning and permit fees and utility connection charges and incorporate fee deferments and/or waivers for affordable housing. Because the City is in the process of completing grant work under the HB-1923 grant program, we are not eligible to receive funding under this grant application round. CED hopes to promptly finish this work in order to be considered for the second round for remaining funding. Enclosed: 1) Proposed Ordinance of the city of Port Angeles, Washington amending portions of the Port Angeles Municipal Code to increase residential building capacity within certain zones of the City. 2) “Major Code Changes for Second Draft” Table – This document highlights the primary changes between the first and second drafts of code (outside of grammatical and syntax corrections) 3) Project website with Staff Recommendations, Report and Appendices to Planning Commission for final deliberation on November 10, 2021: https://www.cityofpa.us/1051/Building-Residential- Capacity G - 5December 21, 2021 1 ORDINANCE NO. __________ AN ORDINANCE of the City of Port Angeles, Washington amending portions of the Port Angeles Municipal Code to increase residential building capacity within certain zones of the City. THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PORT ANGELES DO HEREBY ORDAIN AS FOLLOWS: Section 1. Ordinance No. 1558 as amended and Chapter 14.40 Off-Street Parking of the Port Angeles Municipal Code is amended by repealing the existing Chapter and replacing it as follows: TITLE 14 – BUILDINGS AND CONSTRUCTION Chapter 14.40 – Off-Street Parking 14.40.010 – Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to assure adequate provisions for public access are made in the development of new land use and in the change of use of an existing building. Off-street parking is only one of the provisions that needs to be considered to avoid significant adverse impacts on surrounding private properties and public infrastructure. This parking ordinance encourages transportation demand management to achieve low impact development as an alternative to off- street minimum parking requirements for each commercial, industrial, and public and institutional land use. The City recognizes that each business can have a variety of transportation strategies, facilities, and services instead of satisfying access solely by single occupant vehicles (SOV). Many businesses are unique and, therefore, can best determine the minimum parking requirements needed to serve their own needs. In residential zones, off-street parking is required for each dwelling unit to allow reduction in nonarterial street width standards. This parking ordinance encourages reduction in the impacts of increasing impervious surfaces on the costs for each development and on the environment from stormwater drainage. Reducing pollution from runoff and emissions serve community interests and should be balanced against requirements for more street and parking lot improvements. The City expects new developments to find less costly ways to meet transportation needs and does not want to require unneeded impervious surfaces. 14.40.020 – Definitions. A. The following terms shall have the designated meanings for the purposes of this Chapter, unless the context indicates otherwise: 1. Electric vehicle. Any vehicle that operates, either partially or exclusively, on electrical energy from the grid, or an off-board source, that is stored on-board for motive purpose. G - 6December 21, 2021 2 “Electric vehicle” includes: (1) a battery electric vehicle; (2) a plug-in hybrid electric vehicle; (3) a neighborhood electric vehicle; and (4) a medium-speed electric vehicle. 2. Electric vehicle parking space. Any parking space marked exclusively for parking of an electric vehicle and installed with electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). 3. Electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE). The hardware installed specifically for the purpose of transferring energy between the premises wiring and an electric vehicle. The hardware includes conductors, electric vehicle connectors, attachment plugs, and all other fittings, devices, power outlets, or apparatus. 4. "Standard-car parking space" means 144.5 square feet of parking lot area, eight feet six inches by 17 feet minimum in size, having adequate access to a public street. No part of any street right-of-way shall be considered part of any standard-car parking space. 5. "Loading space" means a space located adjacent to a building, and large enough in area so that any truck or other vehicle loading or unloading at such building will not project into a street right-of-way. 6. "Parking lot activity" means a non-permanent activity occurring in a parking lot, using spaces otherwise allocated for parking for purposes other than parking by clientele of the primary use of the property. 7. "Shall" means the statement is mandatory and ministerial, and the action so stated is required to be done without discretion by decision-makers. 8. "Should" means the statement ought to be done, but the action so stated is not required to be done by decision-makers who may use discretion where exceptions are warranted. 9. "Transportation demand management assessment" means an analysis of public access to a specific site for land use activities permitted under the Port Angeles Municipal Code and a City approved plan (including multi-modal services, public infrastructure improvements, and parking) that is sufficient to mitigate significant adverse impacts on surrounding private properties and public transportation facilities, consistent with the City's Comprehensive Plan and Urban Services Standards and Guidelines. The assessment may be done by the applicant or by an expert transportation professional when the applicant prefers or when determined to be necessary by the Community Development Director. B. All other terms used in this chapter shall have the meaning given to them by Ordinance 1709, as now enacted, or hereafter amended, unless the context indicates otherwise. 14.40.030 – Parking space requirements—Generally. For all land uses there shall be established and maintained permanent off-street parking spaces, either on the zoning lot of the use, or, if the affected property owners and the Director of Community and Economic Development agree through the execution of an appropriate agreement and easement in a form acceptable to the City Attorney and if appropriate identification signage is provided, within 200 feet of the property boundaries (excluding public streets and alleys) of the zoning lot. The required number of parking spaces shall be determined as follows: G - 7December 21, 2021 3 A. Quantity. The number of required spaces shall be determined reference to the number of required parking spaces per Table 14.40-1. When the number of parking spaces is based on floor area, the calculation shall use net floor area as defined by the adopted building code and as hereafter amended. B. Reduced parking requirements. The number of parking spaces required by Table 14.40-1 may be reduced with the parking reduction tools in PAMC 14.40.045 and other modifications in PAMC 14.40.080-110. C. Alternative methods. If Table 14.40-1 is not used to determine the number of required parking spaces, one of the following alternate methods of determining the required parking for a particular development shall be used: 1. Determine the number of parking spaces required by a transportation demand assessment that received approval by the Director of Community and Economic Development per section 14.40.050; or 2. Prepare a transportation demand management assessment that meets the approval of the Director of Community and Economic Development per section 14.40.050; or 3. Obtain Director of Community and Economic Development approval of a parking variance per section 14.40.130. D. Parking lot landscaping. The parking area shall comply with landscaping requirements for parking lots in accordance with PAMC 17.22.440. E. Fractions. Anytime the required parking calculations result in a fraction of a parking space, the number of required parking spaces shall be rounded down to the nearest whole parking space. PARKING REQUIREMENT TABLE "14.40-1" LAND USE PARKING SPACE REQUIREMENT Shell Building & Multi-Tenant Commercial Spaces For shell building permits where the specific use is unknown and for multi-tenant commercial spaces, the following blended minimum parking requirements apply One parking space for each 300 square feet of floor area Automobile Services Automobile service and repair shops Three parking spaces plus one for each mechanical bay Automobile sales dealerships Two per employee Gas stations with convenience stores One parking space for each employee with a minimum of six parking spaces. Drive aisles must accommodate two cars per pump Commercial Activities Banks, professional and business offices One parking space for each 400 square feet of floor area G - 8December 21, 2021 4 Bowling alleys 2.5 parking spaces (minimum) to four parking spaces (maximum) for each lane Furniture/appliance stores and laundries One parking space for each 600 square feet of floor area Night clubs and lounges One parking space for each 50 square feet of floor area Retail stores One parking space for each 350 square feet of floor area Skating rinks and other commercial recreational places One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area Theaters One parking space for each three seats Music, dance, art, and other academies Eight parking spaces for each classroom Food Service Activities Food/grocery stores One parking space for each 300 square feet of floor area Restaurants, taverns, and any other establishments for the sale and consumption of food, alcoholic beverages, or refreshments One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area of the building Food and beverage establishments that do not have on-site seating One parking space for each employee and three per drive-up window Personal Services Barber, beauty shops, tanning salons, physical therapy, and similar services One parking space for each 250 square feet of floor area with a minimum of four parking spaces Child care centers Two parking spaces plus one unloading space for those centers serving 12 or fewer children; One parking space per employee plus two parking spaces for unloading for centers of more than 12 children Laundromats One parking space per washing machine Medical Services Medical and dental offices One parking space for each 300 square feet of floor area with a minimum of four parking spaces Hospitals One space per each two staff members at the largest shift, plus one space for every ten beds Research, dental, x-ray laboratories One parking space for each 200 square feet of floor area Residential and Lodging Uses Single-household dwellings Two per unit Small lot single-household dwellings One per unit Cottage housing 1.5 per unit Townhouses One per unit Duplexes One per unit Multifamily dwelling units (three or more dwelling units) 1 parking space per every dwelling unit with one bedroom or less 1.5 parking space per every dwelling unit with two bedrooms 1.75 parking spaces per every dwelling units with three or more bedrooms G - 9December 21, 2021 5 Multifamily dwelling units, affordable (per Chapter 17.46 PAMC) 0.5 parking spaces per every dwelling unit with one bedroom or less 0.75 parking space per every dwelling unit with two bedrooms 1 parking spaces per every dwelling units with three or more bedrooms Rooming and lodging uses One parking space for each guest room Nursing and convalescent homes, assisted living facilities, adult family homes One parking space for every three beds Public and Institutional Uses Libraries One parking space for each 400 feet of floor area Museums One parking space for each 300 feet of floor area Schools: Junior colleges and technical schools Elementary schools Middle schools Preschools Senior high schools One space for every educator, plus one space for every 5 students, plus one space for every two administrative employees One parking space for each classroom Three parking spaces for each classroom Ten parking spaces for each classroom Six parking spaces for each classroom Social clubs, lodges, fraternal organizations w/o fixed seating One parking space for each 50 square feet of floor area of the building Areas of assembly without fixed seating One space for every 100 square feet of assembly area Churches, stadiums, sports areas, and other such places of assembly with fixed seating One parking space for each three fixed seats Senior centers One parking space for every 300 square feet of floor area Industrial Uses Manufacturing uses One parking space for each 1,000 square feet of floor area plus one space per every two employees Trucking and transportation terminals Minimum of ten spaces Warehouses, storage buildings One parking space for each two employees with a minimum of five parking spaces Public and Quasi-Public Recreation Uses Parks and playgrounds As determined by the Director of Community and Economic Development Public and private golf courses Four spaces for every green on premises, plus one space for every three tee boxes at driving range if present Swimming pools Ten parking spaces for each 1,000 square feet of pool surface area Unspecified Uses If a use is not otherwise specifically mentioned in this section, the requirements for off-street parking facilities shall be the same as the requirements for the most similar use listed herein as determined by the Director of the Department of Community Development. A transportation demand management assessment may be necessary (see PAMC 14.40.050). Mixed Uses In the case of a mixture of uses on one lot or in one building, the total requirements for off-street parking facilities shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses computed separately G - 10December 21, 2021 6 Cooperative and Shared Parking Provisions Parking facilities may be cooperatively used by different land uses when the times of the uses are not simultaneous. Parking facilities may be shared when the times are not simultaneous through a parking agreement with the property owners and when the parking is located no further than 500 feet from the property requiring the parking. See PAMC 14.40.070. Electric Vehicle Parking See PAMC 14.40.046 for electric vehicle parking space requirements. 14.40.035 – Payment of parking and business improvement area assessments for compliance of parking requirements. The owner of any property or business that is located within 1,000 feet of the boundary of a City approved parking and business improvement area (PBIA), established by Chapter 3.72 PAMC, may satisfy the parking requirements imposed by this chapter by entering into an agreement that satisfies the conditions of this section and it approved by the Director of Community and Economic Development. The agreement shall require the owner of any property or business to make payments to the City in the amount calculated and on the terms provided in Chapter 3.72 PAMC. Such payments shall be deposited into the PBIA fund and shall be used as provided in Chapter 3.72 PAMC. The Director of Community and Economic Development is hereby authorized to prepare and approve agreements to implement the terms of this section. 14.40.040 – Parking space requirements for uses in a City approved parking and business improvement area. For any land uses located in a City approved Parking and Business Improvement Area (PBIA), there shall be established and maintained permanent off-street parking spaces, either on the zoning lot of the use or within 1,200 feet of the property boundaries (including public streets and alleys) of the zoning lot. The City encourages the formation of PBIAs throughout the City. A buffer of 1,200 feet shall be required between all PBIAs to prevent overlapping authorities and to allow PBIA parking lots outside a PBIA's boundaries similar to an individual land use. 14.40.045 – Parking reduction tools. If the following criteria are satisfied, then the parking requirements of Table 14.40-1 may be reduced accordingly. A. Non-single occupant vehicles. Parking requirements may be reduced in direct ratio for each percentage point of access provided by non-single occupant vehicle. B. Transit. Parking requirements may be reduced by 50 percent if a bus stop or other mass transit facility is located within 2,500 feet of the project site. C. Cooperative parking. Parking requirements may be reduced in direct ratio for each percentage point of parking provided by cooperative parking agreement per section 14.40.070. D. LID facilities. Parking requirements may be reduced by 25 percent to allow for incorporation of LID facilities into the parking lot design. E. On-street parking. G - 11December 21, 2021 7 1. Applicability. This option is available for all uses in residential and commercial zones. 2. Credit. Every 22 linear feet of unrestricted on-street parking directly adjacent to the subject property and on a street that meets current street design standards can be counted toward the total required parking. 3. Accessible spaces. On-street parking may not be used to meet minimum requirements for accessible parking under the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the current ADA Standards for Accessible Design, and the adopted building code. F. Structured parking bonus. 1. Applicability. This option is available for multifamily development and non-residential development in residential and commercial zones. 2. Amount. Every parking space in an underground or multistory above-ground parking garage may count as up to 1.5 spaces for the purposes of calculating the minimum parking spaces required by this chapter. The Director may require a transportation demand management assessment to determine the amount of the bonus (see PAMC 14.40.050). 14.40.046 – Electric vehicle parking space requirements. A, This section applies to all off-street parking facilities in residential and commercial zones, except for RTP. Refer to locally adopted building and electrical codes for detailed construction requirements. B. All charging equipment and services required by this section shall support a minimum of Level 2 charging standards as provided by the Society of Automotive Engineers (40 amps and 240 volts residential or 208 volts commercial). C. EV parking spaces shall be provided at the minimum rates shown in ELECTRIC VEHICLE PARKING REQUIREMENT TABLE "14.40-2". Note that these minimums may exceed those required by WAC 51-50-0427. 1. An EV parking space is one that has electric vehicle supply equipment (EVSE) of any level of sophistication installed at the time of certificate of occupancy. Networked EVSE has an internet connection and may have a customer interface for payment, limited hours of operation, and other functions. 2. An EV-capable parking space is one that can support EVSE in the future and is supported with electrical panel capacity and space to support minimum charging standards, a dedicated branch circuit for the parking space, internet-connection capacity and space (if required), and the installation of raceways (underground of surface-mounted). The EV- capable space requirement applies to new development only. Prior to EVSE installation, non-electric vehicles may park in EV-capable spaces. 3. Percentage-based rates apply to the total number of vehicle parking spaces actually planned or built (not the minimum number of spaces required elsewhere in this chapter). The rates also apply to new parking spaces that are created when an existing parking area (as of the adoption date of this section) is expanded by 50 percent or more. G - 12December 21, 2021 8 4. Mixed-use developments shall meet the applicable residential and non-residential EV parking space requirements consistent with the proportion of each use. ELECTRIC VEHICLE PARKING REQUIREMENT TABLE "14.40-2" Use Minimum Number of EV Parking Spaces Minimum Number of EV-Capable Parking Spaces Note Single-household, cottage, and townhouse None 1 per unit EVSE may be in the form of 240-volt power outlets. Networked EVSE is not required. Duplex None 1 per two units Multifamily with 10 or more dwelling units None 30% of spaces EVSE may be in the form of 240-volt power outlets. Networked EVSE is not required. Non-residential use with 3,000 gross square feet floor area or more (including hotels) None 10% of spaces 2 spaces minimum Networked EVSE is encouraged but not required. Parking facility (primary use) None 10% of spaces 4 spaces minimum Networked EVSE is required. 5. Signs for EV parking spaces shall be consistent with RCW 46.08.185. EVSE shall not include any electronic changeable copy sign (see other sign standards in Chapter 14.36 PAMC). 14.40.050 – Transportation demand management assessment. A. As part of any land use review and/or building permit application with the City of Port Angeles, a transportation demand management assessment, which analyzes the off-street parking needs of the new development or the expansion of use in the existing building, may be conducted and shall require the approval of the Director of Community and Economic Development. B. The assessment is a document that provides sufficient information to determine the parking requirements for a specific use. The estimate may be based on scientifically documented data for demand for the proposed use, census data, transit service, walking and biking distance between existing residential and commercial areas, existing neighborhood and land use context, proposed or active cooperative parking agreements, academic studies, similar uses in the city or comparable cities, or other sources accepted by the Director. As required by this chapter, the assessment may be required for adjusting minimum quantitative requirements, determining times of peak parking demand, and determining impacts to on-street parking in the vicinity of the subject development site. All transportation demand management G - 13December 21, 2021 9 assessments shall be prepared by either a professional engineer with expertise in traffic and parking analyses or an equally qualified individual authorized by the Director. 14.40.060 – Mixed uses. In the case of a mixture of uses on one zoning lot or in one building, the total requirements for off- street parking facilities shall be the sum of the requirements for the various uses computed separately. Off-street parking facilities for one use shall not be considered as providing required parking facilities of any other use, except as may be provided in section 14.40.070 of this chapter. 14.40.070 – Cooperative parking agreements. A. Parking facilities may be cooperatively used by different land uses when the times of the peak use of such parking spaces by each use are not simultaneous. For example, a movie theater whose peak use time is 7:00pm shares a parking lot with an office building whose peak use time is 3:00pm. The peak use time may be provided by the Institute of Transportation Engineers or determined by a transportation demand management assessment per PAMC 14.40.050. B. Cooperative parking associated with multi-tenant retail and commercial facilities will be considered to be a cooperative parking facility. Lease agreements will satisfy the requirement for a sufficient legal document. C. A cooperative parking agreement signed by all parties who share the parking facilities and approved by the Director of Community and Economic Development shall be required that binds the parking facilities and the parties until the agreement is dissolved by all parties and approved by the Director of Community and Economic Development. D. If any requirements for cooperative parking are violated, the affected property owners must provide a remedy satisfactory to the Director or provide the full amount of required off-street parking for each use, in accordance with the requirements of this chapter, unless a satisfactory alternative remedy is approved by the Director. 14.40.080 – Parking space requirement modification—New uses in new structures. For any new use in a new building or structure, the required number of parking spaces shall be determined by the requirements of sections 14.40.030 through 14.40.070. 14.40.090 – Parking space requirement modification—New uses in existing structures. A change of use in a building or structure that exists as of April 25, 2004, that does not change the building code occupancy classification of the existing building or structure may occur without provision of additional off-street parking spaces unless the floor area of the building or structure is increased. 14.40.100 – Parking space requirement modification—Expansion of existing uses in existing structures. For an expansion in the use of an existing building or structure which enlarges the floor area, additional parking spaces need not be established, if the following requirements are met: G - 14December 21, 2021 10 A. The use and structure or building, prior to its enlargement or increase in floor area, is in conformance with the parking space requirements of this chapter; B. No previous modifications of parking space requirements authorized by this section have been utilized; C. The number of parking spaces required by the floor area of the addition, together with those required by the floor area of the existing building, will not exceed 115 percent of the spaces required for the expansion of the use or building. If the number of spaces required exceeds 115 percent, the required spaces in excess of 115 percent shall be established and maintained. 14.40.110 – Parking space modification requirements—Existing uses in existing structures. Existing uses occupying existing structures or buildings as of the effective date of the ordinance codified in this chapter may continue until there is an expansion of use. 14.40.120 – Improvement of parking spaces. A. Any parking spaces provided to comply with the terms of this chapter, other than for single- family detached residences, shall be improved in accordance with the following requirements: 1. They shall meet the requirements of the clearing, grading, filling and drainage regulations set forth in Chapter 15.28 PAMC. 2. They shall be graded and paved with a hard-surface pavement of permeable pavement with a structurally adequate base, Portland cement concrete, asphaltic concrete with a structurally adequate base, or other hard-surface pavement acceptable to the Director of Public Works and Utilities. Pervious concrete shall be the preferred surface, if feasible. All parking spaces shall be clearly and permanently striped in conformance with Public Works parking lot design standards. Wheel stops shall be installed where necessary to prevent encroachment upon public rights-of-way and adjacent trees, landscaped areas, or low impact development facilities. The Director of Public Works and Utilities may allow for an exception to hard-surface pavement for developments in the Industrial Heavy Zone, provided that adverse impacts to stormwater drainage, surrounding properties, and public infrastructure are mitigated to the extent the Director deems reasonably necessary and appropriate. 3. They shall be accessible, at all times, from street, alley or driveway intended to serve such off-street parking. 4. Improvements of parking spaces shall meet the Americans with Disabilities Act standards. B. The City may grant permission for temporary occupancy of a building or structure even though the parking spaces required by subsection A. of this section have not been fully completed, provided that an improvement bond acceptable as to form and amount by the City Engineer and the City Attorney is posted in the amount of the estimated value of the construction of the parking facilities. Before granting such temporary occupancy, the Director of Public Works and Utilities must determine that construction of the parking facilities prior to occupancy of the building would not represent sound construction practice, due to weather conditions, availability of materials and/or difficult site conditions, and the acceptance of such bond is G - 15December 21, 2021 11 therefore appropriate. Improvement bonds may be accepted for a period not to exceed 12 months. During the period before final completion of the improvements, the parking facilities provided shall at least be graded and graveled and be maintained in a good condition. C. Uses requiring six or fewer spaces may occupy a building or zoning lot for up to 12 months before compliance with subsection A.2 of this section, provided the parking facilities shall at least be graded and graveled and be maintained in a good condition. At the end of the 12-month period, the parking facilities must be in compliance with subsection A.2 of this section, or a bond must have been provided and accepted in accordance with subsection B of this section. 14.40.130 – Parking space requirements—Variances. A. A variance from the parking space requirements of this chapter, as specifically provided by sections 14.40.030 through 14.40.070, may be granted on written request to the Director of Community and Economic Development. The Director may impose such conditions upon the variance as it deems necessary to comply with the purpose of this chapter and to mitigate the effects of increased impervious surfaces. No variance shall be granted by the Director unless the Director finds that: 1. The variance is not detrimental to surrounding properties; 2. The parking provided is sufficient to meet the parking needed by the uses(s); 3. The variance will not create increased congestion or traffic hazards along adjacent streets and alleys; and 4. The variance is consistent with the intent of this chapter, the zone in which the site is located, and the comprehensive plan. B. The determination of the Director may be appealed to the Hearing Examiner per section 2.18.065. 14.40.140 – Building permits. Before the granting of a building or occupancy permit for any new building or structure, or for any enlargement or change of use in any existing building or structure, where the proposed use is subject to the requirements of this chapter, the applicant for such building permit shall comply with the requirements of this chapter. Compliance shall consist of either of the following: A. Proof of the existence of the off-street parking spaces required by this chapter, including a site plan showing such off-street parking, which has been submitted to and approved by the Community Development Director and City Engineer. The site plan shall be prepared at a reasonable scale, showing property lines, dimensions of the property, size and arrangement of all parking spaces, the means of ingress and egress to such parking spaces and interior circulation within the parking area, the extent of any change required in existing site conditions to provide required parking, and such other information as may be necessary to permit review and approval of the proposed parking; or B. Proof that the applicant is subject to assessment in a City approved parking and business improvement area (PBIA) that provides off-street parking spaces within the PBIA. G - 16December 21, 2021 12 14.40.150 – Use of parking spaces. Subsequent to the issuance of a building permit, the number and location of parking spaces used to satisfy the requirements of this chapter shall not be changed, nor shall the use of the building or structure for which the permit is issued be changed, without compliance with the requirements of this chapter. Parking spaces used by a land use to satisfy the requirements of the chapter shall only be used for the parking of vehicles of customers and other users of the building and the land use authorized by the building permit, except for parking provided under sections 14.40.040 and 14.40.070. 14.40.160 – Parking lot activity standards. All parking lot activities shall comply with the following standards: A. No such activity shall occur in parking spaces directly in front of entrances or windows of a building. B. Such activities shall not occupy more than ten percent of the total number of spaces in the parking lot. C. Such activities shall not block entrances and exits to the parking lot or fire exit doors of any buildings. D. Such activities shall not occur in parking lots containing fewer than 20 spaces. E. All such activities shall comply with all other applicable City ordinances and State statutes. F. Each parking lot activity shall only be for a period not to exceed 30 consecutive days for private businesses and 60 consecutive days for private non-profit and charitable organizations within a one calendar year period. G. The location and activity shall not endanger the public health, morals, safety and welfare. 14.40.170 – Revocation of permit—Appeals. A. An occupancy permit issued pursuant to the terms of this chapter shall be revocable by the City Manager, or his designee, for violation of any of the provisions of this chapter. Notice of the revocation of such permit shall be given in writing, by ordinary mail, directed to the address of the permit holder as shown on the permit application. B. Upon revocation, the permit holder shall have a right of appeal to the Hearing Examiner per section 2.18.065. The holder shall, within ten days of the notice of revocation, give notice to the City Clerk, in writing, the permit holder's intention to appeal the revocation to the Hearing Examiner. The Clerk shall place the permit holder's appeal on the agenda of the next regularly scheduled Hearing Examiner meeting, and forthwith inform the permit holder, in writing, the date, time and location of the meeting. C. The Hearing Examiner shall hold a public hearing, at which the permit holder may present testimony as to his compliance with the terms of this chapter. D. The Hearing Examiner shall make written findings of fact, as to the basis of any decision which it makes. The Hearing Examiner may sustain the revocation of the permit, reinstate the permit with conditions, reinstate the permit after a time certain, or immediately reinstate the permit. G - 17December 21, 2021 13 14.40.180 – Decisions of the Director of Department of Community and Economic Development—Appeals. A. Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Director of Community and Economic Development may appeal the decision to the Hearing Examiner per section 2.18.065. B. Appeals shall be submitted to the City Clerk in writing within 14 days following the date of the Director's decision. C. The Hearing Examiner shall conduct an open record hearing on the appeal of the Director of Community and Economic Development's decision. The Hearing Examiner's decision shall be final unless appealed to Clallam County Superior Court in accordance with PAMC 18.02.130. 14.40.190 – Violation. Any person, firm, or corporation, in charge of premises which violate any of the provisions of this chapter, shall be deemed guilty of a separate offense for each and every day or portion thereof during which any violation of any of the provisions of this chapter is committed, continued, or permitted. Each such offense shall be punishable by a maximum civil fine of $500.00. Section 2. Ordinance No. 2312 as amended and Chapter 15.04 is amended by adding a new Section 15.04.105 to Chapter 4 as follows: TITLE 15 – ENVIRONMENT 15.04.105 - Categorical exemptions for residential mixed use and residential infill development. A. When located within the zones identified in subsection (B), the following exempt levels are established for new construction under RCW 43.21C.229: 1. Residential development above the flexible thresholds adopted by reference in PAMC 15.04.100. 2. Mixed-use development. B. Infill development exemptions shall apply in the following zones: 1. Residential, Low Density (R7) 2. Residential, Low Density (R9) 3. Residential, Medium Density (RMD) 4. Residential, High Density (RHD) 5. Commercial, Office (CO) 6. Commercial, Neighborhood (CN) 7. Commercial, Shopping District (CSD) 8. Commercial, Arterial (CA) 9. Central Business District (CBD) C. The infill exemptions in this subsection do not apply to the following: G - 18December 21, 2021 14 1. The project is undertaken wholly or partly on lands covered by water as defined in WAC 197-11-756. 2. When a rezone is required. 3. The project requires a license governing emissions to the air or discharges to water. 4. The project is proposed within an environmentally sensitive area. D. Findings: The SEPA responsible official shall determine the infill exemption applies when the applicant has satisfactorily demonstrated: 1. All requirements in subsection (A) through (C) are met. 2. The proposal is located in the applicable zones in subsection (B) where the City has identified that current density and intensity of use in the area is roughly equal to or lower than called for in the goals and policies of Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan. The proposal is consistent with Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan and does not exceed the net density or intensity of use called for in the goals and policies of the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan. 3. The proposal complies with the applicable mitigating design standards of Chapter 17.21 or Chapter 17.22 PAMC. 4. Specific impacts are adequately addressed by the development regulations or other applicable requirements of the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan or other local, state, or federal rules or laws. Section 3. Ordinance No. 2222 as amended and Chapter 16.02 is amended by repealing the existing Chapter and replacing it in its entirety as follows: TITLE 16 – SUBDIVISIONS CHAPTER 16.02 – Definitions 16.02.010 – General. The definitions in this chapter apply to all chapters and sections of Title 16, PAMC. 16.02.020 – Definitions and rules. A. Words used in the present tense shall include the future; words used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular. B. The word "shall" is mandatory and not discretionary. C. The word "may" is permissive. D. The word "lot" shall include the words "piece" and "parcel"; the word "building" includes all other structures of every kind regardless of similarity to buildings; and the phrase "used for" shall include the phrases "arranged for," "designed for," "intended for," "maintained for," and "occupied for." G - 19December 21, 2021 15 E. In the construction of these subdivision regulations, the rules and definitions contained in this section shall be observed and applied, except when the context clearly indicates otherwise. 1. Access street. A street with the main function of providing access to adjacent properties or for local traffic. 2. Binding site improvement plan or BSIP. "Binding site improvement plan" or "BSIP" means an integrated site plan submitted to the City pursuant to this chapter for approval of all planned buildings, public and private infrastructure, and other improvements and amenities to be developed as a commercial or industrial center. 3. Block. A group of lots, tracts or parcels within well-defined and fixed boundaries. 4. Block, townsite. A block of 450 or 500 feet by 300 feet dimension or a minimum of 3.1 acres as created by the original platting of the Townsite of Port Angeles. 5. Boundary line adjustment. A division of land made for the purpose of alteration by adjusting boundary lines, between planned or unplatted lots or both, which does not create any additional lot, tract, parcel, site, or division, nor create any lot, tract, parcel, site, or division which contains insufficient area and dimension to meet minimum requirements for width and area for a building site and may be accomplished in nonconforming situations when the degree of nonconformity is not increased. 6. City. The City of Port Angeles. 7. Collector arterial street. A street which provides for movement within the smaller areas which are often definable neighborhoods and may be bound by higher class (minor or principal) arterials. Collector arterials serve very little "through traffic" but serve a high portion of local traffic requiring direct access to abutting land uses. 8. Commercial or industrial center. "Commercial center" or "industrial center" means a development complex of mixed commercial and/or industrial businesses that share facilities and are organized by some form of common management. A business and office park, an industrial park, a corporate campus, and a shopping center are typical examples of commercial or industrial centers. 9. Commission. See "Planning Commission." 10. Community and Economic Development Department or Department. "Community and Economic Development Department" or "Department" means the Community and Economic Development Department of the City. 11. Comprehensive Plan. The Comprehensive Plan adopted by the Council in compliance with the Growth Management Act of 1990 and which indicates the general locations recommended for residential, commercial, and industrial land uses or zones and for streets, parks, public buildings, and other public improvements. The Comprehensive Plan includes all its Appendices and individual comprehensive service and facility plans such as the Capital Facilities Plan, the Comprehensive Water Plan and the Comprehensive Parks Plan. 12. Council. Port Angeles City Council. G - 20December 21, 2021 16 13. Crosswalk-way. A right-of-way dedicated to public use, ten feet or more in width, which cuts across a block to facilitate pedestrian access to adjacent streets and properties. 14. Cul-de-sac (court or dead end street). A short street having one end open to traffic and being permanently terminated by a vehicle turn-around. 15. Dedication. The deliberate appropriation of land by an owner for public uses, reserving to the owner no other rights than such as are compatible with the full exercise and enjoyment of the public uses to which the property has been devoted. The intention to dedicate shall be evidenced by the owner by the presentment for filing of a final short plat or final subdivision plat showing the dedication thereon, and acceptance of the dedication by the City shall be evidenced by the approval of such final short plat or final subdivision plat. 16. Desired urban design of the City. The land use pattern and street system as described by the Comprehensive Plan land use map and policies, the zoning map and regulations, the subdivision regulations, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines. 17. Dwelling, cottage housing. A small single-household dwelling that is clustered with other similar units sharing a common open space. 18. Dwelling, townhouse. A dwelling unit that shares one or more common or abutting walls with one or more dwelling units and has exterior access. A townhouse does not share common floors/ceilings with other dwelling units. 19. Easement. A grant by the property owner of the use of a strip of land by the public, a corporation, or persons for specific purposes. 20. Final short plat. The final drawing of the short subdivision, containing all the elements and requirements set forth in this chapter. 21. Final subdivision plat. The final drawing of the subdivision and dedication prepared for filing for record with the County Auditor and containing all elements and requirements set forth in this chapter. 22. Hearing Examiner. The City establishes a Hearing Examiner system per PAMC 2.18.010. 23. Integrated site. "Integrated site" means one or more parcels of land operated as a single development site for the purposes of shared facilities and common management. 24. Lot. A piece, parcel, plot, tract or area of land in common ownership created by subdivision or its legal equivalent for sale, lease or rent. A lot has the characteristics of being able to be occupied or capable of being occupied by one or more principal buildings, and the accessory buildings or uses customarily incidental to them, and including the open spaces required under this chapter, and having its principal lot frontage on a street. 25. Lot area. The total area within the lot lines of a lot, excluding any primary access easements or panhandles. 26. Lot frontage. The length of the front lot line measured at the street right-of-way line. Alleys are not considered right-of-way providing a lot frontage. G - 21December 21, 2021 17 27. Lot, irregular. A lot that has an irregular shape, such as narrow necks, points, legs and panhandles 28. Lot line. A line of record bounding a lot that divides one lot from another lot or from a public or private street or any other public right-of-way or public space. 29. Lot, panhandle. (also known as flag). A lot generally in the shape of a flag where access is typically provided by a narrow, private right-of-way or driveway also known as the "panhandle." 30. Lot types. i. Corner lot. A lot at a junction of, and fronting on, two or more intersecting streets, forming an interior angle of less than 135 degrees. ii. Interior lot. A lot other than a corner or through lot. iii. Double frontage or through lot. A lot having frontage on two parallel, or approximately parallel, streets. Both lot lines abutting streets shall be deemed front lot lines. Lots with rear alley frontage shall not be considered through lots. iv. Reverse frontage lot. A double frontage or through lot that is not accessible from one of the parallel or nonintersecting streets on which it fronts. 31. Lot, zoning. A single tract of land located within a single block, which at the time of filing for a building permit, is designated by its owner or developer as a tract to be used, developed, or built upon as a unit, under single ownership or control. A zoning lot may or may not coincide with a lot of record. 32. Lot line, front. In the case of an interior lot, a line separating the lot from a street right-of- way, and in the case of a double frontage or through lot, a line separating the lot from a street right-of-way from which a drive access may be permitted and located by the City. In the case of a corner lot, a property owner may designate either line separating the lot from street rights-of-way as the primary front lot line, therefore creating a subsequent front lot line. For a lot with an irregular shape, narrow neck, point and panhandle, the front lot line is the shortest lot line adjoining the panhandle portion of the lot, excluding the unbuildable portion of the pole. 33. Lot line, rear. That boundary of a lot which is most distant from and is most nearly parallel to the front lot line. 34. Lot line, side. Any boundary of a lot which is not a front nor a rear lot line. 35. Lot line, zero. A concept utilized to permit a structure or wall of a building to be located on a property line. 36. Minor arterial street. A street which provides for movement within the large sub-parts prescribed by principal arterials. Minor arterials may also serve "through traffic" but provide much more direct service to abutting land uses than principal arterials. 37. Owner. A person, firm, association, partnership, private corporation, public or quasi- public corporation, or any combination thereof. G - 22December 21, 2021 18 38. Planned Residential Development (PRD). A planned residential development is a site specific development which has been approved by the City Council under the provisions of Chapter 17.19 of the Port Angeles Municipal Code. It may include a subdivision of land in which residential lots are designed in clusters of individual lots with park and open space areas between clusters and in which lots may be below the minimum lot widths and lot areas required by the Zoning Code. 39. Planning Commission. "Planning Commission" means the Planning Commission of the City, as designated in Chapter 2.36 of this Code. 40. Preliminary short plat. "Preliminary short plat" means an approximate drawing of a short subdivision showing the general layout of streets and alleys, lots, blocks and other elements of the short subdivision. 41. Preliminary subdivision plat. An approximate drawing of a proposed subdivision showing the general layout of streets and alleys, lots, blocks, and other elements of the subdivision consistent with the requirements of Chapter 16.08. 42. Principal arterial street. A street which provides for movement across and between large sub-parts of an urban region and serve predominantly "through trips" with minimum direct service to abutting land uses. 43. Short subdivision. "Short subdivision" means the division or redivision of land into nine or less lots, tracts, parcels, sites or divisions for the purpose of sale, lease or transfer of ownership. 44. Sketch. A drawing showing proposed lot-layout, building line setbacks and proposed locations and width of streets, width and area of each lot, sanitary and storm drainage. 45. Street. A right-of-way, dedicated to public use, which provides vehicular and pedestrian access to adjacent properties. 46. Street system improvements. The acquisition of right-of-way and/or easements, design, inspection, grading, paving, installation of curbs, gutters, sidewalks, street lighting, traffic control devices and other similar improvements in accordance with City standards. 47. Subdivider-developer. A person who undertakes the subdividing or the resubdividing of a lot, tract or parcel of land into two or more lots or other divisions of land for the purpose, immediate or future, of transfer of ownership or development, including all changes in street or lot lines. 48. Subdivision. The division or redivision of land into ten or more lots, tracts, parcels, sites, or division for the purpose of sale, lease, or transfer of ownership. 49. Unit lot subdivision. A subdivision of land within a parent parcel that creates individual sellable lots for townhouse and cottage housing development. Section 4. Ordinance No. 2222 as amended and Chapter 16.04 is amended by repealing the existing Chapter and replacing it as follows: G - 23December 21, 2021 19 CHAPTER 16.04 – Short Plat Subdivision Regulations 16.04.010 – Purpose and intent. The purpose of this chapter is to provide uniform regulations for the subdivision and re- subdivision of land into nine or less parcels, so as to promote the public health, safety and general welfare. It is further the purpose of this chapter to implement the requirements of the Growth Management Act of 1990 through the goals, policies, and objectives of the Comprehensive Plan of the City, to comply with the requirements of the Zoning Code and Urban Services Ordinance of the City, to ensure orderly growth consistent with the desired urban design of the City, to promote effective and energy-efficient use of land, to prevent over-crowding of land, to provide for adequate light and air, to promote safe and convenient travel and lessen congestion on streets and highways, to provide for proper ingress and egress, to ensure adequate provision for open spaces, stormwater management, transit stops, potable water supplies, sanitary wastes, parks and recreation areas, playgrounds, schools and school grounds, sidewalks and safe walking conditions on school routes, and other public requirements, to require uniform monumenting of land subdivisions and conveyancing by accurate legal description, and to prevent the creation of public nuisances. 16.04.020 – Authority. This chapter is adopted pursuant to the authority granted to the City by the Revised Code of Washington pursuant to RCW 58.17.060. 16.04.030 – Reserved. 16.04.040 – Applicability. A final short plat, approved in accordance with the provisions of this chapter and filed with the County Auditor, is required for all short subdivisions within the City, and no lot, tract, or parcel within any short subdivision shall be sold, leased, transferred, redivided, altered, or vacated, without compliance with the terms of this chapter. 16.04.045 – Parcels traversed by public ways. Public streets, roads, highways, alleys, and other public ways, which traverse a parcel of land under one ownership, will be considered to have divided that land into non-contiguous pieces without further need for complying with short subdivision requirements. 16.04.050 – Application forms. A. An application for approval of a preliminary short plat shall be submitted to the Community and Economic Development Department on a form furnished by that Department and shall be accompanied by the preliminary short plat. B. The application form shall contain, at minimum: 1. The name, address and telephone number of the applicant and the property owner; 2. A legal description of the property to be subdivided; 3. A statement of the underlying zoning; G - 24December 21, 2021 20 4. The proposed methods of serving the individual lots in the short subdivision with water, sewer, streets and other public utilities; 5. The purpose of the short subdivision; and 6. If requested by the Department, the name, address and telephone number of the owner(s) of all adjacent unplatted parcels. C. The application form shall be accompanied by six copies of the preliminary short plat, the application fee and, if applicable, a SEPA checklist. D. The short subdivision application fee shall be as established by ordinance and set forth in Chapter 3.70 PAMC. No such fee shall be refundable after acceptance of an application by the Department. 16.04.060 – Preliminary short plat—Contents. The preliminary short plat shall be a neat drawing, in ink, to a scale of not less than one inch to 100 feet, on eight and one-half by 11 inch or larger paper, and shall provide the following information: A. The date, scale, and North arrow; B. The boundaries of the entire parcel being subdivided, including all contiguous unplatted property owned by the subdivider; C. A legal description of the property being subdivided; D. Identification, dimensions, and area of all proposed lots; E. The name and location of existing and proposed public rights-of-way; F. The location of existing and proposed easements; G. The required building setbacks on each proposed lot; H. The location of existing buildings and major structures and their distances from property lines; I. The location of existing natural features, such as streams, rivers, wetlands, shorelines, drainage ways, ravines and steep slopes; J. The location and size of existing utilities, including water, sewer, storm drains, and fire hydrants. 16.04.070 – Preliminary short plat—Design standards. All preliminary short plats shall conform to the following design standards: A. Right-of-way access. 1. Each lot shall abut on a dedicated, improved and maintained City street that connects directly to an existing improved street and that meets current street improvement standards as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, the Urban Services Ordinance, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines promulgated consistent with and pursuant to PAMC 18.08.040 and 18.08.130, with the following exceptions: G - 25December 21, 2021 21 a. Streets may be established interior to sites within the Industrial Heavy (IH) zone without dedication as a public street. In all other respects, such streets must be developed and maintained to meet current street improvement standards. A note shall be placed on the final recording mylar that such street(s) shall be maintained to the above standards by the property owner(s). b. An exception from the right-of-way access requirements in this section shall be allowed for a single residential or commercial lot within a proposed short plat, provided that the following conditions are met: i. The single lot contains an existing habitable dwelling that abuts and is accessible by emergency vehicles over an existing 20-foot-wide all-weather street that does not meet City standards, and ii. Either of the following conditions are met: (A)all other lots in the short subdivision shall meet the right-of-way access standards of this section; or (B)all lots abut an improved private street that is otherwise built to City access standards but may not be a dedicated street. 2. Sidewalks and other planning features that assure safe walking conditions for students who walk to and from school shall be provided pursuant to RCW 58.17.060 and RCW 58.17.110. B. Lot design. 1. The minimum area shall be equal to or greater than that required by the Zoning Code as now enacted or hereafter amended. 2. The minimum depth shall be the total distance between the required front and rear yard setbacks plus 15 feet. 3. The minimum lot width is the horizontal distance between side lot lines measured at the front setback line, provided the average horizontal distance between side lot lines must also meet or exceed the minimum lot width required, and shall be as required by the Zoning Code as now enacted or hereafter amended. 4. The front lot line shall be the boundary of a lot that abuts a street. On a panhandle lot, the front lot line and setbacks shall be determined during the short subdivision process, or, if not determined during short subdivision review, shall be determined by the Community and Economic Development Director. 5. Irregular lots may be permitted if the original parcel has insufficient frontage width to provide each new lot with the minimum lot width as required by Title 17 for the underlying zone. 6. Panhandle or flag lots shall meet the following criteria: a. The narrow portion of the panhandle or flag lot shall have a minimum width of 20 feet and shall serve no more than one lot. b. The required lot area width and depth shall not include any portion of a panhandle. G - 26December 21, 2021 22 c. Dead-end access streets and/or driveways in excess of 150 feet in length shall be provided with a turn-around that has a minimum 80-foot diameter (without parking) or a minimum 90-foot diameter (with parking) asphaltic concrete or permeable pavement street or an alternative approved by the City consistent with the Urban Services Ordinance, the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual, and the International Fire Code, except that an all-weather gravel surface section may be approved for turn-arounds that are anticipated to be temporary due to the future extension of the roadway. C. Natural features. The lots and lot arrangement shall be such that no foreseeable difficulties will be created, due to topography and other natural conditions, for the securing of building permits to build on all lots in compliance with the Zoning Code and the Environmentally Sensitive Areas Protection Ordinances, as now enacted or hereafter amended, and all other applicable regulations. D. Large lots. Where property is subdivided into lots that are of sufficient size to be resubdivided, the lots and streets shall be arranged so as to permit later resubdivision in conformance with the Zoning Code, as now enacted or hereafter amended, the Subdivision Regulations Ordinance, as now enacted or hereafter amended, and this chapter. E. Short subdivisions shall also comply with the following standards and policies of PAMC 16.08.060. If there is a conflict, the Director determines which provisions apply. 1. Block standards in subsection (D). 2. Public spaces standards in subsection (F). 3. Easement standards in subsection (G). 4. Block standards in subsection (K). 16.04.080 – Preliminary short plat—Routing and staff recommendations. A. Upon receipt of an application and preliminary short plat satisfying the requirements of sections 16.04.050, 16.040.060 and 16.04.070 of this chapter, the Community and Economic Development Department shall distribute the preliminary short plat to the following departments: 1. City Public Works and Utilities Department; 2. City Fire Department; 3. Clallam County Health Department if a septic tank and drain field is to be allowed; 4. Any other appropriate department or agency. B. Each department or agency shall review the preliminary short plat and return written recommendations for approval or disapproval of the preliminary short plat, and, if appropriate, proposed conditions for approval, to the Community and Economic Development Department within 20 calendar days. G - 27December 21, 2021 23 16.04.090 – Preliminary short plat—Requirements for approval. Prior to acting on the preliminary short plat, the Community and Economic Development Director shall review the application for preliminary short plat approval, the preliminary short plat, and any information received pursuant to sections 16.04.050 through 16.04.080, to determine the compliance of the preliminary short plat with the following requirements: A. Necessary drainage ways; storm drains; and/or stormwater flow control, treatment, and LID BMPs/facilities must be adequate to serve the short subdivision as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual, and Urban Services Ordinance development standards. LID approaches and facilities shall be incorporated where feasible to minimize stormwater runoff and impervious surface coverages, and to maximize retention of native vegetation. B. The provision of streets and rights-of-way must be adequate to serve the short subdivision and comply with sections 16.04.070 and 16.04.140 of this chapter and as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, Urban Services Ordinance, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines promulgated consistent with and pursuant to PAMC 18.08.040 and 18.08.130. C. Water supply and fire protection facilities must be adequate to serve the short subdivision and comply with section 16.04.140 of this chapter and as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, Urban Services Ordinance, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines promulgated consistent with and pursuant to PAMC 18.08.040 and 18.08.130. D. Sanitary sewer facilities must be adequate to serve the short subdivision and comply with section 16.04.140 of this chapter, and as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, Urban Services Ordinance, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines promulgated consistent with and pursuant to PAMC 18.08.040 and 18.08.130, or a septic tank system must have been approved by the Clallam County Department of Health. E. The short subdivision lot arrangement must comply with the policies of the Comprehensive Plan and further the attainment of the goals, policies and objectives of the Comprehensive Plan. F. The proposed short subdivision must be compatible with existing and planned development of the surrounding area. G. The proposed lots must comply with the requirements of Ordinance 1709, as now enacted or hereafter amended, and section 16.04.070 of this chapter. 16.04.100 – Preliminary short plat—Approval—Conditions. A. Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the application, the Community and Economic Development Director shall determine if appropriate provisions for the public health, safety and general welfare of the community have been made, shall determine if any public nuisance would be created, and shall further determine if the public use and interest will be served by approving the preliminary short plat, based upon compliance with sections 16.04.010, 16.04.050 and 16.04.090 of this chapter. B. Based upon that determination, the Community and Economic Development Director shall approve, approve with conditions, or disapprove the preliminary short plat; or may return the G - 28December 21, 2021 24 preliminary short plat to the applicant for modification, if significant revisions of the preliminary short plat are required. C. The decision of the Community and Economic Development Director shall be in writing, directed to the applicant and/or property owner, at the address shown in the application, and shall set forth findings of fact supporting the decision. 16.04.110 – Preliminary short plat—Approval—Effect. Approval, or approval with conditions, of a preliminary short plat shall authorize an applicant and/or property owner to proceed with the preparation of the final short plat. 16.04.120 – Appeals. A. Any person aggrieved by the decision of the Community and Economic Development Director under section 16.04.100 may appeal the decision to the City Council. B. Appeals shall be submitted to the Community and Economic Development Department in writing within 14 days following the date of mailing the decision to the applicant. C. The City Council shall conduct an open record public hearings on the appeal, and may uphold, reverse, or modify the decision and shall set forth written findings of fact. D. The time period for considering administrative appeals shall not exceed 90 days for an open record appeal; provided, however, that parties to the appeal may agree to extend the time period. The Council's decision shall be final unless appealed to Clallam County Superior Court in accordance with PAMC 18.02.130. 16.04.130 – Final short plat—Filing time limit. A. Within five years of the Community and Economic Development Director's approval of a preliminary short plat, the applicant and/or property owner shall submit a final short plat to the Community and Economic Development Department which is in compliance with the approved preliminary short plat. B. Failure to submit a proposed final short plat within the five years shall terminate the preliminary short plat approval. 16.04.140 – Final short plat—Improvements—Required. The following minimum improvements shall be made or installed for each lot created by the short subdivision, before final short plat approval: A. Watermains and other appurtenances necessary to provide adequate potable water supply and fire protection as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, the Urban Services Ordinance and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines promulgated consistent with and pursuant to PAMC 18.08.040 and 18.08.130. B. Sanitary sewer or approved septic tank and drain field site. C. Power, telephone, and all other necessary utilities. D. Appropriate dedications or easements if required. G - 29December 21, 2021 25 E. Minimum street improvement cross-section standard as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, the Urban Services Ordinance, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines: 1. Improvements to local access streets: a. In the RS-9 and RS-11 Zones, local access streets that front or will provide access from the nearest fully improved City street to newly created lots shall be improved to a minimum of 20-foot wide permeable pavement (pervious concrete or porous asphalt [preferred]) or asphaltic concrete street with no on-street parking, drainage swales (ditches) as needed, and one four-foot wide pervious concrete (preferred) or cement concrete sidewalk (eight-foot wide path when an adopted bicycle route) for pedestrian traffic, which path shall be separated from the street by a ditch. All dead-end City streets in excess of 150 feet in length shall be permeable pavement (pervious concrete or porous asphalt [preferred]) or asphaltic concrete paved and provided with a turn- around consistent with the Urban Services Ordinance, the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual, and the International* Fire Code. *"Uniform Fire Code" updated to "International Fire Code" b. In the RS-7 Zone, local access streets that front or will provide access from the nearest fully improved City street to newly created lots shall be improved to a minimum of 20-foot wide permeable pavement (pervious concrete or porous asphalt [preferred] or asphaltic concrete street with one three-foot wide shoulder, and one five-foot wide shoulder for pedestrian traffic. All dead-end City streets in excess of 150 feet in length shall be permeable pavement (pervious concrete or porous asphalt [preferred] or asphaltic concrete and provided with a turn-around consistent with the Urban Services Ordinance, the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual, and the International* Fire Code. *"Uniform Fire Code" updated to "International Fire Code" 2. Improvements to arterial streets: a. In the RS-9 and RS-11 Zones, arterial streets that front or will provide access to the lots or parcels being developed shall be improved to the minimum of 20-foot wide permeable pavement (pervious concrete or porous asphalt [preferred] or asphaltic concrete street with no on-street parking, drainage swales (ditches) as needed, and one four-foot wide pervious concrete (preferred) or cement concrete sidewalk or other acceptable hard surface (eight-foot wide surface when on an adopted bicycle route) for pedestrian traffic, which path shall be separated from the street by a ditch. b. In the RS-7 Zone, arterial streets that front or will provide access to the lots or parcels being developed shall be improved to the minimum City arterial street improvement standards. 3. EXCEPTION: The Public Works and Utilities Department shall require the minimum standard to be increased to match the immediately adjoining City street when the immediately adjoining City street is more fully developed than the minimum standard. This exception shall not apply to short plats when the City finds that there will be an G - 30December 21, 2021 26 economic and physical hardship in relocating public utilities and there will be no increase in the number of lots within a subject short plat. F. Drainage ditches, culverts, and/or stormwater treatment and flow control BMPs/facilities shall be provided to address existing and anticipated stormwater runoff occurring on the site and/or within the City rights-of-way and easements as set forth in the Urban Services Ordinance and Clearing and Grading Ordinance development standards. G. The subdivider shall provide a street profile acceptable to the Public Works and Utilities Department for the local access streets if the final street grade has not been previously established or accepted by the City. H. The subdivider shall execute an Local Improvement District consent and non-protest agreement or other agreement acceptable to the City for street and utilities improvements on the local access streets whenever required improvements are less than the City's full development standards, as set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, the Urban Services Ordinance, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines promulgated consistent with and pursuant to PAMC 18.08.040 and 18.08.130. I. The subdivider shall provide all other public improvements as may be required and set forth in the Comprehensive Plan, the Urban Services Ordinance, and the Urban Services Standards and Guidelines promulgated consistent with and pursuant to PAMC 18.08.040 and 18.08.130. J. When commercially zoned property is being short platted without any increase in the number of lots, the minimum improvements required by this section may be made or installed after short plat approval without the necessity of being bonded, provided that the final short plat shall be conditioned to provide that such improvements shall be made or installed as part of the building permit process, that vertical construction of the building shall not begin unless or until the International* Fire Code's fire hydrant requirement has been met, and that the property or development shall not be occupied until such improvements have been completed, provided further that said construction shall be noted on the final plat. K. Sidewalks and other planning features that assure safe walking conditions for students who only walk to and from school shall be provided pursuant to RCW 58.17.060 and RCW 58.17.110. 16.04.150 – Plat occupancy. If the developer of a plat elects to assign savings or provide other security or trust approved by the City and thereby assure that the installation of the required improvements for final plat approval will be completed to the satisfaction and approval of the City Engineer, building permits for the construction of houses within the plat will be issued to the developer subject to the following conditions: A. The final plat must have received all required approvals and be recorded with the County Auditor. G - 31December 21, 2021 27 B. The following notation shall be placed on the final plat: “No occupancy of any dwelling units shall be allowed until all street and utility improvements have been completed and approved by the City Engineer”. 16.04.160 – Final short plat—Contents. A. Upon completion of physical improvements as required by section 16.04.140, or acceptance of a bond under section 16.04.150, a final short plat may be submitted for approval. B. The final short plat shall be an 18-inch by 24-four inch permanent reproducible mylar, and shall be at a scale of not less than 100 feet to one inch. The final short plat and six paper copies shall be accompanied by a report containing accurate square-footage and dimensions of each lot and block and the coordinates of each monument, a title report, and shall include a warranty that all assessments in favor of the City have been paid. The final short plat and survey shall be based on the Washington Coordinate System, North Zone, as adopted by the City, and shall show the following: 1. A minimum of two permanent plat control monuments to which all dimensions, bearings, azimuths and similar data on the plat are referred; 2. Permanent monuments at all corners. 3. Subdivision boundary lines, right-of-way lines, easements, lot lines with accurate dimensions, bearings or azimuths, radii, central angles, and lengths of all curves; 4. Name and right-of-way width of each street. Any street not dedicated to the public must be so marked on the face of the plat; 5. Locations, dimensions, and purpose of all easements; 6. The required building setbacks on each proposed lot; 7. Required building setbacks and the location of any existing buildings and/or major structures shall be shown on each proposed lot as well as their distances from property lines; 8. Identification of each lot; 9. Purpose for which sites are dedicated to the public; 10. Location and description of all monuments; 11. The legal description of the proposed lots; 12. The title under which the subdivision is to be recorded, true north and grid north arrows, scale, and legend; 13. Legal description of the land to be platted; 14. Certification by registered land surveyor as to the accuracy of plat and survey; 15. Certificate by owner(s) dedicating roads, rights-of-way, easements, and any sites for public purposes; 16. Certification of approval by: a. The Community and Economic Development Director; G - 32December 21, 2021 28 b. The Public Works and Utilities Director; and c. The Fire Chief. 17. House addresses shall be provided by the City and must be clearly shown on the short plat at the time of approval pursuant to RCW 58.17.280; 18. Certification by the County Treasurer that all State and County taxes levied against the land to be subdivided have been paid in full; 19. Certification of filing by County Auditor; 20. If improvements are to be bonded rather than actually installed prior to final plat approval, the plan shall show a notation as follows: "No occupancy of dwelling units will be allowed until all roadway and utility improvements have been completed and approved by the City Engineer." 16.04.170 – Final short plat—Routing for review. A. Upon receipt of a final short plat, the Community and Economic Development Department shall circulate the final short plat to the following departments: 1. Public Works and Utilities Department; 2. Fire Department. B. If the final short plat complies with the requirements of this chapter and the approved preliminary short plat, the department head shall signify approval by signing on the face of the final short plat. C. In the event the final short plat fails to comply with specific standards or conditions of preliminary plat approval, the department shall so notify the Community and Economic Development Director in writing. 16.04.180 – Final short plat—Final approval procedure. A. Within 30 calendar days of receipt of the proposed final short plat, the Community and Economic Development Director shall: 1. Review the final short plat for compliance with preliminary plat conditions; 2. Review the comments and recommendations of all appropriate departments; and 3. Ascertain from the Public Works and Utilities Department that the required physical improvements, in accordance with section 16.04.140, have been installed or financial security has been provided therefor. B. If the Community and Economic Development Director is satisfied that all of the above have been met, then he shall approve the final short plat by affixing his signature to the face thereof. C. If one or more of these requirements for approval is not met, he shall notify the applicant and/or property owner in writing of the reasons for withholding approval of the final short plat. G - 33December 21, 2021 29 D. Appeal from the Community and Economic Development Director's decision shall be made in accordance with section 16.04.120. 16.04.190 – Final short plat—Filing and recordation. The applicant and/or property owner and/or surveyor shall file the final short plat with the Clallam County Auditor's Office within ten calendar days of the date of the Community and Economic Development Director's approval. The final short plat shall not be deemed approved by the City until recorded. A copy of the recorded document shall be submitted to the Community and Economic Development Department within ten calendar days of filing. (Ord. 3122 § 1 (part), 9/27/2002; Ord. 2222 § 19, 8/11/1982) 16.04.200 – Re-subdivision by short plat prohibited. Short plats may not be further divided in any manner within a period of five years without the filing of a final plat, except that when the short plat contains fewer than nine parcels, nothing shall prevent the owner who filed the short plat from filing an alteration within the five-year period to create up to a total of nine lots within the original short plat boundaries. 16.04.210 – Injunctive action to enforce chapter. Whenever any parcel of land within the City is divided into nine or less lots, tracts or parcels of land, and any person, firm, or corporation or any agent of them sells or transfers, or offers or advertises for sale or transfer, any such lot, tract, or parcel, without having a final plat of such short subdivision filed for record in accordance with the terms of this chapter, the City Attorney shall commence an action to restrain and enjoin further sale or transfer of such lots, tracts, or parcels, or offers for sale or transfer for such lots, tracts, or parcels, and to compel complete compliance with all provisions of this chapter. The cost of such action shall be taxed against the person, firm, corporation, or agent selling or transferring the property. 16.04.220 – Violation—Penalty. Any person, firm, corporation, or association, or any agent of any person, firm, corporation or association who violates any provision of this chapter relating to the sale, offer to sell, lease or transfer of any lot, tract, or parcel of land in a short subdivision shall be guilty of a misdemeanor, and each such sale, offer for sale, lease, or transfer of each separate lot, tract, or parcel of land in violation of any provision of this chapter shall be deemed a separate and distinct offense. Each such offense may be penalized by a fine of up to $500.00 or 90 days in jail. Section 5. Ordinance No. 1631 as amended and Chapter 16, Section 16.08.010 is amended by repealing the existing Chapter and replacing it as follows: CHAPTER 16.08 - SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS 16.08.010 - Purpose and intent. G - 34December 21, 2021 30 A. Purpose. Land subdivision is the first step in the process of community development. Once land has been cut up into streets, lots, and blocks and has been publicly recorded, the correction of defects is costly and difficult. It is therefore in the interest of the public, the developer, and future property owners that subdivisions be designed and developed in accordance with sound rules and proper minimum standards. The purpose of this chapter is to provide uniform regulations for the subdivision and resubdivision of land into ten or more parcels, so as to promote the public health, safety and general welfare. It is further the purpose of this chapter to implement the requirements of the Growth Management Act of 1990 through the goals, policies, and objectives of the Comprehensive Plan of the City, to comply with the requirements of the Zoning Code and Urban Services Ordinance of the City, to ensure orderly growth consistent with the desired urban design of the City, to promote effective and energy-efficient use of land, to prevent over-crowding of land, to provide for adequate light and air, to promote safe and convenient travel and lessen congestion on streets and highways, to provide for proper ingress and egress, to ensure adequate provision for open spaces, drainage ways, transit stops, potable water supplies, sanitary wastes, parks and recreation areas, playgrounds, schools and school grounds, sidewalks and safe walking conditions on school routes, and other public requirements, to require uniform monumenting of land subdivisions and conveyancing by accurate legal description, and to prevent the creation of public nuisances. B. Intent. It is the intent of these regulations to provide the minimum controls required to ensure that all platting and subdivision of land in the City of Port Angeles shall be in the public interest and shall meet minimum standards of public health and public safety. Section 6. Ordinance No. 2222 as amended and adding a new Chapter 16.09 as follows: CHAPTER 16.09 – Unit Lot Subdivisions 16.09.010 – Purpose. This chapter is established to provide an alternative to the traditional method of land division for creating sellable lots for townhouse and cottage housing developments. The unit lot subdivision process provides opportunities for fee simple ownership of land as an alternative to condominium ownership. Unit lot subdivisions allow development on individual unit lots to avoid complying with typical dimensional standards as long as the parent lot conforms to all such development standards. 16.09.020 – Application. The following items are required, in quantities specified by the Community and Economic Development Department, for a complete unit lot subdivision (ULS) application, unless waived by the Community and Economic Development Director as not being applicable: A. Complete ULS application form with required fee. B. Complete State Environmental Policy Act (SEPA) checklist and fee, unless exempt under the provisions of PAMC 15.04.105. G - 35December 21, 2021 31 C. Complete applications for other required land use approvals, if applicable. D. A vicinity map showing location of site. E. A drawing prepared to the following standards: 1. The drawing shall be in ink, to a scale of not less than one inch to 100 feet, on at least eight and one-half inch by 11-inch or larger paper. 2. The drawing shall provide the following information: a. The date, scale, and north directional arrow. b. The boundaries of the entire parcel being platted, including all contiguous property owned by the subdivider. c. A legal description of the property being divided. d. Identification, dimensions, and area of all proposed lots. Any existing interior lots to be eliminated shall be shown by a dashed line and so noted. e. The name and location of existing and proposed public rights-of-way. f. The location of existing and proposed easements. g. The required building setbacks on each proposed lot. h. The location of existing and new buildings including distances from property and/or leasehold lines, driveways, and parking calculations. i. The locations and dimensions of sidewalks, roadways, and driveways. j. The location of existing natural features, such as streams, rivers, wetlands, shorelines, stormwater management, ravines and steep slopes. k. The location and size of utilities, including but not limited to water, sewer, stormwater, and fire hydrants existing and proposed. This includes the location of onsite stormwater management best management practices. l. Location of sensitive areas and sensitive area buffers (as well as slopes of 20 percent or greater and drainage or other watercourses) on the site. F. A list of owners of adjacent property printed or typed on one inch by 2 5/8 -inch mailing labels and the names of any adjacent subdivisions. G. Legal descriptions of all tracts contained within the boundaries of the plat. H. A description of the method of common management of shared facilities. 16.09.030 – Review procedures. A. Prior to submittal of a ULS application for consideration, the applicant is encouraged to meet with representatives of the Community and Economic Development Department, Public Works and Utilities Department, Fire Department, and Parks Department. The City representatives and the applicant may discuss the general goals and objectives of the proposal, overall design possibilities, general character of the site, potential environmental constraints, and standards of development. The focus of the meeting shall be general in G - 36December 21, 2021 32 nature and none of the discussions shall be interpreted as a commitment by the City or the applicant. B. Review of proposals under five acres in size shall be done administratively by the Community and Economic Development Department. Review of proposals exceeding five acres in size shall be done by the Hearing Examiner following a public hearing. C. Public notice shall be provided pursuant to the standards of PAMC 18.02.050-.060. D. An environmental determination shall be rendered by the SEPA Responsible Official prior to final action on the preliminary ULS application. 16.09.040 – Standards and criteria. Prior to approval of a ULS, the following standards and criteria shall be met: A. Compliance with prior approvals. Sites developed or proposed to be developed with cottages and townhouses per the standards in Chapter 17.21 PAMC may be subdivided into individual unit lots as provided herein. The development as a whole must conform to the regulations applicable to the site and zone and to applicable plans that were granted approval through provisions of this code. B. Development on individual unit lots is not required to conform with all dimensional standards that typically apply to individual lots as long as the parent lot conforms to all such dimensional standards. C. Subsequent platting actions, additions, or modifications to the structure(s) may not create or increase any nonconformity of the parent lot. D. Access easements, joint use and maintenance agreements, and covenants, conditions and restrictions (CC&Rs) identifying the rights and responsibilities of property owners and/or the homeowners’ association must be executed for use and maintenance of common garage, parking and vehicle access areas; underground utilities; stormwater treatment and/or detention facilities; common open space; exterior building façades and roofs; and other similar features, must be recorded with the Clallam County Auditor. E. Within the parent lot, required parking for a dwelling unit may be provided on a different unit lot than the lot with the dwelling unit, as long as the right to use the parking is formalized by an easement recorded with the Clallam County Auditor. F. Notes must be placed on the face of the plat or short plat as recorded with the Clallam County Auditor to acknowledge the following: a. Approval of the design of the unit on each of the lots was granted by the review of the development, as a whole, on the parent lot per the standards of Chapter 17.21 PAMC. b. Development, redevelopment, or rehabilitation of structures on each unit lot is subject to review and approval of plans that are consistent with the design of the surrounding structures on the parent lot as approved by the Community and Economic Development Department through subject file number as stated in subsection (a) above. G - 37December 21, 2021 33 16.09.050 – Preliminary approval. A. The Community and Economic Development Director shall approve, approve with conditions, or deny the ULS within the time requirements of Chapter 18.02 PAMC. Said preliminary decision shall be in writing and shall set forth findings of fact supporting the decision. B. Preliminary approval or approval with conditions shall authorize the applicant to proceed with preparation of the final ULS. 16.09.060 – Final approval. A. Prior to final approval, a survey shall be performed by a licensed surveyor who shall submit a mylar to the Community and Economic Development Department for recordation. The mylar shall be prepared to acceptable survey standards and shall contain the information required in the preliminary drawing. The Mylar shall also contain the required official recording block and signatures of the Community and Economic Development Director, Public Works and Utilities Director, Fire Chief, and the property owner. For those applications that require review by the Planning Commission, provision will be made for the signature of the Chair of the Planning Commission. The survey and plan shall be consistent with the conditions of preliminary approval. B. Once the Community and Economic Development Department determines the survey, plan, and any other documents for recording are consistent with the preliminary approval, it will be reviewed by the appropriate City departments and signed by the appropriate City officials. C. After being certified for filing by the City, the ULS survey shall be filed by the applicant with the Clallam County Auditor's Office. The applicant shall pay all costs associated with the filing. The ULS is not considered final until a copy of the recorded document is returned to the City of Port Angeles Community and Economic Development Department for record keeping purposes. D. Upon final approval by the City, all developments shall conform to the ULS unless an amendment is approved by the City. 16.09.070 – Installation of improvements. Prior to the issuance of a building permit for construction within a ULS, all improvements required to adequately service that portion of the ULS for which the building permit will be issued shall be installed. Approval for improvements and finalization of specific unit lots shall be done administratively. 16.09.080 – Time limitations. If no specific ULS has been approved within five years of the date of preliminary approval, preliminary approval will expire. The applicant may obtain an extension of the ULS not to exceed two years by filing a written request with the Community and Economic Development Department prior to the expiration of the five-year period. G - 38December 21, 2021 34 16.09.090 – Revisions. Alteration of an approved and recorded ULS shall be accomplished per the procedures of PAMC 16.14.020. Section 7. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17, Section 17.01.020 is amended by repealing 17.01.020 in its entirety and replacing it as follows: TITLE 17 – ZONING CHAPTER 17.01 – PURPOSE AND SCOPE 17.01.020 Purposes of zones. The zones in this Zoning Code are established for the following purposes A. RS-7 Zone. This is a low density residential zone intended to create and preserve urban single-family residential neighborhoods consisting of predominantly single-family homes on standard townsite-size lots. Uses which are compatible with and functionally related to a single-family residential environment may also be located in this zone. Because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses, few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for the City's single-family residential neighborhoods, following a standard rectangular street grid system of 60-foot rights-of-way for local access streets and 300-foot by 450 or 500-foot blocks with 50-foot by 140-foot lots and usually located in areas that are largely developed and closer to the center of the City. B. RS-9 Zone. This is a low density residential zone intended to create and preserve urban single-family residential neighborhoods consisting of predominantly single-family homes on larger than standard townsite-size lots. Uses that are compatible with and functionally related to a single-family residential environment may be located in this zone. Because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses, few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally. This zone provides for a variety in the urban land use pattern for the City's single-family residential neighborhoods, following a curvilinear street system of non-through public and private streets with irregularly shaped lots, minimum 75-foot front lot lines, and 60-foot rights-of-way for collector arterial streets in large rectangular blocks and usually located in outlying areas with large tracts of vacant buildable land. C. RS-11 Zone. This is a low density residential zone intended to create and preserve suburban sized single-family residential neighborhoods consisting of predominantly single-family homes on larger than standard sized townsite-sized lots, while maintaining densities at or more than four dwelling units per acre. Uses that are compatible with and functionally related to a single-family residential environment may be located in this zone. Because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses, few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally. This zone provides for a variety in the urban land use pattern for the City's single-family residential neighborhoods, following a curvilinear street system of non-through public and private streets with irregularly shaped lots, minimum 75-foot front G - 39December 21, 2021 35 lot lines, and 60-foot rights-of-way for collector arterial streets in large rectangular blocks and usually located in outlying areas with large tracts of vacant buildable land. D. RTP Zone. This is a medium density residential zone intended for mobile home occupancies, and the area is regarded as essentially residential in character. Few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally, because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for the City's small lot, single-family, mobile home parks, following an irregular urban land use pattern of private access roads and minimum 3,500 square foot lots. E. RMD Zone. This is a medium density residential zone, which allows a mix of single-family, duplexes and apartments at a density greater than single-family neighborhoods but less than the RHD Zone. The permitted uses in the RMD Zone are also intended to be more restrictive than the RHD Zone. Commercial uses are not considered to be compatible. Few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally, because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses. This zone provides for variety in the urban land use pattern for the City's lower density multi-family residential neighborhoods (at twice the density of the City's basic single-family residential neighborhoods) with direct access on an arterial street, and serving as a transitional use between low density residential uses and commercial/industrial uses. F. RHD Zone. This is a high density residential zone for multi-family structures. Compatible uses may be allowed on conditional use permits, but the zone is still regarded as a residential area, where commercial enterprises are not generally felt to be compatible. Few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally, because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for the City's higher density multi-family residential neighborhoods (at seven times the density of the City's basic single-family residential neighborhoods), following a standard rectangular street grid system of 60-foot rights-of-way for local access streets and 300-foot by 450 or 500-foot blocks and usually located in areas that are largely developed and closer to the center of the City. G. PRD Overlay Zone. This overlay zone is to provide alternative zoning regulations which permit and encourage design flexibility, conservation and protection of natural critical areas, and innovation in residential developments to those regulations found in the underlying zone. It is intended that a Planned Residential Development will result in a residential environment of higher quality than traditional lot-by-lot development by use of a design process which includes within the site design all the components of a residential neighborhood, such as open space, circulation, building types, and natural features, in a manner consonant with the public health, safety, and welfare. It is also intended that a Planned Residential Development may combine a number of land use decisions such as conditional use permits, rezones, and subdivisions into a single project review process to encourage timely public hearings and decisions and to provide for more open space and transitional housing densities than is required or may be permitted between single-family and multi-family zones. The consolidation of permit reviews does not exempt applicant(s) from meeting the regulations G - 40December 21, 2021 36 and submitting the fees and applications normally required for the underlying permit processes. Few nonresidential uses are allowed in this overlay zone and then only conditionally, because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses. This overlay zone provides for the opportunity to create self-contained residential neighborhoods with a variety of housing choices without following a standard system of public streets and lot design and with allowances for mixed use, residential and commercial developments not usually permitted in residential zones. H. CO Zone. This is a commercial zone intended for those business, office, administrative, or professional uses which do not involve the retail sale of goods, but rather provide a service to clients, the provision of which does not create high traffic volumes, involve extended hours of operation, or contain impacts that would be detrimental to adjacent residential areas. Commercial uses that are largely devoid of any impacts detrimental to single-household residential uses are allowed. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for small lot, transitional uses between residential neighborhoods and commercial districts with direct access on an arterial street and design standards compatible with residential development. I. CN Zone. This is a commercial zone intended to create and preserve areas for businesses which are of the type providing the goods and services for the day-to-day needs of the surrounding residential neighborhoods. Businesses in this zone should be located and designed to encourage both pedestrian and vehicular access and to be compatible with adjacent residential neighborhoods. Commercial uses that are largely devoid of any impacts detrimental to multi-family residential uses are allowed. This zone provides for a variety in the urban land use pattern for small commercial districts serving individual residential neighborhoods with direct access on an arterial street and design standards compatible with residential development. J. CSD Zone. This is a commercial zone that is slightly less restrictive than the CN zone. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for large lot, commercial uses serving much of the City with direct access on an arterial street. Businesses in this zone occur on sites of varying sizes and should be located on arterial streets of sufficient size and design standards to accommodate greater automobile and truck traffic. Commercial uses that are largely devoid of any impacts detrimental to the environment are allowed. K. CA Zone. This is a commercial zone intended to create and preserve areas for business serving the entire City and needing an arterial location because of the nature of the business or intensity of traffic generated by the business. Commercial uses that are largely devoid of any impacts detrimental to the environment are allowed. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for automobile oriented, commercial uses with direct access on a principal arterial street and design standards for greater automobile and truck traffic. L. CBD Zone. This is a commercial zone intended to strengthen and preserve the area commonly known as the downtown for major retail, service, financial, and other commercial operations that serve the entire community, the regional market, and tourists. This zone has standards to improve pedestrian access and amenities and to increase public enjoyment of the shoreline. Commercial uses that are largely devoid of any impacts detrimental to the G - 41December 21, 2021 37 environment are allowed. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for high density, pedestrian oriented, commercial uses located in the center of the City with direct access to mass transit services, design standards for compatible commercial development, and support for public parking and business improvements. H. CR Zone. This is a commercial zone intended to create and preserve areas for large land intensive commercial uses that provide retail services to a regional market. These types of commercial uses provide a multiplicity of goods and services in a single location and therefore require large areas for the building and parking. Such uses do not follow the basic land use pattern of the of the traditional townsite and are not typically pedestrian oriented. This zone offers vehicular access from major transportation corridors. I. IM Zone. This is an industrial zone intended to preserve industrial areas in the harbor for marine industrial uses, which are characterized as water-dependent or water related. Because there is a very limited amount of shorelands adjacent to the Port Angeles Harbor, a zone that allows for mixed uses that do not adversely impact each other can maximize potential water- dependent, water related, and water enjoyment uses of the harbor without excluding either industrial or nonindustrial uses being intermixed. Certain commercial, residential, public, and other mixed uses may be appropriately located in this zone, and therefore heavy industrial manufacturing uses, which have significant nuisance factors, shall not be located in this zone. J. IP Zone. This is an industrial zone intended to create and preserve areas for office, commercial and industrial uses devoid of exterior nuisances in a planned, campus-like setting. Permitted uses are devoid of exterior nuisance factors, such as noise, glare, air and water pollution, and fire and safety hazards on adjacent non-industrial property, and do not have an exceptional demand on public facilities. These types of office, commercial and industrial uses typically involve the need for a large campus-like site with amenities suitable for mixed use developments and buffering measures to reduce the impact of large scale development on adjacent uses. While industrial and commercial uses that are devoid of any impacts detrimental to the environment are allowed, vehicle service stations with petroleum products and entertainment businesses with adult-only activities are also permitted uses, and a variety of maintenance and repair shops with hazardous materials are also conditionally permitted uses. This zone provides for variety in the urban land use pattern for mixed industrial and commercial uses with direct access on an arterial street, design standards for high density, pedestrian oriented, mixed uses located adjacent to major transportation facilities, design standards for compatible mixed industrial and commercial development, and support for private parking and business improvements. K. IL Zone. This is an industrial zone intended to create and preserve areas for industrial uses which are largely devoid of exterior nuisances in close proximity to airports and highways. Permitted uses are largely devoid of exterior nuisance factors, such as noise, glare, air and water pollution, and fire and safety hazards on adjacent non-industrial property, and do not have an exceptional demand on public facilities. These types of industrial uses typically involve the manufacture of finished products from pre-fabricated materials, product wholesaling, and material storage. Buffering measures to reduce the impact of industrial uses G - 42December 21, 2021 38 on nearby residential uses may be required. While industrial and commercial uses that are largely devoid of any impacts detrimental to the environment are allowed, vehicle service stations with petroleum products and entertainment businesses with adult-only activities are also permitted uses, and a variety of maintenance and repair shops with hazardous materials are also conditionally permitted uses. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for light industrial uses with direct access on an arterial street, design standards for greater truck traffic, and buffers for nonindustrial uses. L. IH Zone. This is the least restrictive industrial zone intended to be the area in which heavy industry could develop causing the least impact on other land uses. Significant adverse impacts can be expected from permitted industrial uses that involve hazardous materials, noise, air and water pollution, shift work around the clock, entertainment businesses with adult-only activities, and outside storage yards and manufacturing activities. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for heavy industrial uses with direct access to major transportation facilities, design standards for greater truck traffic, and buffers for nonindustrial uses unless deemed impractical. M. PBP Zone. This is a zoning designation for publicly-owned property, or property less suitable for development by reason of its topography, geology, or some unusual condition or situation. Much of the land so designated may best be left as "green belts". Except for low density private residential uses, permitted uses are mostly public utilities and large civic facilities. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for public facilities, open space, and environmentally sensitive areas where public interests are directly involved and with allowances for very low density private residential use, subject to environmental impact mitigation. N. FL Zone. This is a zoning designation for privately-owned property not intended for future conversion to urban development. Much of the land so designated may best be used for commercial timber production. This zone provides the basic nonurban land use pattern for natural resource uses, subject to environmental impact mitigation if converted to urban development. O. Home occupation permit. The purpose of this chapter is to ensure that an occupation or business undertaken within a dwelling unit located in a residential use district is incidental and subordinate to the primary use and is compatible with the residential character of the neighborhood. This special use permit provides allowances for business activities taking place within a residential use. P. Bed and breakfast permit. The purpose of this chapter is to ensure that a bed and breakfast is compatible with its surrounding properties, and when located in a residential neighborhood, to preserve the residential character of the neighborhood and the surrounding residences. This special use provides procedures and regulations for business activities taking place within a residential use. Q. Adult entertainment use. The purpose of this chapter is to ensure that adult entertainment businesses are appropriately located and operated within the City of Port Angeles, are compatible with uses allowed within the City, and are conducive to the public health, safety G - 43December 21, 2021 39 and welfare. This chapter provides procedures and regulations for specific adult-only business activities. R. Retail stand permit. The purpose of this chapter is to ensure that retail stands are appropriately located in the commercial and public areas, are compatible with the uses allowed in such areas, and are conducive to the public health, safety, and welfare, and to promote the diversity of retail stand activity. This special use provides procedures and regulations for business activities taking place outside a building or on public property. S. Junk yard conditional use. The purpose of this chapter is to ensure that junk yards are appropriately located, are compatible with uses allowed within the City, and are conducive to the public health, safety and welfare. This chapter provides for junk yards to be permitted through the conditional use permit process. Section 8. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.010 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.010 – "A." A. Accessory use. The subordinate and incidental use of land or buildings on a lot. A use is to be considered accessory when it occupies less than 50 percent of a building's or lot's total square footage. B. Accessory dwelling unit (ADU). A habitable unit added to, created within, or detached from a primary single-household residential dwelling that provides basic requirements for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and sanitation as outlined by the International Residential Building Code. An ADU is distinguishable from a duplex in that, unlike a duplex, it is clearly incidental to a detached primary single-household dwelling both in use and appearance. An ADU may also be referred to as an accessory residential unit (ARU) in this title. C. Adult family home. A dwelling of a person or persons who are providing personal care, room, and board to more than one but not more than six adults who are not related by blood or marriage to the person or persons providing the services and who are licensed by the State of Washington pursuant to Chapter 70.128 RCW and Chapter 388.76 WAC (Adult Family Home regulations). D. Affordable housing. Residential housing available for sale or rent that requires a monthly housing cost, including utilities other than telephone, of no more than 30 percent of the income of an eligible household. An eligible household is one with a total household income no greater than 80 percent of the Clallam County median income as reported by the Washington State Office of Financial Management. E. Alley. A public right-of-way which provides service access to abutting property. F. Amendment. A change in language of the zoning text which is an official part of these Zoning Regulations. G. Animal care. Any commercial facility where house pets are groomed, trained, boarded (including pet day care), provided medical treatment (such as veterinary clinics and animal G - 44December 21, 2021 40 hospitals), or sheltered for adoption. The use does not include kennels. The use is primarily indoors and may include limited, ancillary outdoor space. Retail sales may be incidental. H. Animal husbandry, commercial. The care and raising of animals, particularly farm animals, for agricultural or other commercial purposes, provided that this shall not include non- commercial animal husbandry, private horse stables, up to three dogs and cats which are not house pets, or house pets. I. Animal husbandry, non-commercial. The care and raising of animals for non-commercial purposes, provided that this shall not include private non-commercial horse stables, kennels, up to three dogs and cats which are not house pets, or house pets. J. Antenna. Any pole, panel, rod, reflection disc including satellite earth station antenna as defined by 47 CFR Sections 1.4000 and 25.104, or similar device used for the transmission and/or reception of radio frequency signals. K. Antenna support structure. Any building or structure other than a tower which can be used for location of telecommunications facilities. L. Applicant. Any person that applies for approval from the City. M. Application. The process by which the owner of a parcel of land within the City submits a request to develop, construct, build, modify, erect or use such parcel of land. "Application" includes all written documentation, verbal statements, and representations, in whatever form or forum, made by an applicant to the City concerning such a request. N. Articulation. The giving of emphasis to architectural elements (like windows, balconies, entries, etc.) that create a complementary pattern or rhythm, dividing large buildings into smaller identifiable pieces. O. Articulation interval. The measure of articulation, the distance before architectural elements repeat. P. Artisan manufacturing. Production of goods by the use of hand tools or small-scale, light mechanical equipment occurring solely within an enclosed building where such production requires no outdoor operations or storage, and where the production, operations, and storage of materials related to production occupy no more than one building on a lot. Typical uses have negligible negative impact on surrounding properties and may include uses such as, but not limited to, woodworking and cabinet shops, ceramic studios, jewelry manufacturing and similar types of arts and crafts, makers spaces, production of alcohol and food processing. Q. Assisted living facility. Any home or other institution that provides housing, basic services, and assumes general responsibility for the safety and well-being of the residents (for seven or more residents) and may also provide domiciliary care consistent with Chapter 142, laws of 2004 in Chapter 18.20.020 RCW. R. Attainable housing. Residential housing available for sale or rent that requires a monthly housing cost, including utilities other than telephone, of no more than 30 percent of the net income of an eligible household. For purposes of the preceding sentence, an eligible household is one with a total net household income no greater than 120 percent of the G - 45December 21, 2021 41 Clallam County median income as reported by the Washington State Office of Financial Management. S. Automotive service and repair. Any land or facility used for the repair and maintenance of automobiles, motorcycles, trucks, trailers, or similar vehicles including but not limited to fender, muffler, or upholstery work, oil change and lubrication, tire service and sales. The use may include incidental retail sales of automobile parts and accessories. The term excludes dismantling or salvage. Section 9. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.015 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.015 – “B.” A. Bed and breakfast. A single-family residence which remains owner-occupied at all times and provides lodging for guests and travelers for a period of up to 30 days, and where food service is typically limited to breakfast which may be served to overnight guests only. Bed and breakfasts are outright permitted uses in all residential high and medium density zones, but are a conditional use in residential single-family zones. B. Bioretention facility is an engineered facility that stores and treats stormwater by passing it through a specified soil profile, and either retains or detains the treated stormwater for flow attenuation. C. Blank wall. The ground floor wall or portion of a ground floor wall that does not include a transparent window or door. See PAMC 17.22.350 for blank wall treatment standards. D. Breezeway. A roofed open-sided passageway connecting two buildings. E. Building, accessory. One which is subordinate and detached from a principal building, which is located on the same zoning lot as the principal building. F. Building, principal. The primary building on a lot, the building which houses the primary use of the land and the structures on a zoning lot. G. Building, residential. A building arranged, designed, used, or intended to be used for residential occupancy by one or more families or lodgers. H. Building envelope. The three-dimensional area on a lot enclosed by the minimum setbacks and the maximum building height within which an allowed building or structure may be placed. I. Building frontage. The “façade” or street-facing elevation of a building. For buildings not adjacent to a street, it refers to the building elevation(s) that features the primary entrance to the uses within the building. Depending on the context the term is used in, it may also refer to the uses within the building. For example, a “storefront” is a type of building frontage. J. Building line. Front, side and rear building lines are the lines on each zoning lot that delineate the area within which construction of principal buildings is confined. G - 46December 21, 2021 42 K. Business parking lot and/or structures. A commercial off-street parking lot or structure used exclusively for parking and/or storage of vehicles. Section 10. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.020 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.020 – “C.” A. Carport. An accessory building or an accessory portion of the main building designed and used primarily for the shelter or storage of vehicles. It is not an enclosed structure and it does not contain a door which would allow vehicles to pass into the structure: it is open on two or more sides. B. Car wash. An automotive service facility with self-propelled car washing equipment or where self-service washing is done by the customer. C. Casino. An establishment for the purpose of providing unrestricted gambling opportunity as regulated by the Washington State Gambling Commission. Activities regulated under casinos do not include mini-casinos, enhanced card rooms, public card rooms, social card rooms, pull tabs, punch cards, fund raising events sponsored by nonprofit organizations, bingo, state run lottery games, turkey shoots, raffles, sports pools, or other amusement games. D. Child care means an establishment for group care of nonresident children licensed by the Washington State Department of Children, Youth, and Family. Day care establishments are subclassified as follows: 1. Child care provider means a child care provider who regularly provides early childhood education, early learning services, and developmentally appropriate care, protection, and supervision of children that is designed to promote positive growth and educational experiences for children outside the child's home. The provider cares for not more than twelve children in the provider's home in the living quarters for periods of less than 24 hours a day. The term is not intended to include baby-sitting services of a casual, non- recurring nature, or in the child's own home. Likewise, the term is not intended to include cooperative reciprocated child care by a group of parents or legal guardians in their respective homes. 2. Child care facility means an agency (i.e. facility or business) that regularly provides early childhood education and early learning services for a group of 13 or more children for periods of less than twenty-four hours. The center is not located in a private residence unless the portion of the residence where the children have access is used exclusively for the children during the hours the center is in operation or is separate from the useable living quarters. E. Commercial vehicle. Is a licensed (according to tonnage), motorized vehicle designed for transportation of commodities, merchandise, produce, freight, animals, or passengers, and operated in conjunction with a business, occupation, or home occupation. This term shall include, but is not limited to, automobiles, trucks, tractor/trailers, and vans. F. Commission. The appointed Planning Commission. G - 47December 21, 2021 43 G. Common usable open space. Area within a planned overlay development which is accessible and usable to all occupants of the development and the City, which is: 1. Land which is unoccupied by nonrecreational buildings, parking areas, or traffic circulation roads; or 2. Land which is dedicated to recreational buildings, structures or facilities; or 3. Land which is dedicated to an open space purpose of the planned overlay development such as preservation of natural features. To be considered common usable open space for recreational purposes, the open space must be usable for specific or multi-purpose activities, be located on generally level land, be regularly shaped and contain a minimum of 1,000 square feet. H. Community center. A building or portion of a building used for not-for-profit cultural, educational, recreational, religious or social activities that is open to the public or a designated part of the public, usually owned and operated by a public or nonprofit group or agency. Examples of community centers are schools, places of worship (church, mosque, synagogue, temples, etc.), Boys and Girls Clubs, and similar uses. Community center does not include fraternities, lodges or similar uses. I. Conditional use permit (CUP). A limited permission to locate a particular use at a specific location, where limited permission is required in order to review the controls stipulated by these regulations on a case-by-case basis and to such degree as to assure that the particular use shall not prove detrimental to surrounding properties, shall not be in conflict with the City's Comprehensive Plan, and shall not be contrary to the public interest. The City has some conditional uses that may be processed as an Administrative CUP, where the Director of Community and Economic Development is the approval authority. All other conditional uses are considered a CUP, where the City Hearing Examiner is the approval authority. J. Conditional use. A use permitted in a zone when authorized by the appropriate approval authority but which requires a special degree of review and may be subject to certain conditions to make such use consistent and compatible with other existing or permissible uses in the same zone. K. Conforming building or structure. A building that complies with all sections of these Zoning Regulations or any amendment thereto governing size, height, area, location on the lot, for the zone in which such building or structure is located. L. Conforming lot. A lot that contains the required width, depth and square footage as specified in the zone in which the lot is situated. M. Conforming use. A use that is listed as a permitted, accessory or conditional use in the zone in which the use is situated. N. Conference center. A facility used for conferences and seminars, or other community events promoting tourism, that may include accommodations for sleeping, food preparation and eating, recreation, entertainment, resource facilities, meeting rooms, fitness and health facilities, retail and personal services primarily for the conference center guests. G - 48December 21, 2021 44 O. Consumer goods service. A use involving the maintenance, repair, cleaning, or rental of consumer and household goods. Examples include but are not limited to laundromats, dry cleaning, shoe repair, clothing rental, appliance and electronics repair, print and photo shops, sign shops, musical instrument repair, jewelry and watch repair, and tool and equipment rental. These uses may include accessory retail sales. P. Cornice. A horizontal molding projecting along the top of a wall, building, etc. Q. Council. The City Council. R. Club or lodge, private. A non-profit association of persons who are bona fide members paying annual dues, which owns, hires, or leases a building or portion thereof, the use of such premises being restricted to members and their guests. Section 11. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.025 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.025 – "D." A. Density. The ratio of the number of dwelling units per area of land, e.g., 7,000 square foot lots would allow for a maximum density of 6.22 dwelling units per acre. B. Department of Community and Economic Development (DCED) means City of Port Angeles Community and Economic Development Department. C. Departure. A provision allowing for applicants to propose alternative means of compliance with a specific standard on a voluntary basis, provided they meet the purpose of the standard. See PAMC 17.22.040 for more information on departures. D. Detached building. See the definition for "Building, accessory". E. Development. Any activity which would alter the elevation of the land, remove or destroy plant life, cause structures of any kind to be installed, erected, or removed, divide the land into two or more parcels, or any use or extension of the use of the land. F. District. A portion of a planning area which is defined by the primary uses located in that portion of the planning area. G. Dormitory. A residence hall providing sleeping rooms, with or without eating facilities. H. Duplex. A building containing two dwelling units. See duplex standards in Chapter 17.21 PAMC. I. Dwelling or dwelling unit. A building or portion thereof with one or more rooms which are arranged, designed or used for occupancy as separate living quarters for the exclusive use of a single household and is constructed in accordance with the International Building Code or International Residential Code. Permanently installed kitchen, sleeping, and sanitary facilities must always be provided within the dwelling unit. A dwelling or dwelling unit does not include a house trailer nor does it include hotels, motels or lodging houses. G - 49December 21, 2021 45 J. Dwelling, cottage housing. A small single-household dwelling that is clustered with other similar units sharing a common open space. See cottage housing standards in Chapter 17.21 PAMC. K. Dwelling, multifamily. A building or a portion thereof containing three or more dwelling units. The term also includes any dwelling unit within a mixed-use building. L. Dwelling, single-household. A building containing one dwelling unit. M. Dwelling, small lot single-household. A building containing one dwelling unit on a lot less than 5,000 square feet in area. See small lot single-household standards in Chapter 17.21 PAMC N. Dwelling, townhouse. A dwelling unit that shares one or more common or abutting walls with one or more dwelling units and has exterior access. A townhouse does not share common floors/ceilings with other dwelling units. See townhouse standards in Chapter 17.21 PAMC. Section 12. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.020 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.020 – “E.” A. Emergency housing: Defined by RCW 36.70A.030. B. Emergency shelter: Defined by RCW 36.70A.030. C. Engineer means a professional civil engineer, licensed by and in good standing in the State of Washington. D. Enlargement. An increase in the size of an existing structure or use, including physical size of the property, building, parking, and other improvements. E. Environmentally sensitive area. An area which includes any of the following critical areas and ecosystems: wetlands, streams or stream corridors, frequently flooded areas, geologically hazardous areas (erosion, landslide, or seismic hazard areas), significant fish and wildlife habitat areas, and locally unique natural features (ravines, marine bluffs, or beaches and associated coastal drift processes). F. Erected. Construction of any building or structure or the structural alteration of a building or structure, the result of which would be to change the exterior walls or roof or to increase the floor area of the interior of the building or structure. G. Establishment, business or commercial. A place of business carrying on an operation, the ownership and management of which are separate and distinct from those of any other place of business located on the same zoning lot. H. Existing (pre-existing). A use, lot, or building that existed at the time of the passage of the City's Zoning Regulations, or prior to January 4, 1971. G - 50December 21, 2021 46 Section 13. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.035 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.035 – "F." A. Façade. The entire street wall face of a building extending from the grade of the building to the top of the parapet or eaves and the entire width of the building elevation. B. Farming, commercial. The planting and cultivating of crops for agricultural or other commercial purposes, provided that this shall not include private gardening or greenhouse structures accessory to single-family dwelling. C. Fence. A structure that is built, constructed, or composed of parts joined together of material in some definite manner in which the prime purpose is to separate and divide, partition, enclose, or screen a parcel or parcels of land. Fences may be constructed of wood, masonry, ornamental metal, or other such materials. For the purpose of this ordinance, plant materials are not considered a fence. D, Floor area, gross (GFA). The floor area within the inside perimeter of the exterior walls of the building under consideration, exclusive of vent shafts and courts, without deduction for corridors, stairways, ramps, closets, the thickness of interior walls, columns, or other features. The floor area of a building, or portion thereof, not provided with surrounding exterior walls shall be the usable area under the horizontal projection of the roof or floor above. E. Floor area, net (NFA). The actual occupied floor area, not including unoccupied accessory areas such as corridors, stairways, ramps, toilet rooms, mechanical rooms, and closets. F. Food and beverage establishment. A use that prepares and sells food and/or drink for on- or off-premises consumption. Examples include, but are not limited to, bars, cocktail lounges, cafés, cafeterias, restaurants, take-out lunch stands, and taverns. G. Fuel station. A retail use primarily involving automobile fuels and specialized structures for selling fuel and fuel storage tanks, often underground. These establishments may provide incidental retail sales of food and other convenience items. H. Fuel yard or bulk plant. That portion of a property where flammable or combustible liquids are received by tank vessel or tank vehicle and are stored or blended in bulk for the purpose of distributing such liquids by tank vessel, tank vehicle, portable tank or container for subsequent resale and not to the consuming public. Section 14. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.040 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.040 – "G." A. Garage. A deck, building or parking structure, or part thereof, used or intended to be used for the parking and storage of vehicles. G - 51December 21, 2021 47 B. Garage, private residential. A building or structure that is accessory to a single-household dwelling or duplex dwelling, enclosed on not less than three sides and with a roof, and designed or used only for the parking and storage of vehicles, primarily only those vehicles belonging to the occupants of the dwelling. C. Garage, public. A structure or portion thereof, other than a private customer and employee garage or private residential garage, used primarily for the parking and storage of vehicles and available to the general public. D. Garage, repair. A building or structure other than a private residential garage, used for the care, repair, or storage of automobiles and not the same as a service station as defined within these regulations. E. Group living. A building, portion of a building or a complex of buildings under unified control and management which contains facilities for living, sleeping, sanitation, eating and cooking for occupancy for residential uses; and which does not otherwise meet the definition of another residential use defined in this chapter and does not include any type of group living facility that is licensed by the State of Washington. Eating and cooking areas may be shared in whole or part. Section 15. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.045 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.045 – "H." A. Hard surface. An impervious surface, a permeable pavement, or a vegetated roof. B. Height. 1. Definition. The total distance in feet from average ground elevation at perimeter walls as determined by the final grade noted on the building plan approved by the City to the highest point of the structure. The final grade must not exceed the pre-alteration grade as it existed prior to excavation. For the purposes of this title, a grade is established only when the City Building Inspector verifies the grade. 2. Exceptions. The height restrictions in this title shall not apply to spires, monuments, chimneys, antennas, water towers, elevator towers, mechanical equipment, and other similar rooftop appurtenances usually required to be placed above the roof level and/or not intended for human occupancy or habitable space; provided that mechanical equipment rooms and screening are set back at least ten feet from the edge of the roof and do not exceed the maximum building height by more than ten feet. Other architectural appurtenances such as ornamental cupolas, parapets, and spires, not exceeding the maximum building height by more than ten feet nor exceeding ten feet in diameter, are also exempt from height requirements. C. Household. One person or two or more persons living together as a single, nonprofit, housekeeping unit. A household may also be referred to as “family” in this title. G - 52December 21, 2021 48 D. Home occupation is an occupation or business activity which results in a product or service, is conducted in whole or in part in the dwelling unit, and is clearly incidental and subordinate to the residential use of the property. E. Hospital. An institution specializing in giving clinical, temporary, and emergency services of a medical or surgical nature to human patients and licensed by Washington State law. F. Hospital, mental (including treatment of alcoholics). An institution licensed by Washington State agencies under provisions of law to offer facilities, care, and treatment for cases of mental and nervous disorders and alcoholics. G. Hospice. A facility for the terminally ill. H. Hostel. A residential structure or commercial building where transient accommodations for 30 days or less (daily or weekly) for the traveling public are provided and for which the accommodations contain no more than one shared kitchen facility and do not have individual sleeping rooms. Hostels are differentiated by housing type and/or owner occupancy as follows: 1. Owner occupied single-family residential hostels are allowed in the same zones as bed and breakfasts. 2. Non-owner occupied commercial structure hostels are allowed by the same process and in the same zones as hotels and motels. I. Hotel. A facility offering transient lodging accommodations for 30 days or less to the general public and that may include additional facilities and services, such as restaurants, meeting rooms, personal services, etc. J. House pets. Domestic animals such as dogs, cats, fish, birds, rodents, and reptiles, not including inherently dangerous species of animals, which sleep and are primarily housed in a dwelling unit together with their owners. Section 16. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.050 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.050 – "I." A. Impervious surface. A non-vegetated surface area that either prevents or retards the entry of water into the soil mantle as under natural conditions prior to development. A non-vegetated surface area that causes water to run off the surface in greater quantities or at an increased rate of flow from the flow present under natural conditions prior to development. Common impervious surfaces include, but are not limited to, roof tops, walkways, patios, driveways, parking lots or stormwater areas, concrete or asphalt paving, gravel roads, packed earthen materials, and oiled, macadam or other surfaces that similarly impede the natural infiltration of stormwater. Vegetated roofs and minimal excavation foundations, subject to conformance with applicable Department of Ecology BMPs, are not included in the total impervious area. G - 53December 21, 2021 49 B. Indoor recreation. A use that provides recreation-oriented activities indoors, including but not limited to arcades, arenas, bowling alleys, dance halls, gyms, marital arts studios, skating rinks, and swimming pools. C. Indoor theater. A movie theater, stage theater, auditorium, and similar uses. The term includes facilities or venues with entertainment services such as visual and/or performing arts, theatrical productions, bands, orchestras, and other musical entertainment. D. Infill Overlay Zone (IOZ). A site-specific development that has been approved by the City under the provisions of Chapter 17.45 of the Port Angeles Municipal Code. E. Internal walkway. Any pedestrian path or pedestrian walkway internal to a development. This includes sidewalks along private streets. Section 17. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.070 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.070 – "M." A. Manufactured home. Factory built, single-family structures that meet the National Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards Act (42 U.S.C. § 5401), commonly known as the HUD (U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development) Code, and that also meets the following requirements: 1. Consists of two or more fully enclosed parallel sections each of not less than 12 feet wide by 36 feet long; 2. Bears an insignia issued by the appropriate federal agency indicating compliance with the construction standards of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), as amended and as approved by the State of Washington; 3. Is placed on an on-grade permanent foundation or on footings and piers or on blocks in accordance with HUD's specifications for the specific home and has skirting installed so that no more than one foot of the skirting is visible above grade; 4. Has all transport appurtenances removed; 5. Is served by underground electrical power; and 6. Was originally constructed with and prior to occupancy has a composition or wood shake or shingle, coated metal, or similar roof of not less than 3:12 pitch. B. Marina. A system of piers, buoys, or floats that provide a centralized site for extended moorage for more than four vessels for a period of 48 hours or longer. For regulatory purposes, yacht club facilities and camp or resort moorage areas would also be reviewed as marinas. Boat launch facilities and the sales of supplies and services for small commercial and/or pleasure craft users may be associated with marinas. Where such amenities are included, the marina is considered a multi-use marina. G - 54December 21, 2021 50 C. Massage. The method, art or science of treating the human body for hygienic, remedial or relaxational purposes by rubbing, stroking, kneading, tapping, rolling or manipulating the human body of another with the hands, or by any other agency or instrumentality. D. Massage parlor. Any premises where massages are given or furnished for, or in expectation of any fee, compensation or monetary consideration, except: 1. Facilities adjunct to athletic clubs, medical facilities, hotels, motels or beauty salons; and 2. Enterprises licensed by the state and operating as approved home occupations. E. Medical/dental building. A building or group of buildings designed for the use of physicians and dentists and others engaged professionally in such healing arts for humans as are recognized by the laws of the State of Washington. F. Mixed use structure. A single structure or building containing two or more complementary, physically and functionally integrated, or mutually-supporting uses (such as housing, offices, manufacturing, retail, public service, or entertainment). G. Mobile home. See the definition for "Trailer, house". H. Modulation. The stepping forward or backwards a portion of the façade as a means to articulate or add visual interest to the façade. I. Motel. See definition for "Hotel". J. Motor freight terminal. A building or area in which freight brought by motor truck is assembled and/or stored for routing intrastate and interstate shipment by motor truck. Section 18. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.075 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.075 – “N.” A. Neighborhood. An area located within a district where people live, which is defined by the primary type and/or density of the residential units located in that particular area of the district. B. Nonconforming building or structure. Any building or structure that does not conform with the lot area, yard, height, or lot coverage restrictions in these Zoning Regulations, either at the effective date of these regulations or as the result of subsequent amendments to these regulations. C. Nonconforming lot. A legally established lot, the area, dimensions or location of which met the applicable zoning code requirements in effect at the time the lot was created, but which fails by reason of such adoption, revision or amendment of these Zoning Regulations, to conform to the present requirements of the zone in which it is located. D. Nonconforming use. Any use of land, building or structure which does not comply with all of these Zoning Regulations or of any amendment hereto governing use for the zoning district in which such use is situated. G - 55December 21, 2021 51 E. Noxious matter. Material capable of causing injury to living organisms by chemical reaction, or is capable of causing detrimental effects upon the physical or economic well-being of individuals. F. Nursing home. Any home or residential facility licensed per 18.51 RCW that operates or maintains facilities providing convalescent or chronic care for a period in excess of 24 consecutive hours for three or more patients not related by blood or marriage to the operator, who by reason of illness or infirmity, are unable to properly care for themselves. Nothing in this definition shall be construed to include any "assisted living facility". Section 19. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.080 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.080 – "O." A. Off-street parking space. An area other than a public or private street, alley, highway or trafficway, and used only for the storage of vehicles. Refer to Chapter 14.40 PAMC for off- street parking standards. B. Open space. Natural areas of unique or major physical features such as shorelines, bluffs, beaches, lagoons, waterways, ravines, streams, rivers, lakes, wetlands, wildlife habitats, and other environmentally sensitive areas deemed of significant importance to the community by the City; landscaped areas such as parks, playfields, golf courses, outdoor stadiums, and public landscaped areas such as those along boulevards and around public buildings; improved outdoor areas such as piers, playgrounds, plazas, promenades or trails, tennis courts, viewpoints, and other outdoor spaces open to the public. C. Owner. Any person with fee title or a long-term leasehold to any parcel of land within the City, who desires to develop, or construct, build, modify, erect, or use such parcel of land. Section 20. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.085 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.085 – "P." A. People with functional disabilities. People with functional disabilities means: (1) a person who, because of a recognized chronic physical or mental condition or disease, is functionally disabled to the extent of: (a) needing care, supervision or monitoring to perform activities of daily living or instrumental activities of daily living, or (b) needing supports to ameliorate or compensate for the effects of the functional disabilities so as to lead as independent a life as possible, or (c) having a physical or mental impairment which substantially limits one or more of such person's major life activities, or (d) having a record of such impairment; or (2) being regarded as having such an impairment, but such term does not include current, illegal use of, or active addiction to a controlled substance. G - 56December 21, 2021 52 B. Permanent supportive housing: Defined by RCW 36.70A.030. C. Permeable pavement pervious concrete, porous asphalt, permeable pavers or other forms of pervious or porous paving material. Intended to allow passage of water through the pavement section. It often includes an aggregate base that provides structural support and acts as a stormwater reservoir. D. Person. Any person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, company, or other legal entity, private or public, whether for profit or not for profit. E. Personal care services. Uses involved in providing nonmedical body and health services to the general public, including, but not limited to, salons, barbers, tanning, massage therapy, tailors, and tattoo parlors. These uses may include accessory retail sales. F. Planned Industrial Development (PID). A PID is a site specific development which has been approved by the City Council under the provisions of Chapter 17.31 of the Port Angeles Municipal Code. G. Planning area. A large geographical area of the City, which is defined by physical characteristics and boundaries. H. PRD. Planned Residential Development. I. Principal use. The primary use of land or buildings on a lot as distinguished from a subordinate or accessory use. A use is considered principal when it occupies 50 percent or more of a building's total square footage. J. Private educational services. Uses providing for-profit and non-profit educational services. Examples include but are not limited to testing centers, business schools, trade and vocational schools, language and exam tutoring, music instruction, dance studios, and arts and craft studios. The term does not include government facilities. K. Professional, business, and media offices. Offices used as a place of business conducted by persons engaged in professions including but not limited to accounting, finance, law, real estate, design, engineering, photography, software development, research, counseling, journalism, and business administration. The term includes banks/credit unions and audio and video recording and broadcasting. Section 21. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.090 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.090 – "R." A. Reclassification. A change in zoning boundaries upon the zoning map which is an official part of these Zoning Regulations. B. Reconstruction. The act of constructing again. C. Recreation facility or area. A facility or area for recreation purposes, such as a swimming pool, park, tennis court, playground or other similar use. G - 57December 21, 2021 53 D. “Recreational camps”. A commercial facility established for temporary occupancy by people using tents, recreational vehicles, travel trailers, and similar lodgings. Improvements such as roads, toilets, showers, utility connections, and other amenities may be provided. E. Recreational purpose. An express intent of a space design and development to service a particular healthful or aesthetic activity. F. Repair, minor. Improvements to correct deficiencies resulting from normal wear and tear or improvements not requiring a building permit. G. Residence. A building or structure, or portion thereof, which is designed for and used to provide a place of abode for human beings. The term "residence" includes the term "residential" as referring to the type, or intended use, of a building. H. Restoration. The act of putting back or bringing back into a former or original state. I. Retail sales. Any use involving the sale, lease, or rental of new or used products, including but not limited to appliances, art supplies, baked goods, bicycles, books, building supplies, cameras, carpet and floor coverings, crafts, clothing, computers, convenience goods, dry goods, electronic equipment, fabric, flowers, furniture, garden supplies, gifts or novelties, groceries, hardware, home improvement, household products, jewelry, medical supplies, music, musical instruments, office supplies, package shipping, pets, pet supplies, pharmaceuticals, photo finishing, picture frames, plants, printed materials, produce, seafood, souvenirs, sporting goods, stationery, tobacco, used or secondhand goods, vehicle parts and accessories, videos and related products. The use may include incidental exterior sales activities that do not meet the definition of “retails sales, heavy.” J. Retail sales, heavy. “Retail sales, heavy” means retail uses with exterior sales and/or storage areas greater than 15,000 gross square feet or occupying a greater area than the use’s principal building. Examples include, but are not limited to, uses selling agricultural supplies, farm equipment, plant and landscape design materials, building materials, and heating fuels. K. Retail stand. A small, moveable cart that is operated from a fixed location and is designed and sized to be readily moved under the control of one person but not under its own power. L. Right-of-way. Land acquired or dedicated for purposes of a street, highway, sidewalk, alley, avenue, other structure used for pedestrian or vehicular traffic, or easement or any combination of such uses for which the City has regulatory authority. M. Roof. A structure covering any portion of a building or structure, including the projections beyond the walls or supports. N. Roofline. The highest edge of the roof or the top of a parapet, whichever establishes the top line of the structure when viewed in a horizontal plane. Section 22. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.095 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: G - 58December 21, 2021 54 17.08.095 – "S." A. Self-service storage. An establishment containing separate storage spaces that are leased or rented as individual units. B. Setback. The required minimum distance from any lot line and that establishes the building envelope within which any structure or building may be erected or placed. 1. Setback, front - a space that extends the full width of the lot, between the front lot line and the distance designated in the City's Zoning Regulations. 2. Setback, rear - a space that extends the full width of the lot, the rear lot line and the distance designated in the City's Zoning Regulations. 3. Setback, side - a space that extends from the front setback line to the rear setback line, between the side lot line and to the closest building on the same lot, or to a distance designated in the City's Zoning Regulations. C. Shopping center. A group of commercial establishments planned, constructed, and managed as a total entity, with customer and employee parking provided on-site, provision for goods delivery separated from customer access, aesthetic considerations and protection from the elements, and landscaping and signage in accordance with an approved plan. Shopping centers are further defined by size and their customer base:: 1. A community shopping center features a junior department store and contains approximately 150,000 square feet of gross leasable area and has a site area of ten to 25 acres. Its clientele draw is approximately a ten-minute drive from the center. 2. A neighborhood shopping center generally offers goods necessary to meet daily needs, occupies up to ten acres, has up to 100,000 square feet of gross leasable area, and draws its clientele from a five-minute driving radius from the center. D. Short term rental. Lodging or guest rooms used, rented or occupied for guest sleeping purposes for a period of time 30 days or less, and that contain kitchen facilities for food preparation, including, but not limited to, refrigerators, stoves and ovens. This definition includes dwelling units used, rented or hired out for vacation homes or short-term rentals that allow guests to stay for 30 days or less. Dwelling units used, rented or hired out for longer than 30 days are considered long-term rentals and not extended stay lodging. E. Sign. Any letters, figures, design symbol, trademark, or device intended to attract attention to any activity, service, place, subject, person, firm, corporation, public performance, article, machine, or merchandise, and including display surfaces and supporting structures thereof. F. Sign, advertising. A sign which directs attention to a business, commodity, service or entertainment conducted, sold, or offered elsewhere than upon the premises on which such sign is located or to which it is affixed. G. Sign, area. The area of a sign shall be the sum of each display surface including both sides of a double-faced sign, as determined by circumscribing the exterior limits on the mass of each display erected on one sign structure with a circle, triangle, or quadrangle connecting all extreme points. Where a sign is composed of two or more individual letters mounted directly on a wall, the total display surface, including its background, shall be considered one sign for G - 59December 21, 2021 55 purposes of calculating sign area. The structure supporting a sign is not included in determining the area of the sign, unless the structure is designed in a way to form an integral part of the display. H. Significant tree. A tree at least six inches in diameter at a point five feet above the ground. I. Site coverage. The amount of impervious surface on a parcel, including structures, paved driveways, sidewalks, patios, and other impervious surfaces. J. Smart growth. A mix of land uses that include the following: 1. Take advantage of compact building design; 2. Create a range of housing opportunities and choices; 3. Create walkable neighborhoods; 4. Foster distinctive, attractive communities with a strong sense of place; 5. Preserve open space, natural beauty and critical environmental areas; 6. Strengthen and direct development towards existing communities; 7. Provide a variety of transportation choices; 8. Make development decisions predictable, fair and cost effective; 9. Encourage community and stakeholder collaboration in development decisions. K. Story. The space between the floor and the ceiling above said floor. Outside the CBD zone, a basement shall be considered a story when more than half of the basement height is above the finished lot grade. A half-story shall be considered when the space between a floor and ceilings above said floor has at least one interior side wall that is five feet or less in height. L. Street. A vehicular way that affords a primary means of access to abutting property. M. Streetscape. The space between buildings on either side of a street. The elements that contribute to the quality and character of streetscape are building façades and awnings, sidewalks, paving materials, signs, lighting, trees and landscaping, and street furniture and fixtures. N. Street right-of-way line. The boundary line between a street and abutting property. This may or may not match a property's front lot line. O. Structure. Anything constructed in the ground, or anything erected which requires location on the ground or water, or is attached to something having location on or in the ground and is over 30 inches in height above the ground level, but not including fences or walls used as fences six feet or less in height. P. Structural alteration. Any change, other than incidental repairs, which would prolong the life of the supporting members of a building, such as bearing walls, columns, beams, or girders. Q. Subordinate. Less important than and secondary to a primary object, usually in these Zoning Regulations referring to an accessory use. G - 60December 21, 2021 56 Section 23. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.100 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.100 – "T." A. Telecommunications facilities or wireless telecommunications facilities. Any antennas, cables, wires, lines, wave guides, and any other equipment or facilities associated with the transmission or reception of communications which a person seeks to locate or has installed upon or near a tower or antenna support structure. B. Through lot. See "Lot, through". C. Tower or wireless telecommunications tower. A self-supporting lattice, guyed, or monopole structure constructed from grade which supports telecommunications facilities. The term "tower" shall not include amateur radio operators' equipment, as licensed by the FCC. D. Townsite block. A block of 450 or 500 feet by 300 feet dimension or a minimum of 3.1 acres as created by the original platting of the townsite of Port Angeles. E. Trail. A pedestrian facility which is designated for travel and recreation purposes and which may include sidewalks, portions of roadways, natural surfaced walkways, and structures such as bridges. F. Trailer, house (automobile trailer, mobile home, recreational vehicle, vacation trailer). A vehicle without motor power designed to be drawn by a motor vehicle and to be used for human habitation, a motor vehicle designed to be used for human habitation, and a manufactured home which does not meet City Building Code or state and federal manufacturing standards. G. Trailer park, trailer court, mobile home park, recreational vehicle park. Any premises on which are parked one or more vehicles designed, intended, arranged, or used for living purposes, or any premises used or held out for the purpose of supplying to the public a space for one or more such vehicles, whether such vehicles stand on wheels or rigid supports. H. Transit center. Any centralized structure, station, or transit facility that is primarily used, as part of a transit system, for the purpose of loading, unloading, or transferring passengers from one mode of transportation to another. This use does not include singular street-side bus stops. J. Transitional housing: Defined by RCW 84.36.043. J. Trellis. A lattice work structure designed to support plant growth. Trellises that demarcate an entryway to a yard, are detached from any other structure, other than a permitted fence, on the site, have a minimum sidewalk span of four feet, depth of two feet and a height of eight feet, is exempt from the requirement for a building permit and is not considered a structure. Section 24. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.110 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: G - 61December 21, 2021 57 17.08.110 – "V." A. Variance. Permission for an adjustment or relaxation to the literal requirements of the City's Zoning Regulations for a particular property or structure and/or building on a particular property. B. Vegetated roofs (also known as ecoroofs and green roofs) consist of thin layers of engineered soil and vegetation constructed on top of conventional flat or sloped roofs. C. Vehicle rental. The sales or rental of passenger vehicles, light and medium trucks, and other consumer motor vehicles such as motorcycles and mopeds. D. Vertical building modulation. A stepping back or projecting forward vertical walls of a building face, within specified intervals of building width and depth, as a means of breaking up the apparent bulk of a structure’s continuous exterior walls. Section 25. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.08, Section 17.08.115 is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: 17.08.115 – "W." A. Weather protection. A permanent horizontal structure above pedestrian areas such as sidewalks and building entries that protects pedestrians from inclement weather. B. Wireless communication facilities (WCFs). An unstaffed facility for the transmission and/or reception of wireless telecommunications services, including support structures, antennas, accessory equipment, and appurtenances, used to transmit, receive, distribute, provide, or offer personal wireless communication services. WCFs include but are not limited to antennas, plies, towers, cables, wires conduits, ducts, pedestals, vaults, buildings, and electronic and switching equipment. C. Work/live studio. An arrangement of space that combines a living area and working area where the living area is subordinate and accessory in size and use to the work space. Section 26. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.10. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: Chapter 17.10 – R7, Residential, Low Density 17.10.010 – Purpose. This is a low density residential zone intended to create and preserve urban residential neighborhoods consisting of a mix of single-household homes, duplexes and accessory dwelling unit homes on historic townsite-size lots. Uses which are compatible with and functionally related to a single-household residential environment may also be located in this zone. Because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses, few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for the G - 62December 21, 2021 58 City's lower density residential neighborhoods, following a standard rectangular street grid system of 60-foot rights-of-way for local access streets and 300-foot by 450 or 500-foot blocks with 35—50-foot by 140-foot lots and usually located in areas that are largely developed and closer to the center of the City or commercial corridors. 17.10.020 – Permitted uses. A. Adult family home. B. .Single-household dwellings. C. Small lot single-household dwelling (lots less than 5,000 square feet). This use is only permitted on alley-loaded lots. D. Exempted home occupations. E. Child care provider. F. Group living. G. Duplexes. H. Cottage housing. 17.10.030 – Accessory uses. A. Accessory dwelling units. B. Garages and carports. C. Greenhouses, gazebos, storage sheds, and similar accessory structures. D. Swimming pools and cabanas. E. Other accessory uses determined by the Director of Community and Economic Development to be compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.10.040 – Conditional uses. Conditional uses must comply with the development standards in subsection 17.94.065. A. Art galleries and museums. B. Assisted living facility. C. Bed and breakfasts. D. Child care facility. E. Communications transmission buildings and structures; e.g., radio tower. F. Community centers. G. Home occupations. H. Libraries. I. Nursing and convalescent homes. J. Public housing authority offices and maintenance structures located on public housing authority housing sites. K. Public parks and recreation facilities. G - 63December 21, 2021 59 L. Public utility structures. M. Radio and television stations, provided that antenna is on-site. N. Residential care facilities. O. Other uses compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.10.050 – Area, dimensional, and density requirements. A. The following area and dimensional requirements apply to all R7 zones: Table 17.10.050-1 R7 zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions Minimum lot area 5,000 square feet 3,500 square feet on alley- loaded lots PAMC 17.94.020 PAMC 17.94.030 PAMC 17.94.175 Minimum lot width/frontage 35 feet 25 feet on alley-loaded lots Density, minimum net n/a Density, maximum net n/a Maximum building height 30 feet 35 feet where all roof forms above 30 feet have a minimum 3:12 roof pitch Maximum site coverage 65% In locations where stormwater runoff from structures, paved driveways, sidewalks, patios, and other surfaces is managed on-site, per the requirements of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual Chapter 5, the project is exempt from site coverage calculations (see PAMC 17.94.135 for more information). Minimum front setback 15 feet PAMC 17.94.075 PAMC 17.94.080 PAMC 17.94.120 Garage entrance setback 20 feet Minimum rear setback 20 feet G - 64December 21, 2021 60 Table 17.10.050-1 R7 zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions Minimum side setback 5 feet Minimum side setback (street) 13 feet Minimum side setback (alley) 5 feet Detached Accessory Structure Requirements Minimum rear setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 10 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. For small lot design standards, see PAMC 17.21.010. Minimum side setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 3 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. Maximum building height Not to exceed the primary structure building height A 25% height bonus is available if the detached structure is within the building envelope required of a principal structure in the zone that the property is located. Provided, however, that additional minimum setbacks to ensure a safe building site may be required when the property contains a bluff, ravine, stream, or similar feature as specified in Title 15 PAMC. Maximum building footprint Not to exceed the primary structure building footprint 17.10.060 – Off-street parking. Parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 14.40 of the Port Angeles Municipal Code. 17.10.070 – Signs. G - 65December 21, 2021 61 One sign per lot is permitted. This sign shall be one square foot in area, unlighted, and displaying only the name of the occupant (or as otherwise specified in 17.94.065); provided that official traffic signs, street signs, and identification and warning signs for public utility buildings and structures are exempt from these restrictions. 17.10.080 – Design standards. See the following code sections for applicable design standards: 1. Detached small lot single-household dwellings: PAMC 17.21.010. 2. Accessory dwelling units: PAMC 17.21.020. 3. Cottage housing: PAMC 17.21.030. 4. Duplexes: PAMC 17.21.040. Section 27. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.11. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: Chapter 17.11 – R9, Residential, Low Density 17.11.010 – Purpose. This is a low density residential zone intended to create and preserve urban residential neighborhoods consisting of predominantly single-household homes on larger than historic townsite-size lots. Uses that are compatible with and functionally related to a single-household residential environment may be located in this zone. Because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses, few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally. This zone provides for variety in the urban land use pattern for the City's lower density residential neighborhoods with minimum 50-foot front lot lines and 60-foot rights-of-way for collector arterial streets in large rectangular blocks and usually located on the perimeter of the developed town center and originally platted neighborhoods. 17.11.020 – Permitted uses. A. Adult family home. B. Single-household dwellings. C. Exempted home occupations. D. .Child care provider. E. Group living. F. Duplexes. G. Cottage housing. 17.11.030 – Accessory uses. A. Accessory dwelling units. B. Garages and carports. G - 66December 21, 2021 62 C. Non-commercial greenhouses, gazebos, storage sheds, and similar accessory structures. D. Swimming pools and cabanas. E. Other accessory uses determined by the Director of Community and Economic Development to be compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.11.040 – Conditional uses. Conditional uses must comply with the development standards in 17.94.065 PAMC. A. Art galleries and museums. B. Assisted living facility. C. Bed and breakfasts. D. Communications transmission buildings and structures; e.g., radio tower. E. Community centers. F. Child care facility. G. Nursing and convalescent homes. H. Public parks and recreation facilities. I. Public utility structures. J. Radio and television stations, provided that antenna is on-site. K. Other uses compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.11.050 – Area, dimensional, and density requirements. A. The following area and dimensional requirements apply to all R9 zones: Table 17.11.050-1 R9 zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions Minimum lot area 7,000 square feet PAMC 17.94.020 PAMC 17.94.030 PAMC 17.94.175 Minimum lot width/frontage 50 feet Density, minimum net n/a Density, maximum net n/a Maximum building height 30 feet Maximum site coverage 60% In locations where stormwater runoff from structures, paved driveways, sidewalks, patios, and other surfaces is managed on-site, per the requirements the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual Chapter 5, the project is exempt from site coverage calculations (see PAMC 17.94.135 for more information). Minimum front setback 20 feet PAMC 17.94.075 PAMC 17.94.080 Garage entrance setback 20 feet G - 67December 21, 2021 63 Table 17.11.050-1 R9 zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions Minimum rear setback 25 feet PAMC 17.94.120 Minimum side setback 7 feet Minimum side setback (street) 13 feet Minimum side setback (alley) 7 feet Detached Accessory Structure Requirements Minimum rear setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 10 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. Minimum side setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 3 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. Maximum building height Not to exceed the primary structure building height A 25% height bonus is available if the detached structure is within the building envelope required of a principal structure in the zone that the property is located. Provided, however, that additional minimum setbacks to ensure a safe building site may be required when the property contains a bluff, ravine, stream, or similar feature as specified in Title 15 PAMC. Maximum building footprint Not to exceed the primary structure building footprint 17.11.060 – Off-street parking. Parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 14.40 of the Port Angeles Municipal Code. 17.11.070 – Signs. One sign per lot is permitted. This sign shall be one square foot in area, unlighted, and displaying only the name of the occupant (or as otherwise specified in 17.94.065 PAMC); provided that official traffic signs, street signs, and identification and warning signs for public utility buildings and structures are exempt from these restrictions. 17.11.080 – Design standards. See the following code sections for applicable design standards: 1. Accessory dwelling units: PAMC 17.21.020. 2. Cottage housing: PAMC 17.21.030. 3. Duplexes: PAMC 17.21.040. Section 28. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.12. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: G - 68December 21, 2021 64 Chapter 17.12 – R11, Residential, Low Density 17.12.010 – Purpose. This is a low density residential zone intended to create and preserve single-household residential neighborhoods consisting of predominantly larger than standard sized townsite-sized lots, while maintaining densities at or more than four primary dwelling units per acre. Uses that are compatible with and functionally related to a single-household residential environment may be located in this zone. Because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses, few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally. This zone provides for variety in the urban land use pattern for the City's lower density residential neighborhoods, following a curvilinear street system of non-through public and private streets with irregularly shaped lots, minimum 75-foot front lot lines, and 60-foot rights-of-way for collector arterial streets in large rectangular blocks and usually located in outlying areas. 17.12.020 – Permitted uses. A. Adult family home. B. Single-household dwellings. C. Exempted home occupations. D. Child care provider. E. Group living. F. Cottage housing. 17.12.030 – Accessory uses. A. Accessory dwelling units. B. Garages and carports. C. Greenhouses, gazebos, storage sheds, and similar accessory structures. D. Swimming pools and cabanas. E. Other accessory uses determined by the Director of Community and Economic Development to be compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.12.040 – Conditional uses. Conditional uses. Conditional uses must comply with the minimum standards in PAMC 17.94.065. A. Art galleries and museums. B. Assisted living facility. C. Bed and breakfasts. D. Communications transmission buildings and structures; e.g., radio tower. E. Community centers. F. Child care facilities and pre-schools. G. Duplexes. G - 69December 21, 2021 65 H. Hospices. I. Nursing and convalescent homes. J. Public parks and recreation facilities. K. Public utility structures. L. Radio and television stations, provided that antenna is on-site. M. Residential care facilities. N. Other uses compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.12.050 – Area, dimensional, and density requirements. A. The following area and dimensional requirements apply to all R11 zones: Table 17.12.050-1 R11 zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions Minimum lot area 9,000 sf PAMC 17.94.020 PAMC 17.94.030 PAMC 17.94.175 Minimum lot width/frontage 65 feet Density, minimum net n/a Density, maximum net n/a Maximum building height 30 feet Maximum site coverage 50% In locations where stormwater runoff from structures, paved driveways, sidewalks, patios, and other surfaces is managed on-site, per the requirements of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual Chapter 5, the project is exempt from site coverage calculations (see PAMC 17.94.135 for more information). Minimum front setback 20 feet PAMC 17.94.075 PAMC 17.94.080 PAMC 17.94.120 Garage entrance setback 20 feet Minimum rear setback 25 feet Minimum side setback 7 feet Minimum side setback (street) 13 feet Minimum side setback (alley) 7 feet Detached Accessory Structure Requirements Minimum rear setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 10 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. Minimum side setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 3 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. G - 70December 21, 2021 66 Table 17.12.050-1 R11 zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions Maximum building height Not to exceed the primary structure building height A 25% height bonus is available if the detached structure is within the building envelope required of a principal structure in the zone that the property is located. Provided, however, that additional minimum setbacks to ensure a safe building site may be required when the property contains a bluff, ravine, stream, or similar feature as specified in Title 15 PAMC. Maximum building footprint Not to exceed the primary structure building footprint 17.12.060 – Off-street parking. Parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 14.40 of the Port Angeles Municipal Code. 17.12.070 – Signs. One sign per lot is permitted. This sign shall be one square foot in area, unlighted, and displaying only the name of the occupant (or as otherwise specified in 17.94.065); provided that official traffic signs, street signs, and identification and warning signs for public utility buildings and structures are exempt from these restrictions. 17.12.080 – Design standards. See the following code sections for applicable design standards: 1. Accessory dwelling units: PAMC 17.21.020. 2. Cottage housing: PAMC 17.21.030. 3. Duplexes: PAMC 17.21.040. Section 29. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.14. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: Chapter 17.14 – RMD – Residential, Medium Density 17.14.010 – Purpose. This is a medium density residential zone that allows a mix of multi-unit dwelling types at a density greater than single-household neighborhoods but less than the higher densities of the RHD Zone. The permitted uses in the RMD Zone are also intended to be more restrictive than the RHD Zone. Commercial uses are not considered to be compatible. Few nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally, because of land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses. This zone provides for variety in the urban land use pattern for the City's G - 71December 21, 2021 67 lower density multifamily residential neighborhoods with direct access on an arterial street, usually located in outlying areas with large tracts of vacant buildable land, and serving as a transitional use between low density residential uses and commercial/industrial uses. 17.14.020 – Permitted uses. A. Accessory dwelling units. B. Adult family homes. C. Bed and breakfasts. D. Child care facility. E. Child care provider. F. Short term rental. G. Group living. H. Single-household dwellings existing as of (INSERT ADOPTION DATE OF THIS ORDINANCE). I. Multifamily dwellings (buildings with six units or less). J. Townhouses (six attached units or less). K. Duplexes. L. Cottage housing. 17.14.030 – Accessory uses. A. Garages and carports. B. Greenhouses, gazebos, storage sheds, and similar accessory structures. C. Exempted home occupations. D. Swimming pools and cabanas. E. Private television satellite reception dishes. F. Community recreation rooms and laundry rooms. G. Playground equipment. H. Manager's office. I. Other accessory uses determined by the Director of Community and Economic Development to be compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.14.040 – Conditional uses. Conditional uses must comply with the minimum standards in PAMC 17.94.065. A. Art galleries, museums and aquariums. B. Assisted living facility. C. Community centers D. Hospices. E. Home occupations. G - 72December 21, 2021 68 F. Libraries. G. Nursing and convalescent homes. H. Public parks and recreation facilities. I. Residential care facilities. J. Utility buildings and structures. K. Other uses compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.14.050 – Area, dimensional, and density requirements. A. The following area and dimensional requirements apply to all RMD zones: Table 17.14.050-1 RMD zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions Minimum lot area 3,500 sf PAMC 17.94.020 PAMC 17.94.030 PAMC 17.94.175 Density, minimum net 4 units/acre Maximum building height 35 feet 40 feet where all roof forms above 35 feet have a minimum 3:12 roof pitch Maximum site coverage 75% In locations where stormwater runoff from structures, driveways, sidewalks, patios, and other surfaces is managed on- site, per the requirements of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual Chapter 5, the project is exempt from site coverage calculations (see PAMC 17.94.135 for more information). Minimum front setback 15 feet PAMC 17.94.075 PAMC 17.94.080 PAMC 17.94.120 Garage entrance setback 20 feet Minimum rear setback 15 feet Minimum side setback 5 feet Minimum side setback (street) 5 feet Minimum side setback (alley) 5 feet Detached Accessory Structure Requirements Minimum rear setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 5 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. Minimum side setback for accessory 5 feet 0 feet from lot lines abutting an alley, except 5 feet where a garage or carport entrance faces the alley. G - 73December 21, 2021 69 Table 17.14.050-1 RMD zone area and dimensional requirements. Measurement Type Limit Reference and Additional Provisions structures in the rear one-third of the lot Maximum building height Not to exceed the primary structure building height A 25% height bonus is available if the detached structure is within the building envelope required of a principal structure in the zone that the property is located. Maximum building footprint Not to exceed the primary structure building footprint 17.14.060 – Off-street parking. Parking shall be provided as required by Chapter 14.40 of the Port Angeles Municipal Code. 17.14.070 – Signs. A. Permitted uses. Signs not larger than ten square feet, lighted, but not flashing or intermittent. One per building. B. Conditional uses. Size and type as specified in 17.94.065 PAMC.17.14.080 – Design standards. See the following code sections for applicable design standards: 1. Accessory dwelling units: PAMC 17.21.020. 2. Cottage housing: PAMC 17.21.030. 3. Duplexes: PAMC 17.21.040. 4. Townhomes: PAMC 17.21.050. 5. Multifamily and commercial design standards: Chapter 17.22 PAMC. Section 30. Ordinance No. 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.15. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: Chapter 17.15 – RHD – Residential, High Density 17.15.010 – Purpose. This is a high density residential zone for multi-family dwelling structures. Some nonresidential uses are allowed in this zone and then only conditionally, because of potential land use impacts associated with nonresidential uses. This zone provides the basic urban land use pattern for the City's higher density multi-family residential neighborhoods and are usually located in areas that are largely developed and closer to the center of the City, and in close proximity to primary transportation routes. G - 74December 21, 2021 70 17.15.020 – Permitted uses. A. Accessory dwelling units. B. Adult family homes. C. Bed and breakfasts. D. Child care provider. E. Child care facility. F. Short term rental. G. Group living. H. Multifamily dwellings. I. Single-household dwellings existing as of (INSERT ADOPTION DATE OF THIS ORDINANCE). J. Townhouses. K. Duplexes. L. Cottage housing. 17.15.030 – Accessory uses. A. Exempted home occupations. B. Garages and carports. C. Greenhouses, gazebos, storage sheds, and similar accessory structures. D. Swimming pools and cabanas. E. Private television satellite reception dishes. F. Community recreation rooms and laundry rooms. G. Playground equipment. H. Manager's office. I. Other accessory uses determined by the Director of Community and Economic Development to be compatible with the intent of this chapter. 17.15.040 – Conditional uses. Conditional uses must comply with the minimum standards in PAMC 17.94.065. A. Art galleries, museums and aquariums. B. Assisted living facilities. C. Community center. D. Funeral homes and mortuaries. E. Hospices. F. Home occupations. G. Libraries. H. Nursing and convalescent homes. G - 75December 21, 2021 71 I. Public parks and recreation facilities. J. Residential care facilities. K. Utility buildings and structures. L. Other uses compatible with the intent of this chapter. Section 31. Chapter 17.16. is repealed in its entirety. Section 32. Ordinance No. 2109 as amended and Chapter 17.20. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: Chapter 17.20 – Commercial Zones 17.20.010 – Chapter purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to: A. Establish the uses generally permitted in each zone which are compatible with the purpose of the zone and other uses allowed within the zone. B. Promote forms of development that reinforce and/or enhance the desired character of Port Angeles business districts. C. Promote compatibility between developments. D. Minimize environmental impacts of development. 17.20.020 – Permitted uses. A. Use Categories. 1. In order to regulate uses, categories of uses have been established. Use categories provide a systematic basis for assigning land uses to appropriate categories with other similar uses. Use categories classify land uses and activities based on common functional, product, or physical characteristics. 2. Characteristics include the type and amount of activity, the hours of operation, the type of customers or residents, how goods or services are sold or delivered, likely impact on surrounding properties, and site conditions. 3. Where a use category contains a list of included uses, the list is to be considered example uses, and not all-inclusive. The Director has the responsibility for categorizing all uses. B. Principal Uses. Allowed principal uses in commercial zones are listed in Table 17.20.020. Principal uses are grouped into categories of uses. C. Accessory Uses. Accessory uses are permitted in conjunction with a permitted principal use as determined by the Community and Economic Development Director to be compatible with the intent of this chapter. D. Temporary Uses. Temporary uses are allowed as established in PAMC 17.96.050. G - 76December 21, 2021 72 E. Shoreline Master Program. Within 200 feet of ordinary high water, permitted or conditional uses must comply with the Shoreline Master Program, as adopted and amended by the City. F. Key to the use table. 1. Permitted Use (P). Where the letter “P” appears in the use tables, the subject use is permitted. Permitted uses are those that do not require discretionary land use approval permits, but may require building permits, shoreline permits, or other permits required by Title 14 PAMC. 2. Conditional Use (C). Where the letter “C” appears in the use tables, the subject use is allowed subject to the conditional use review procedures specified in PAMC 17.94.065. 3. Use Not Permitted ( ). Where no symbol appears in the use tables, the subject use is prohibited in that zone. 4. Special Use Limitations (X). For uses containing a subscript (X), refer to the code reference in the right column next to the subscript (X). All applicable requirements govern a use whether or not they are cross-referenced. 5. Unclassified Uses. Where a proposed use is not classified in the use tables and sections below, the Community and Economic Development Director must apply the use provisions of a use most similar in scale and associated level of impacts. Where the Director finds that there is no such similar use, the Director must make a determination in writing on whether the use should be permitted, conditionally permitted, or prohibited, based on the following considerations: a. The purpose of the applicable zone. b. The character of uses that are designated in Table 17.20.020 as permitted, conditional and prohibited within the applicable zone. c. The scale and type of the use and buildings compared to other permitted uses in the zone. d. The amount, type, and pattern of vehicular traffic anticipated for the use. e. The expected outdoor uses and activities associated with the use. f. The expected noises, odors, emissions, and unique visual impacts associated with the use. Table 17.20.020 Principal uses permitted in commercial zones Principal Use CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Dwelling Units Single-household dwelling G - 77December 21, 2021 73 Table 17.20.020 Principal uses permitted in commercial zones Principal Use CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Existing single-household dwelling (as of the adoption date of this ordinance) P P P P Accessory dwelling unit P P P P PAMC 17.21.020 Cottage housing P (X) P (X) P (X) P (X) Only on lots that do not front on Mixed block frontages (see PAMC 17.22.110). PAMC 17.21.030 Duplex P (X) P (X) P (X) P PAMC 17.21.040 (X) Only on lots that do not front on Mixed block frontages (see PAMC 17.22.110). Townhouse P P P P (X) (X) Maximum 6 attached units PAMC 17.21.050 Multifamily P P P P P Chapter 17.22 PAMC Supportive Housing Permanent supportive housing C C P P C Must be designed as one of the dwelling unit types permitted in the zone. Transitional housing P P P C C Must be designed as one of the dwelling unit types permitted in the zone. Emergency housing P P C C C Emergency shelter P P C C C Group Living Adult family home P P P P P Must be designed as one of the dwelling unit types permitted in the zone. Assisted living facility P P P Nursing home P P P G - 78December 21, 2021 74 Table 17.20.020 Principal uses permitted in commercial zones Principal Use CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Hospice C Child Care Child care provider P P P P P Child care facility P P P P P Civic Clubs and lodges P P C C Conference centers P P Libraries, community centers, museums, aquariums P P P P C Fire stations C C C C Public parks and recreation facilities P P P P P Utility buildings and structures P C C C Industrial Artisan manufacturing P (X) P P P (X) When located on the ground floor, a high volume pedestrian- oriented use adjoining the building's entrance on a street is required (X) Maximum 3,500 gross square feet, except for breweries and distilleries Impound yards PAMC 17.94.040 Cold storage lockers P C C Salvage and recycling C PAMC 17.94.040 Self-service storage Warehousing G - 79December 21, 2021 75 Table 17.20.020 Principal uses permitted in commercial zones Principal Use CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Medical Chemical dependency treatment and detoxification centers P P Hospital P Medical offices and laboratories P P P P P Office Professional, business, and media offices P P P P P Private educational services P P P P C Overnight Lodging Bed and breakfasts P P P P P Hotels, motels, and hostels P P C C C Short-term rental P P P P C Recreation Indoor recreation P P Indoor theater P P Recreational camps Retail and Restaurants Art gallery P P P P C Food and beverage establishments P P (X) P (X) P For sidewalk cafes, see Street Use Ordinance No. 2229 as amended by 2350 (X) Conditional when an alley that provides customer access abuts residentially zoned property. G - 80December 21, 2021 76 Table 17.20.020 Principal uses permitted in commercial zones Principal Use CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Boat sales C Retail sales (by net floor area) Applies to individual business establishments. <10,000 square feet NFA P P P P 10,000-49,999 square feet NFA P P P 50,000-100,000 square feet NFA P C (X) (X) CUP not required for building additions of up to 10% of existing net floor area. >100,000 square feet NFA P Retail sales, heavy P (X) (X) Conditional when over 100,000 square feet net floor area PAMC 17.94.040 Vehicle sales P Service Animal care P P P P P PAMC 17.20.030(A) Consumer goods services P P P P Funeral homes and mortuaries P C C C Personal care services P P (X) P P P (X) Massage parlors, saunas and steam baths are conditional Transportation Services Automotive service and repair P (X) (X) Auto body and paint shops and auto engine repair shops are conditional. Car wash P C C Ferry, seaplane, and helicopter facilities P P G - 81December 21, 2021 77 Table 17.20.020 Principal uses permitted in commercial zones Principal Use CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Fuel station P P C (X) (X) Must be accessory to a convenience or grocery store Transit center P P P Parking lots and garages (as a principal use) P (X) P P P P (X) Structured parking garages only Vehicle rental P Vessel moorage, marinas, and research vessels P (X) (X) Boat service facilities are a conditional use 17.20.030 – Supplemental use standards. A. Animal care. 1. No burning of refuse or dead animals is allowed. 2. Only house pets (as defined by Chapter 17.08 PAMC) are allowed on the premises. Also see the animal keeping provisions of Title 7 PAMC. 3. The portion of the building or structure in which animals are kept or treated must be mechanically ventilated and soundproofed. 4. Prior to issuance of a building permit, documentation must be provided by a qualified acoustical consultant, for approval by the Director, verifying that the expected noise to be emanating from the use complies with the standards set forth in WAC 173-60-040 for a Class B source property and a Class A receiving property. 5. Outdoor area standards. a. All outdoor exercise areas and runs must be fenced for the safe confinement of animals. b. A minimum of 15 feet wide Type A landscaping must be established along any outside areas used to exercise or walk animals that abuts a ground floor residential use. c. No animal may be outdoors between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m. except for relieving bodily functions. 17.20.040 – Dimensional standards. G - 82December 21, 2021 78 Table 17.20.040 Commercial zone dimensional standards. Standard CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Lot Dimensions Minimum lot area (square feet) 0 (X) 0 (X) 0 (X) 5,000 3,000 (X) All newly created lots must have a minimum area adequate to provide for required setbacks and parking. See PAMC 17.21.050 for townhouse standards. Minimum lot width (feet) 50 50 50 40 See PAMC 17.21.050 for townhouse standards. Maximum site coverage (percent) 80 (X) 80 (X) 80 (X) 75 (X) (X) Where stormwater runoff from structures, driveways, sidewalks, patios, and other surfaces is managed on-site per the requirements of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual Chapter 5, the project is exempt from the site coverage limit (see PAMC 17.94.135 for more information). Building Height (feet) Maximum building height, base 75 55 45 40 45 Maximum building height, bonus 65 65 PAMC 17.20.070 Minimum building height 3 storie s Does not apply to civic or over-water uses, accessory retail structures less than 2,000 square feet, or existing buildings Setbacks (feet) G - 83December 21, 2021 79 Table 17.20.040 Commercial zone dimensional standards. Standard CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Front setback, minimum 0 0 0 0 15 See Chapter 17.22 PAMC, Article II Block Frontage Standards, for other front setback requirements. PAMC 17.94.120 Front setback, garage or carport entrance, minimum 0 0 0 0 20 Applies only to private residential garages and carports Side street setback, minimum 0 0 0 0 5 Interior side setback, minimum 0-15 (X) 0-15 (Y) 0-15 (Y) 0-15 (Y) 5-15 (Z) See PAMC 17.22.210 for side and rear yard setback options and standards (X) 10’ when abutting a residential zone (Y) 15’ when abutting a residential zone (Z) Townhouses are exempt from side setback standards internal to a development. However, townhouse must meet applicable side setback standards for adjacent lots outside of the development. Rear setback, minimum 0-15 (X) 0-15 (Y) 0-15 (X) (Y) 15 15 See PAMC 17.22.210 for side and rear yard setback options and standards (X) Loading structures must be 15’ from any alley (Y) 15’ when abutting an alley or residential zone Detached Accessory Structure Requirements Minimum rear setback 0 (X) 0 (X) 0 (X) 0 (X) 5 (X) 15’ from any alley or adjacent residential zone G - 84December 21, 2021 80 Table 17.20.040 Commercial zone dimensional standards. Standard CBD CA CSD CN CO Condition/Reference Minimum side setback for accessory structures in the rear one-third of the lot 0 (X) 0 (X) 0 (X) 0 (X) 5 (X) 15’ from any alley or adjacent residential zone Maximum building height Not to exceed the primary structure building height Maximum building footprint Not to exceed the primary structure building footprint 17.20.050 – Measurements and exceptions. See Chapter 17.94 PAMC for the following provisions: A. Minimum lot area reduction and exceptions. B. Exception to minimum side yard setback. C. Permitted intrusions into required yards. D. Lot coverage exemptions. E. Exceptions to height requirement. F. Other deviations, exceptions, variances, and adjustments. 17.20.060 – Other standards. A. Signs. Signs must comply with Chapter 14.36 PAMC. B. Off-street parking. See Chapter 14.40 PAMC. C. Design standards. Commercial and multifamily development must comply with Chapter 17.22 PAMC. D. Landscaping. See PAMC 17.22, Article V Landscaping Standards. 17.20.070 – Building height bonus standards A. Purpose. To offer flexibility to allowable height in strategic zones in exchange for affordable forms of housing or a greater diversity of unit sizes. B. Applicability. 1. The provisions of this section are optional. 2. The bonus incentive provisions of this chapter apply to zones with height bonuses established in PAMC 17.20.040. G - 85December 21, 2021 81 C. Bonus options. Developments meeting one of the following incentives standards qualify for the maximum height with bonus as set forth in Table 17.20.040. 1. Participation in the 12-year affordable option of the Property Tax Exemptions for Multi- Family Housing program (Chapter 17.46 PAMC). 2. At least 25 percent of the total dwelling units contain 600 square feet or less of gross floor area. 3. At least ten percent of the total dwelling units contain three or more bedrooms. D. Recording. Prior to building permit issuance, a building height bonus agreement in a form approved by the Director and City Attorney must be recorded with the Clallam County Auditor’s office as a covenant running with the land and binding on the applicant, property owner, assigns, heirs, and successors. Section 33. Ordinance No. 2797 as amended and Chapter 17.21. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: Chapter 17.21 - Residential Infill Design Standards 17.21.010 – Small lot single-household. A. Applicability. The standards herein apply to all single household dwellings on a lots less than 5,000 square feet in area created after December 21, 2021. B. Purpose: 1. To provide opportunities for creative, diverse, and high-quality infill development that is compatible with existing neighborhoods. 2. To promote housing affordability and greater choice by encouraging smaller and more diverse home sizes in accordance with the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan. 3. To support more efficient use of urban residential land. 4. To provide usable open space for residents. 5. To de-emphasize garages and driveways as major visual elements along the street. 6. To promote architectural variety that adds visual interest to the street and neighborhood. G - 86December 21, 2021 82 Figure 17.21.010(B) Small lot single-household examples. C. Driveway access and garage standards. 1. All garages and on-site parking must be accessible from the alley (see PAMC 14.40.045 for parking reduction tools). 2. For individual garage or carport units facing an alley, driveways must be designed to prevent parked cars from protruding into alleys. Such driveways must be either less than five feet long or longer than 20 feet, measured along the centerline of the driveway. G - 87December 21, 2021 83 D. Entry standards. 1. For new dwellings, the façade facing the street must be designed as the front of the dwelling with a primary building entrance and a covered pedestrian entry, such as a covered porch or recessed entry, with minimum weather protection of three feet by three feet. 2. Clear and obvious pedestrian access between the sidewalk the building entry is required for new dwellings. Figure 17.21.010(D) Small lot entry configuration examples. E. Minimum useable open space standards. 1. Every lot must provide a useable open space equivalent to at least ten percent of the lot area at the side or rear of the dwelling, with a minimum dimension of 15 feet on all sides of the useable open space. For example, a 3,500 square feet lot would require a contiguous open space of at least 350 square feet. Porches and patios may be used to fulfill this requirement provided they are part of an open space that meets the minimum dimension requirement. 2. If the rear edge of the usable open space is within five feet of an alley, any fence between the rear edge and the alley must be limited to four feet in height except where the portion of the fence between four and six feet in height is at least 50 percent transparent. 3. Driveways do not count in the calculations for usable open space. 4. LID stormwater BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated in up to 25 percent of the minimum required usable open space area. 5. Additions must not create or increase any nonconformity with this standard. G - 88December 21, 2021 84 Figure 17.21.010(E) Small lot open space examples. Acceptable Example Open space in the rear of a small lot integrating a 10’x10’ porch and a walkway to an alley-facing detached garage. Unacceptable Example Open space surrounded by this fence is both too narrow and awkwardly located to be useable F. Tree standards. Trees must be integrated into new small lot single-household developments at the time of occupancy at the rate one tree per lot. 1. Trees may be either coniferous or deciduous. 2. Required trees must not be located in public right-of-way (see Chapter 11.13 PAMC for street tree standards). 3. See PAMC 17.22, Article V Landscaping Standards, for related landscaping plans, installation, and maintenance standards. G - 89December 21, 2021 85 17.21.020 – Accessory dwelling unit (ADU). A. Purpose. The purpose of an accessory dwelling unit is to: 1. Add affordable units to existing housing and make housing units available to people who might otherwise have difficulty finding homes within the city. 2. Promote the development of additional housing options in residential neighborhoods that are appropriate for people at a variety of stages of their lives. 3. Provide homeowners with a means of obtaining, through tenants in either the accessory dwelling unit or the principal residence, rental income, companionship, or security. 4. Protect neighborhood stability, property values, and the character of the neighborhood. B. Standards. An ADU, in any zone, must comply with the following development standards: 1. Configuration. An ADU may be located either within, attached to, or detached from a primary structure housing a primary single-household dwelling. 2. Density. Only one ADU may be created in conjunction with each single-household dwelling. The ADU must be located on the same zoning lot as the single-household dwelling. 3. Minimum lot size. An ADU must not be established on any parcel smaller than 3,500 square feet. 4. Maximum unit size. The ADU must not exceed 50 percent of the gross floor area of the primary single-household dwelling, not including a detached garage and/or a detached accessory building, or 600 square feet, whichever is larger. The unit may not be more than one-bedroom. 5. Setbacks, height, and site coverage. ADUs must comply with the site coverage, height, and setback requirements of the zone. 6. Scale and visual subordination. The ADU must be visually subordinate to the primary unit. If the ADU is located within an existing residence, there can only be one main entrance located on the primary street-facing facade of the single-family residential structure, unless the residence contained additional entrances before the ADU was proposed. Detached ADU's and entrances that do not have access from the ground, such as an entrance from a balcony or deck, are exempt from this standard. 7. Parking. The off-street parking requirements set forth in Chapter 14.40 must be provided and maintained for the primary dwelling. No additional parking is required for an ADU. G - 90December 21, 2021 86 8. Addressing. A separate address must be created for the ADU.Figure 17.20.010(A) Detached accessory dwelling unit examples. 17.21.030 – Cottage housing. A. Applicability. The standards herein apply to all cottage housing developments. B. Purpose: 1. Provide opportunities for creative, diverse and high-quality infill development that is compatible with existing neighborhoods. 2. Promote housing affordability and greater choice by encouraging smaller and more diverse home sizes in accordance with the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan. 3. Support compatibility with existing neighborhoods by promoting high-quality design. 4. Support more efficient use of urban residential land. 5. Enhance the character of the residential neighborhood. 6. Provide usable open space for residents. G - 91December 21, 2021 87 7. Support protection of environmentally sensitive area amenities Figure 17.21.030(B)(1) Cottage housing example with key standards. G - 92December 21, 2021 88 Figure 17.21.030(B)(2) Cottage housing site plan example. C. Lot size standard. Cottages are exempt from minimum lot area and lot width standards, provided they comply with density and design standards herein. D. Density standard. Due to the smaller relative size of cottage units, each cottage may be counted as one-half a dwelling unit for the purpose of calculating density. For example, a cluster of six cottages would be equivalent to three dwelling units. E. Minimum and maximum number of cottages. 1. Cottage housing developments must contain a minimum of three cottages. 2. Three to 12 cottage structures may make up a cluster. There is no limit on the number of clusters provided all other standards are met. 3. In the R7, RMD, and RHD zones, attached duplex cottages are allowed. 4. Accessory dwelling units are not permitted in cottage housing developments, except as provided in subsection (K) below. F. Setbacks and separation standards. 1. The minimum setbacks set forth in Chapters 17.10 through 17.20 PAMC apply to the development frontage and external side and rear property lines of the entire cottage development. G - 93December 21, 2021 89 2. Individual cottages buildings must be separated from each other by at least six feet. Permitted projections into required side setbacks in the zoning chapters (Chapters 17.10 through 17.20 PAMC) apply. 3. Cottages must be setback at least five feet from any internal walkway. Permitted projections into required front setbacks also apply. 4. Cottages must be setback at least ten feet from any shared access drives that provide access to four or more cottages. For access lanes serving less than four cottages, at least five feet of separation is required between access lanes and cottages. Permitted projections into required front setbacks also apply for setbacks to shared access drives (see PAMC 17.94.120). G. Building height standards. 1. Cottages have a maximum building height of 25 feet. All parts of the roof above 18 feet must be pitched with a minimum roof slope of 6:12. 2. The height of accessory structures in cottage housing developments is limited as prescribed in the underlying zone. H. Cottage size standards. Cottages must contain no more than 1,200 square feet gross floor area, not including attached garages. I. Entry and porch standards. 1. Clear and obvious pedestrian access between the sidewalk and the building entry is required for new dwellings. 2. Porches. Cottage façades facing the common open space or common internal walkway must feature a roofed porch at least 70 square feet in size with a minimum dimension of seven feet on any side. The required porch does not count as private open space for the size or dimension requirements of subsection (L)(1). Cottages facing a street must also provide a separate entry facing the street which is covered with minimum weather protection of three feet by three feet. J. Façade transparency standards. Transparent windows and/or doors are required on at least eight percent of façades featuring the primary entrance and facing streets and common open spaces. For corner lots, this standard is only applied to the building elevation containing the primary entrance. K. Common open space standards. 1. Minimum size. Common open space must be at least 400 square feet per cottage. 2. Minimum dimensions. Common open space must have no dimension less than 15 feet. Areas used to meet private open space requirements [see subsection (L) below] may not be double-counted as common open space. 3. Elements. Common open space may include a lawn, courtyard, plaza, garden, or other shared central open space and may not include parking areas. Common open space must be useable and may not include critical areas or critical area buffers, including steep G - 94December 21, 2021 90 slopes. LID stormwater BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated in up to 25 percent of the minimum required usable open space area. 4. Orientation. Common open space must have cottages abutting on at least two sides. At least 50 percent of the cottages in each cottage housing cluster must abut common open space. Cottages abutting the common open space must be oriented around and have the primary entrance face the common open space. 5. Access. Cottages must be within 100 feet walking distance of the common open space and feature a direct pedestrian connection to the common open space. L. Shared community buildings standards. 1. A shared community building may be integrated into the common open space area required in subsection (J) above but must not be included in the minimum common open space area calculations. 2. Non-residential use. A shared community building may include uses such as, but not limited to, a multi-purpose entertainment space, recreation center, kitchen, library, storage space, workshop, or similar amenities that promote shared use and a sense of community. Commercial uses other than child care are prohibited. 3. Residential use. A shared community building may contain one attached accessory dwelling unit (see PAMC 17.21.020). 4. Height. Shared community buildings have a maximum building height of 25 feet. All parts of the roof above 18 feet must be pitched with a minimum roof slope of 6:12. 5. Size. Shared community buildings have a maximum ground floor footprint of 1,200 square feet. 6. Other standards. Except for the height and size exceptions identified in subsections (4-5) above, shared community buildings are subject to the accessory structure standards in the zoning chapters (17.10 through 17.20). M. Private open space standards. 1. Minimum size. The minimum private open space adjacent to each cottage must be at least 200 square feet with no dimension less than ten feet. 2. Access. The private open space must have direct access from the cottage via a door or porch. 3. Location. The private open space is encouraged to be located between the cottage and the common open space. 4. Private open space must be useable and may not include critical areas or critical area buffers, including steep slopes. N. Access and parking standards. 1. Driveway and access requirements are in PAMC 17.22.240. 2. Off-street parking standards are set forth in Chapter 14.40 PAMC. G - 95December 21, 2021 91 3. Parking areas must be located to the side or rear of cottage clusters. Parking must not be located between the street and cottages nor between cottages and common open space. 4. Parking and access lanes must be screened from adjacent residential uses by landscaping or architectural screens. For parking areas and access abutting residential uses, at least five feet of Type-A, B, or C Landscaping (see Chapter 17.22 PAMC, Article V Landscaping Standards) must be provided between the parking area and the abutting residential use. 5. Parking is encouraged to be consolidated under cover. Uncovered parking must be located in clusters of not more than five adjoining spaces (except where adjacent to an alley). Driveway space in front of private garages are exempt from this provision. 6. Garages with a footprint of up to 300 square feet may be attached to individual cottages provided all other standards herein are met. Such garages do not count toward the size limit of cottages. Such garages must not be located adjacent to the common open spaces. O. Landscaping standards. Cottages in the RMD and RHD zones must meet the frontage requirements of PAMC 17.22.435. P. Tree standards. Trees must be integrated into cottage developments at the time of occupancy at the rate one tree per cottage unit. 1. Trees may be either coniferous or deciduous. 2. Required trees must not be located in public right-of-way (see Chapter 11.13 PAMC for street tree standards). 3. See PAMC 17.22, Article V Landscaping Standards, for related landscaping plans, installation, and maintenance standards. 17.21.040 – Duplex. A. Applicability. The standards herein apply to all duplex development within the City unless otherwise noted herein. B. Purpose: 1. To provide opportunities for creative, diverse, and high-quality infill development that is compatible with existing neighborhoods. 2. To promote housing affordability and greater choice by encouraging smaller and more diverse home sizes in accordance with the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan. 3. To support more efficient use of urban residential land. 4. To provide usable open space for residents. 5. To de-emphasize garages and driveways as major visual elements along the street. 6. To promote architectural variety that adds visual interest to the street and neighborhood. C. Driveway access and garage standards. 1. Where duplexes are on lots served by alleys, all new garages and on-site parking must be accessible from the alley. G - 96December 21, 2021 92 2. When no alleys are present or alley access is not feasible due to extreme topography, the following standards apply: a. Side- and rear-facing parking areas and garages are encouraged. b. When located on a corner lot, both streets must be utilized for vehicle access. If one street is classified as a collector or arterial, only the side street must be utilized for vehicle access. Driveways must be located as far from the street corner as feasible. 3. Street-facing driveways for duplexes are limited to: a. One 20-feet wide (maximum) driveway; or b. Two 12-feet wide (maximum) driveways provided the driveways are spaced at least 20 feet apart. Single-household to duplex conversions and duplex remodels and additions may not increase any non-conformity with the standards herein. 4. No more than 50 percent of any ground floor façade may be occupied by a garage, and detached garages and all carports must not protrude beyond the front building façade. This limit may be increased to a maximum of 65 percent provided at least three of the following design details are utilized: a. A decorative trellis over at least the entire width of the garage door(s). b. A window or windows placed above the garage on a second story or attic wall. c. A balcony that extends out over the driveway. d. Utilizing all single-vehicle garage doors as an alternative to wider garage doors suitable for two-car garages. e. Windows in the garage door. f. Decorative details on the garage door. Standard squares on a garage door will not qualify as a decorative detail [see Figure 17.21.040(D)(4)(b)]. Single-household to duplex conversions and duplex remodels and additions may not increase any non-conformity with the standards herein. G - 97December 21, 2021 93 Figure 17.21.040(C)(4)(a) Acceptable and unacceptable examples of duplex driveway/garage configurations. Left: Single driveways wider than 20 feet facing the street are not allowed. Right: Example of two separated driveways each less than 12 feet wide. G - 98December 21, 2021 94 igure 17.21.040 (C)(4)(b) Acceptable and unacceptable examples of duplex garage door decorative details. Left: Standard squares on a garage door that do not qualify as a decorative detail. Right: Hardware and pattern on a garage door that do qualify as a decorative detail. D. Entry standards. 1. For new duplex developments, the façade facing the street must be designed as the front of the dwelling with a primary building entrance and a covered pedestrian entry, such a covered porch or recessed entry, with minimum weather protection of three feet by three feet. 2. Clear and obvious pedestrian access between the sidewalk and the building entry is required for new dwellings. E. Minimum useable open space standards. The provisions herein are only required for new duplexes and not required for single household to duplex conversions and remodels to existing duplexes. 1. All new duplex developments must provide usable open space with a collective size equal to ten percent of the lot area, with a minimum dimension of 15 feet on all sides. For example, an 8,000 square feet lot would require at least 800 square feet of usable open space. Usable open space may be a single large space or separate spaces. 2. Where the usable open space is located within a front yard setback, the open space must be defined with a fence, hedge, or wall between 18 and 36 inches tall (meeting the standards of PAMC 17.94.140 and the sight obstruction height limits of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual when near an intersection). See Figure 17.21.040(D) for an example. 3. If the rear edge of the usable open space is within five feet of an alley, any fence between the rear edge and the alley must be limited to four feet in height, except where the portion of the fence between four and six feet in height is at least 50 percent transparent. G - 99December 21, 2021 95 4. Unenclosed decks, porches, patios, and entries may be used as a part of the usable open space, provided they are a part of a space that meets the standards herein. 5. LID stormwater BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated in up to 25 percent of the minimum required usable open space area. 6. Driveways do not count in the calculations for usable open space. 7. Additions must not create or increase any nonconformity with this standard. Figure 17.21.040(E) Example of integrating a duplex’s minimum usable open space. Left: Integrating minimum useable open space into the front yard of a duplex. Right: Useable open space in the side yard of a duplex. E. Tree standards. Trees must be integrated into new duplex developments at the time of occupancy at the rate one tree per duplex unit (two trees per duplex building). The subject trees are not required for single household to duplex conversions. 1. Trees may be either coniferous or deciduous. 2. Required trees must not be located in public right-of-way (see Chapter 11.13 PAMC for street tree standards). 3. See PAMC 17.22, Article V Landscaping Standards, for related landscaping plans, installation, and maintenance standards. 17.21.050 – Townhouse. A. Applicability. The standards herein apply to all townhouse developments. B. Purpose: 1. To provide opportunities for creative, diverse, and high-quality infill development that is compatible with existing neighborhoods. G - 100December 21, 2021 96 2. To promote housing affordability and greater choice by encouraging smaller and more diverse home sizes in accordance with the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan. 3. To support more efficient use of urban residential land. 4. To provide usable open space for residents. 5. To de-emphasize garages and driveways as major visual elements along the street. 6. To reduce the apparent bulk and scale of large townhouse buildings. 7. To promote architectural variety that adds visual interest to the street and neighborhood. C. Dimensional standards for townhouses are modified from the zone-based standards elsewhere in this title, as listed in Table 17.21.050. Table 17.21.050(C) Townhouse dimensional standards. Standard Modification Lot size Applies to the entire townhouse development, not individual units and lots Lot width No minimum Interior side setback 0 feet between individual townhouse units All other setbacks Applies to the entire townhouse development, not individual units and lots Site coverage Applies to the entire townhouse development, not individual units and lots D. Driveway access and garage standards. 1. Where townhouses are on lots served by alleys, all garages and on-site parking must be accessible from the alley. 2. Where no alley is present or alley access is not feasible due to extreme topography, townhouse buildings with two units must comply with the duplex driveway standards of PAMC 17.21.040(B). 3. Where no alley is present or alley access is not feasible due to extreme topography, townhouse buildings with three or more units must use one of the following methods: a. Method A. Provide a shared access drive to garages in the rear meeting the following requirements: i. Shared driveways have a maximum width of 20 feet and must meet turning radii and other standards of the city-adopted International Fire Code. ii. Minimum building separation along internal drive aisles must be 24 feet. Projections into this minimum building separation standard are permitted for each building consistent with the interior side setback projections referenced in PAMC G - 101December 21, 2021 97 17.94.120. The purpose is to provide adequate vehicular turning radius, allow for landscaping elements on at least one side, and provide adequate light and air on both sides of the dwelling units and vehicle areas, which often function as usable open space for residents. b. Method B. Provide individual garages and driveways access from a local street meeting the following standards: i. Individual garages and driveways are no wider than 12 feet and driveways have a minimum length of 20 feet. ii. The driveway is no more than 50 percent of the width of the townhouse unit (for example, a 12 feet wide driveway requires a minimum 24 feet wide townhouse unit). Figure 17.21.050(D) Townhouse development examples using rear vehicular access. E. Entry standards. 1. The façade facing the street must be designed as the front of the dwelling with a primary building entrance and a covered pedestrian entry, such as a covered porch or recessed entry, with minimum weather protection of three feet by three feet. 2. Clear and obvious pedestrian access between the sidewalk and the townhouse entry is required. 3. For townhouses where pedestrian access is provided from an alley or private internal vehicular access, buildings must emphasize individual pedestrian entrances over private garages by using both of the following measures: G - 102December 21, 2021 98 a. Enhance entries with a trellis, small porch, or other architectural features that provide cover for a person entering the unit and a transitional space between outside and inside the dwelling. b. Provide a planted area in front of each pedestrian entry of at least 20 square feet in area, with no dimension less than four feet. Alternative designs will be considered, provided they meet the purpose of the standards. Figure 17.21.050(E) Acceptable and unacceptable examples of townhouse entry configurations from alleys or private internal vehicular access. The left example features a landscaped area and a trellis to highlight the entry. In the middle image, the balconies and landscaped areas de-emphasize the garage. In the right image, the lack of landscaping near the entries would not be allowed (where this is the primary pedestrian entry to the unit). F. Minimum useable open space standards. Townhouse dwelling units must provide open space at least equal to ten percent of the gross floor area. The required open space may be provided by one or more of the following: 1. Private ground level open space that is directly adjacent and accessible to dwelling units. Such space must have minimum dimensions of at least 10 feet on all sides. Street setbacks may be used to meet this standard, provided they are defined with a fence (meeting standards of PAMC 17.94.140 2. Balconies, roof decks, or porches. 3. Shared open space that meets the design requirements of PAMC 17.22.220, provided such space is visible and directly accessible to townhouse dwelling units. 4. LID stormwater BMPs, like rain gardens, may be integrated in up to 25 percent of the minimum required usable open space area. Individual private open spaces for one unit that exceed the open space standards may not be used to help meet the open space standards for other dwelling units. Shared open spaces that meet the standards of subsection (E)(3) of this section, however, may be used to supplement G - 103December 21, 2021 99 private open spaces meeting subsections (E)(1) and (E)(2) of this section to help dwelling units meet the usable open space standards herein. Figure 17.21.050(F) Townhouse open space location and examples. Illustrating optional locations for integrating usable open space, including front yard (left), rooftop deck (center), and balcony (right). Left: Townhouses with private ground level open space and balconies. Right: Townhouse roof deck. G. Building articulation. Townhouse buildings must meet the façade articulation standards for multifamily buildings as set forth in PAMC 17.22.320(C). Section 34. Ordinance No. 2797 as amended and Chapter 17.22. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: G - 104December 21, 2021 100 Chapter 17.22 – Commercial and Multifamily Design Standards Article I - Purpose and Applicability 17.22.010 – Purpose. The purpose of these commercial and multifamily design standards is to implement the goals and policies of the Port Angeles Comprehensive Plan and the objectives of each zone as provided in this title. The purpose of this chapter is to: A. Promote a diverse mix of retail, housing, office, and civic land uses and a genuine sense of place in Port Angeles. B. Encourage development that is pedestrian-oriented and human-scale in an aesthetically attractive, energy efficient, easily accessible, and economically healthy environment. C. Include diverse retail and service uses, higher density residential housing, a network of pedestrian-oriented streets, and a high degree of connectivity for all modes of travel. D. Enhance Port Angeles’ visual character. 17.22.020 – Applicability. A. New development. 1. The provisions of this chapter govern all new multifamily, commercial, and other non- residential development within the RMD, RHD, CBD, CSD, CA, CN, and CO zones. 2. These provisions do not apply to townhouses unless otherwise noted in this Title. 3. The landscaping provisions of this chapter apply to other uses and zones when referenced in other chapters of Title 17. B. Relationship to other codes. Where provisions of this chapter conflict with provisions in any other section of the Port Angeles Municipal Code (PAMC), this chapter prevails unless otherwise noted. C. Building additions, remodels, and site improvements. Three different thresholds have been established to determine how the standards herein are applied to such projects. Note: A cumulative increase is defined as two more building additions occurring within three years of the date of the initial building permit issuance. 1. Level I improvements are exempt from the requirements of this chapter. However, it is encouraged for Level I improvements to avoid an increase in non-conformance with this chapter. Level I improvements include the following: a. Exterior remodels outside the CBD zone that do not increase the size of the existing building or site. b. Building additions and/or site improvements outside the CBD zone that affect the exterior appearance of the building/site and/or cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site less than 25 percent. G - 105December 21, 2021 101 2. Level II improvements include the following: a. Exterior remodels in the CBD zone that do not increase the size of the existing building or site. b. Building additions and/or site improvements in the CBD zone that affect the exterior appearance of the building/site and/or cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site less than 25 percent. c. Building improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site in any zone by 25-100-percent. All standards that do not involve repositioning the building or reconfiguring site development apply to Level II improvements. Specific requirements for the location and design of the improvements include the following: d. Comply with the standards of Chapter 17.22 PAMC, Article II Block Frontage Standards, which addresses building frontages, entries, parking lot location, and street setback landscaping. For such developments seeking additions to buildings where off-street parking location currently does not comply with applicable parking location standards, building additions are allowed provided they do not increase any current nonconformity and generally bring the project closer into conformance with the standards (see Chapter 14.40 PAMC). e. Comply with the standards of Chapter 17.22 PAMC, Article III Site Planning Standards. f. Comply with all provisions of Chapter 17.22 PAMC, Article IV Building Design Standards, except architectural scale and materials provisions related to the existing portion of the building where no exterior changes are proposed. All new exterior wall areas must comply with building elements/details, materials, and blank wall treatment standards. g. Comply with the signage, off-street parking, and landscaping provisions Chapter 14.36, 14.40, and 17.22 PAMC, Article V Landscaping Standards, respectively, that relate to proposed improvements. 3. Level III improvements include all improvements that cumulatively increase the gross floor area on a site in any zone by more than 100-percent. Such developments must conform to all applicable standards, except in a case where there are multiple buildings on one site, and only one building is being enlarged. In that scenario, improvements to the additional buildings are not required, but conformance with all other standards apply. 4. The Community and Economic Development Director makes the final decision on which threshold applies. 17.22.030 – How the provisions of this chapter are applied. G - 106December 21, 2021 102 The provisions of this chapter are additional to the underlying zoning standards (permitted uses, setbacks, building heights, etc.). Most sections within this chapter herein include the following elements: A. Purpose statements, which are overarching objectives. B. Guidelines use words such as “should” or “is/are recommended,” or “encouraged”, signifying voluntary measures. C. Standards use words such as “must” and “is/are required,” signifying mandatory actions. 1. Some standards are easily quantifiable, while others provide a level of discretion to the applicant in how they are complied with. In the latter case, the applicant must demonstrate to the Director, in writing, how the choices made for the development meets the purpose of the standard. 2. Departures may be allowed for specific standards in this Chapter 17.22 PAMC. They allow alternative designs provided the Community and Economic Development Director determines the resulting design and overall development meets the “purpose” of the standards and other applicable criteria. See PAMC 17.22.040 for related procedures associated with departures. 17.22.040 – Departures. A. Purpose. A number of specific departure opportunities to the design standards contained in this chapter are provided. Departure opportunities are signaled by the capitalized word DEPARTURE or the symbol. The purpose is to provide applicants with the option of proposing alternative design treatments, when they can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Director that it is equal to or better than the standard, provided such departures meet the “purpose” of the particular standard, and any additional relevant departure criteria. B. Requests for departures are voluntary. This provision allows the flexibility for applicants to propose alternative designs on a voluntary basis. C. Applicability. Departure opportunities are available only where noted for specific standards. D. Procedures. Permit applications that include departure requests are reviewed administratively and the approval decision is made by the Director. E. Approval criteria. Project applicants must successfully demonstrate to the Director how the proposed departure meets the purpose(s) of the standard, and other applicable departure criteria that applies to the specific standard. F. Documentation. The Director must document the reasons for approving all departures within the project application records for the purpose of providing consistency in decision-making by the city. Article II - Block Frontage Standards 17.22.100 – Purpose. G - 107December 21, 2021 103 A. To design sites and orient buildings with an emphasis on compatible development and creating a comfortable walking environment. B. To provide standards that recognize the need for a system of pedestrian-oriented block frontages. Table 17.22.105 Summary of block frontage standards. Block Frontage Type Details Storefront No new ground-level parking adjacent to the street. Special transparency, weather protection, and entry requirements. Minimum commercial space height and depth. No ground floor residential uses except for live/work units on select Storefront designated blocks where the storefront space meets height and depth standards. Mixed Storefront or Landscape Frontages allowed Ground-level parking placed to the side or rear of buildings. Landscaping to soften façades of non- storefronts and buffer parking areas. Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback. Landscaped Ground-level parking placed to the side or rear of buildings. Landscaping to soften façades and buffer parking areas. Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback. Basic Storefront or Landscape Frontages allowed No restrictions on parking lot location (except for landscaping standards). Landscaping to soften façades of non- storefronts. Minimum façade transparency requirements per use and setback. G - 108December 21, 2021 104 17.22.110 – Block frontage designation maps and regulations. A. Application of map and block frontage regulations. 1. New multifamily and non-residential development within the CBD, CSD, CA, CN, and CO zones in Port Angeles are subject to the block frontage standards in sections PAMC 17.100-170 based on the block frontage designation of the street, as illustrated in the figures in this section. 2. For multifamily and non-residential development in the RHD and RMD zones, the standards for landscaped block frontages apply. 3. Civic uses, public buildings, and hotels are exempt from the block frontage standards, provided the building and site design meet the following objectives: a. Enliven the pedestrian environment along the adjacent sidewalks. b. Incorporate a prominent and inviting entry visible from the street. If the site has multiple street frontages, the entry must be visible from at least one street. c. The site and building design stand out from the surrounding context as a distinct landmark and provides visual interest from all observable scales. 4. These block frontage standards do not apply to townhouses. B. Map updates. The block frontage designation map will be updated by ordinance by the City Council as necessary to reflect new streets and other adjustments. C. Undesignated streets. If a street is not designated as Storefront, Mixed, or Landscaped block frontage then it is automatically classified as a “Basic” block frontage. See section PAMC 17.22.150 for applicable standards. Figure 17.22.110(A) Block frontage designation citywide index map. G - 109December 21, 2021 105 G - 110December 21, 2021 106 Figure 17.22.110(B) Block frontage designation map 1 – Downtown. G - 111December 21, 2021 107 Figure 17.22.110(C) Block frontage designation map 2 – Lincoln Street and 8th Street area. G - 112December 21, 2021 108 Figure 17.22.110(D) Block frontage designation map 3 – First/Front couplet area. G - 113December 21, 2021 109 Figure 17.22.110(E) Block frontage designation map 4 – C Street area. G - 114December 21, 2021 110 17.22.115 – About the transparency standards. All block frontage designations contain distinct minimum façade transparency standards. The purposes of these standards are to help maintain visibility for public safety, create welcoming pedestrian-oriented streets, and facilitate a viable and attractive business environment. Table 17.22.115 below includes details in how transparency standards are measured. Table 17.22.115 Explanation of transparency standards. Transparency Zones by Building and Frontage Type Storefront The transparency zone is on the ground floor between 30 inches and 10 feet above sidewalk grade Ground floor non- residential and non- storefront The transparency zone is between 30 inches and 8 feet above grade Residential buildings and residential portions of mixed-use buildings All vertical surfaces of the façade are used in the calculations Other Transparency Provisions Windows must be transparent Ground level window area for storefronts and other non-residential uses that is mirrored, reflectively, darkly tinted, covered, frosted, or perforated in any manner that obscures visibility into the building must not count as transparent window area. See also PAMC 17.22.330(C)(2). Exception: Window signs may be counted as Unacceptable: Frosted glass obscuring view into storefront. Unacceptable: Window sign covering transparency zone. G - 115December 21, 2021 111 Table 17.22.115 Explanation of transparency standards. transparent window area provided the areas generally around the sign are transparent. Display windows Display windows may be used for up to 50 percent of non-residential transparency requirements provided they are at least 30 inches deep and allow changeable displays. Tack-on display cases as in the right example do not qualify as transparent window area. Acceptable: Integrated display windows. Unacceptable: Tack-on display cases. Structured parking facilities Where structured parking facilities occupy a portion of the façade, any openings simulating windows may be used to help comply with transparency requirements. Parking garage with windows Parking garage without windows G - 116December 21, 2021 112 17.22.120 – Storefront block frontage standards. A. Purpose. Storefront block frontages are located in the most vibrant and active shopping and dining areas within Port Angeles. Blocks designated as Storefront block frontages include continuous storefronts placed along the sidewalk edge with small scale shops and many business entries. Table 17.22.120(A) Storefront block frontages vision and key standards. G - 117December 21, 2021 113 B. Standards. All development on sites with a Storefront block frontage designation must comply with the standards in Table 17.22.120(B) below. Table 17.22.120(B) Storefront block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.120(C) below. Element Standards Additional Provisions and Examples Ground Level Land use Non-residential uses permitted by Chapter 17.20 PAMC are required on the ground level. Lobbies and accessory-uses associated with upper-floor hotel/motel, business service, and multifamily residential uses are allowed provided they are limited to 25% of all Storefront block frontages (measured separately for each block). Floor to ceiling height 13’ minimum Applies to the area within the minimum retail space depth. Retail space depth 40’ minimum Applies to the entire width of the retail space. Building placement Buildings must be placed at the back edge of the required sidewalk. Additional setbacks may be allowed for a wider sidewalk or where a public space is provided between the sidewalk and the building. Examples of building placement and building entrances. Building entrances Primary building entrances must face the street. For corner buildings, primary entrances for ground-level uses may face either street or the street corner. G - 118December 21, 2021 114 Table 17.22.120(B) Storefront block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.120(C) below. Element Standards Additional Provisions and Examples Façade transparency At least 70% of the transparency zone. See PAMC 17.22.115 for additional clarification on transparency standards. Weather protection Weather protection over the sidewalk is required along at least 75% of the building’s façade, and it must be a minimum of 6’ deep (drip lines must be at least that far from the face of the building). Additional standards: Weather protection must have 10’ to 15’ of vertical clearance. Weather protection must not interfere with existing street trees, utility poles, street signs, or extend beyond the edge of the sidewalk. Vinyl or plastic awnings or canopies are prohibited. Any canopy or awning over a public sidewalk should be a permanent architectural element. The building’s architectural details should not be concealed by awnings or canopies. Awning shapes should relate to the shape of the façade’s architectural elements. Transparent canopies and under-canopy signs and lighting are encouraged. Parking location New ground-level (surface or structured) parking adjacent to the street is prohibited, including parking lot and garage entries and driveways. Parking may be placed below, above, and/or behind storefronts. G - 119December 21, 2021 115 Table 17.22.120(B) Storefront block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.120(C) below. Element Standards Additional Provisions and Examples Sidewalk width Minimum design options: 12' minimum between the curb edge and the storefront, including 8’ minimum walking surface width and trees are integrated in grates. 8’ minimum sidewalk and 6’ minimum planter strip. Wider sidewalks may be required for certain streets by the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual. Setbacks and utility easements must also be considered and may result in a larger minimum sidewalk width. C. DEPARTURE criteria. Departures from the storefront block frontage standards in Table 17.22.120(B) that feature the symbol will be considered per PAMC 17.22.040, provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the standards and the following criteria: 1. Retail space depth. Reduced depths on up to 25 percent of the applicable block frontage will be considered where the applicant can successfully demonstrate the proposed alternative design and configuration of the space is viable for a variety of permitted retail uses. 2. Façade transparency. Façade transparency may be reduced to a minimum of 40 percent if the façade design between ground-level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls. 3. Weather protection. a. Weather protection elements may be reduced in length to no less than 50 percent along building’s façade and to no less than four feet in depth, provided the proposed design is proportional to architectural features of the building and building design G - 120December 21, 2021 116 trade-offs (elements that clearly go beyond minimum building design regulations in this chapter) meet the purpose of the standards. b. Smaller gaps are permitted if they are integrated into a larger façade articulation design, such as gaps associated with structural columns. Generally, structural columns are encouraged to be attached with higher or lower weather protection elements that help provide continuous coverage for pedestrians. 4. Parking Location. Structured garage entries may be located on storefront streets if there is an acceptable tradeoff in terms of the amount and quality of storefront area that is integrated with the development. The alternative must include design features to successfully mitigate the visual impact of additional parking areas along designated storefront streets. See also PAMC 17.22.240. 5. Sidewalk Width. Alternative designs may be considered where topographical challenges or approved city streetscape plans with different sidewalk standards exist. Alternative designs must be able to accommodate safe and comfortable pedestrian traffic and outdoor seating and dining areas. 17.22.130 – Landscaped block frontage standards. A. Purpose. Landscaped block frontages emphasize landscaped street setbacks, clear pedestrian connections between the building and the sidewalk, and minimize surface parking lots along the frontages. Figure 17.22.130(A) Landscaped block frontages vision examples and key standards. G - 121December 21, 2021 117 B. Standards. All development on sites with a Landscaped block frontage designation must comply with the standards in Table 17.22.130(B) below. The standards herein also apply to all multifamily and nonresidential development in the RMD and RHD zones. Table 17.22.130(B) Landscaped block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.130(C) below. Element Standards Additional Provisions and Examples Ground Level Land use Any use permitted by this title Building placement 10' minimum setbacks are required. Additional standards: 20’ maximum setback. Covered entries and porches are allowed to project up to 6’ into this required setback. Additional setbacks may be required where future right-of-way need and/or acquisitions have been identified in city plans. Building entrances At least one public or shared building entry must be visible from the sidewalk and feature direct physical access from the sidewalk. Primary private entrances facing the street for ground level residential units are encouraged. See related standards in PAMC 17.22.170. Façade transparency Must have at least 25% transparency for buildings with ground level nonresidential uses. Must have at least 15% transparency for buildings with ground level residential uses. See PAMC 17.22.115 for additional clarification on transparency standards. Weather protection Weather protection at least 3’ deep must be provided G - 122December 21, 2021 118 Table 17.22.130(B) Landscaped block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.130(C) below. Element Standards Additional Provisions and Examples over individual business and residential entries. Weather protection for shared entrances must be at least 5’ deep. Parking location Parking must be located to the side, under, or rear of buildings. For multi-building developments, no more than 50% of the lot frontage can be occupied by off-street parking and driveways. See PAMC 17.22.240 for drive-through and vehicle access standards. Building setback areas must be landscaped per PAMC 17.22.435. Parking lots developed adjacent to the street must comply with landscaping provisions of PAMC 17.22.440. Sidewalk width A five-foot sidewalk accompanied by a minimum five-foot landscape strip is required within the right-of- way adjacent to the front property line as well as adjoining arterial corridors. G - 123December 21, 2021 119 C. DEPARTURE criteria. Departures from the above standards that feature the symbol will be considered per PAMC 17.22.040, provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the standards, plus the following criteria: 1. Façade transparency. Façade transparency may be reduced to a minimum of 12.5 percent if the façade design between ground level windows provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls. 2. Parking location. For multi-building developments, an additional 10% of the lot frontage may be occupied by off-street parking and driveways, provided design treatments (beyond minimum standards) are included that successfully mitigate the visual impact of parking areas on the streetscape. G - 124December 21, 2021 120 17.22.140 – Mixed block frontage standards. A. Purpose. The Mixed block frontage designation serves areas that accommodate a mixture of ground floor uses and allows a diversity of development frontages for the purpose of contributing to the visual character of the street and enhancing the pedestrian environment. Figure 17.22.140(A) Mixed block frontages vision examples and key standards. OR B. Standards. All development on sites containing a Mixed block frontage have the option to comply with either the Storefront or Landscaped block frontage provisions as set forth in PAMC 17.22.120 and .130, with the modifications in Table 17.22.140(B) below. Table 17.22.140(B) Mixed block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.140(C) below. Element Standards Additional Provisions and Examples Building placement Buildings placed up to the sidewalk edge must meet storefront block frontage standards in PAMC 17.22.130. Buildings not placed up to the sidewalk must meet the landscaped block frontage standards in PAMC 17.22.130. Additional setbacks may be required where future right- of-way need and/or See PAMC 17.22.170 for special design provisions associated with ground level residential uses adjacent to a sidewalk. G - 125December 21, 2021 121 Table 17.22.140(B) Mixed block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.140(C) below. Element Standards Additional Provisions and Examples acquisitions have been identified in city plans. Façade transparency Any storefront buildings on these block frontages must meet the storefront block frontage transparency standards above. Additional transparency zone standards: 40% minimum for buildings designed with nonresidential uses on the ground floor within 10’ of sidewalk. 25% minimum for other buildings designed with nonresidential uses on the ground floor. 20% minimum for residential buildings/floors. See PAMC 17.22.115 for additional clarification on transparency standards. Parking location Parking must be located to the side or rear of buildings. For multi-building developments, no more than 50% of the lot frontage can be occupied by off-street parking and driveways. See PAMC 17.22.240 for drive-through and vehicle access standards. Parking lots developed adjacent to the street must comply with landscaping provisions of PAMC 17.22.440. G - 126December 21, 2021 122 C. Departure Criteria. Departures from the above standards that feature the symbol will be considered per PAMC 17.22.040, provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the standards and the following criteria: 1. Façade transparency. Façade transparency may be reduced to the following minimums if the façade design provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls: a. 20% minimum for buildings designed with nonresidential uses on the ground floor within 10 feet of a sidewalk. b. 25% minimum for other buildings designed with nonresidential uses on the ground floor. c. 20% minimum for residential buildings/floors. 2. Parking location. For multi-building developments, an additional 10% of the lot frontage may be occupied by off-street parking and driveways, provided design treatments (beyond minimum standards) are included that successfully mitigate the visual impact of parking areas on the streetscape. 17.22.150 – Basic block frontage (streets with no designated block frontage). A. Purpose. Basic block frontages offer greater flexibility in siting off-street parking areas, while providing visual interest at all observable scales and meet the design objectives of the city. B. Applicability. All block frontages in applicable zones that are not designated in the map in PAMC 17.22.110 are subject to the standards of this section. C. Standards. Basic block frontages must comply with the standards in Table 17.22.150(C) below. DEPARTURES will be considered pursuant to PAMC 17.22.040. Table 17.22.150(C) Basic block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.150(D) below. Element Standards Building placement Buildings placed up to the sidewalk edge must meet storefront block frontage standards in PAMC 17.22.130. Buildings not placed up to the sidewalk must feature a 10' minimum street setback except where greater setbacks are required by the zone. Building entrances Building entrances facing the street are encouraged. At a minimum, at least one building entry visible and directly accessible from the street is required. Where buildings are setback from the street, pedestrian connections from the sidewalk are required. G - 127December 21, 2021 123 Table 17.22.150(C) Basic block frontage standards. The symbol refers to DEPARTURE opportunities in PAMC 17.22.150(D) below. Element Standards Façade transparency For storefronts, at least 60% Other buildings designed with non-residential uses on the ground floor within 10’ of sidewalk, at least 30%. For residential buildings, at least 15%. Weather protection At least 3’ deep over primary business and residential entries. Parking location There are no parking lot location restrictions, except for landscaped buffer requirements set forth in PAMC 17.22.230. Landscaping Building setback areas must be landscaped per PAMC 17.22.435. Parking lots developed adjacent to the street must comply with landscaping provisions of PAMC 17.22.040. Sidewalk width A 5’ sidewalk accompanied by a minimum 5’ landscape strip is required within the right-of-way adjacent to the front property line as well as adjoining arterial corridors. D. Departure Criteria. Departures from the above standards that feature the symbol will be considered per PAMC 17.22.040, provided the alternative proposal meets the purpose of the standards and the following criteria: 1. Building entrances. Alternative designs may be considered provided the pedestrian route from the sidewalk to the entry is clear. 2. Façade transparency. Façade transparency may be reduced to the following minimums if the façade design provides visual interest to the pedestrian and mitigates the impacts of blank walls: a. For storefronts, at least 30%. b. Other buildings designed with non-residential uses on the ground floor within 10 feet of a sidewalk, at least 15%. c. For residential buildings, at least 7.5%. 17.22.160 – High visibility street corner standards. A. Description/purpose. The high visibility street corner requirements apply to those sites designated on the block frontage maps in PAMC 17.22.110. The purpose is to accentuate street corners with high visibility to the public. G - 128December 21, 2021 124 B. Designation criteria. High visibility street corners may be designated on the block frontage maps in: 1. Special high visibility intersections in Port Angeles. 2. Intersections with a high level of current and/or envisioned pedestrian activity. C. Standards. Sites located on high visibility street corners must meet the following requirements: 1. Buildings must be located within 20 feet of the street corner. 2. At least one of the following special features must be included: a. Corner plaza. b. Cropped building corner with a special entry feature. c. Decorative use of building materials at the corner. d. Distinctive façade articulation. e. Sculptural architectural element. f. Other decorative elements that meet the purpose of the standards. Figure 17.22.160 High visibility street corner examples. G - 129December 21, 2021 125 Figure 17.22.160 High visibility street corner examples. Building A includes a corner tower and change in materials. Building B feature cropped building corners with a change in materials and decorative elements. Building C uses a decorative canopy. Building D uses a change in material color and façade articulation at the corner. Building E incorporates a plaza at the corner. Image F shows a decorative landscaped area with a trellis and neighborhood gateway sign. 17.22.170 – Ground floor residential frontage standards. A. Purpose. The purpose of these standards is to: 1. Enhance the privacy and security of residents living on the ground floor. 2. Provide an effective visual and physical transition between the public realm and the private realm. 3. Enhance the relationship between the building and the street through high-quality landscape and architectural design. B. Applicability. All developments with ground-floor residential uses adjacent to public streets must comply with the frontage standards in this section. C. Standards. Design treatments must be integrated to enhance the character of the public and semi-public realm while respecting the privacy of adjacent residential units. Design criteria applicable to ground-floor residential frontages are as follows: 1. Direct access. All units abutting public sidewalks are encouraged to have individual ground-floor entries directly accessible to the sidewalk. 2. Unit setback and elevation. Provide privacy for people living in the adjacent dwelling units and ensure the applicable street environment is comfortable through all of the following measures: a. Provide a 5 feet minimum setback from public sidewalks, unless a greater setback is required per applicable block frontage standards. G - 130December 21, 2021 126 Figure 17.22.170(C)(2)(a) Minimum setback between a ground floor residence and public sidewalk. b. Where the façade is within ten feet of a street, the ground level of dwelling units must be raised from three to five feet above the level of the corresponding sidewalk. On sloped sites, the minimum and maximum heights must be calculated using the average ground elevation at perimeter walls as determined by the final grade noted on the building plan. Figure 17.22.170(C)(2)(b) Dimensional standards for elevating residential units near public streets. Façade setback Elevate the ground level of adjacent residential units Front façade: < 10’ from sidewalk (along a public street); or < 5’ from an internal walkway or open space 3-5’ above the grade of the public street Front façade: 10-15’ from sidewalk (along a public street); or 5-10’ from an internal walkway or open space 2.5”-5’ above the grade of the public street 3. Enhance the privacy of residents and provide an effective transition between the public and private realm by integrating all of the following measures: G - 131December 21, 2021 127 a. Provide a physical “threshold” feature, such as a hedge, retaining wall, rockery, stair, gate, railing, or a combination of such elements on private property that defines and bridges the boundary between public right of way and the private entry, porch, yard, or patio. Thresholds may screen, but not completely block, views to and from the public and semi-public realm areas. b. Provide an outdoor space at least four feet-deep and six feet wide (24 square feet minimum area) in the front setback, such as a porch, patio, deck, or stoop. Where feasible, this space must be at the same level as the interior of the unit. Overhead building projections may cantilever over the outdoor space by up to 50 percent of the minimum ground level setback to public and private realm areas. c. Provide a covered area, porch or protected entry space, or other architectural weather protection at least three feet deep that provides cover for a person entering the unit and a transitional space between outside and inside the dwelling. d. Landscaping planters (in-ground or constructed and raised) must be integrated into transitional areas between the dwelling unit and the adjacent public and semi-public realm areas (see the figures below for examples). e. DEPARTURES may be proposed for the design criteria in subsection (3) above featuring the symbol provided the design enhances the privacy of adjacent units and provides an effective and attractive transition between the public and private realm. 4. See section PAMC 17.22.330 for window design standards. G - 132December 21, 2021 128 Figure 17.22.170(C)(3)(a) Examples of ground-level residential frontages. The above images show ground-level residential frontages with setbacks of approximately 10’ (left image) and 5’ (right image) along different street frontages for the same corner apartment building. These ground level units all have their own private unit access from the sidewalk and are elevated above the sidewalk to enhance the privacy to the units. The landscaping elements, brick posts, split-faced concrete block stoop walls, and black metal railings help to provide an attractive and effective transition between the public and private realms. G - 133December 21, 2021 129 Figure 17.22.170(C)(3)(b) Additional examples of ground-level residential frontages. Good examples: Image A includes a stoop design with brick terraced planters and low wrought iron fences. Images B and C include stoop designs with sidewalk level planters and concrete terrace planters. Bad examples: Despite the raised ground level, the setback design in Image D is insufficient to meet the intent of the standards. In Image E, the upper level building cantilever doesn’t meet the standards and creates a cold “cave stoop” like form. The large areas of unscreened concrete walls in both examples are undesirable. 17.22.180 – Where properties front onto multiple streets. Where a property fronts onto more than one street and each street has a different frontage designation, each building frontage must comply with the standards for the block frontage upon which it fronts, with the following clarifications: A. Conflicts. Where a conflict exists between frontage standards, the Director will apply the standards of a block frontage pursuant to the following order of preference: 1. Storefront. 2. Mixed. 3. Landscaped. G - 134December 21, 2021 130 4. Basic. Subsections (B-E) below clarify how the order of preference works for particular frontage elements. B. Building Location. For corner sites with Landscaped block frontage on one street and Storefront or Mixed on another, a Storefront frontage may wrap around the corner (on the Landscaped block frontage side) for up to a half block width or no more than 120 feet (whichever is more). C. Entrances. For corner sites, entrances on both streets are encouraged, but only one entrance is required. For corner sites with frontage on a Storefront block frontage on one side, an entrance must be placed on the Storefront block frontage side. For corner sites with a mix of designations that do not include a Storefront block frontage, the entry must be placed on the side listed first in the order of preference identified above. An entrance at the building corner and facing an intersection must be permitted under any of the above scenarios. DEPARTURES may be considered, provided the location and design of the entry and block frontage treatments are compatible with the character of the area and enhance the character of the street. D. Transparency. For corner sites, at least one block frontage must meet the applicable transparency standards (based on the order of preference above). For the second block frontage, the Director may approve a reduction in the minimum amount of transparency by 50 percent. For street corners with the same designations on both frontages, buildings must employ the full transparency on the dominant frontage (based on the frontage width or established neighborhood pattern). E. Parking. Surface parking (including ground floor parking in a structure) adjacent to a street corner is not allowed, except: 1. On corner lots with Basic frontages on both streets. 2. On corners with other combination of block frontages, except those with a Storefront designation, via a DEPARTURE and subject to the applicable departure criteria. G - 135December 21, 2021 131 Figure 17.22.180 Examples of where properties front onto multiple streets. Article III - Site Planning Standards 17.22.200 – Purpose. A. To promote thoughtful pedestrian-oriented layout of buildings, parking areas, and circulation, service, and on-site amenity elements. B. To promote compatibility between developments and uses. C. To enhance the circulation, access, and service areas of developments. 17.22.210 – Side and rear-yard setbacks. A. Purpose. 1. To promote the functional and visual compatibility between developments. 2. To protect the privacy of residents on adjacent properties. B. Side and rear setback standards. Table 17.22.210(B) below sets forth minimum side and rear-yard setbacks in all zones between zero and 15 feet. The provisions below clarify specific setback requirements: G - 136December 21, 2021 132 Table 17.22.210(B) Minimum side- and rear-yard setbacks. Context Min. Setback Two options for 0’ setbacks when allowed by applicable zoning district in Table 17.20.040: (1) Buildings adjacent to an alley when permitted in applicable zoning district; or (2) Window-less firewalls along other side or rear property lines for storefront buildings located on and complying with Storefront or Mixed block frontages. Such firewalls are limited in height to 25’ in the CSD and CA zones. 0’ When required per subsection (C) below for light and air access and privacy along the side and rear property lines. 15’ All other contexts (other than the two situations noted above) 5’ C. Light and air access and privacy along the side and rear property lines. Buildings or portions thereof containing multifamily dwelling units whose only windows face the interior side or rear property line must be set back from the applicable property line at least 15 feet. DEPARTURES will be considered where it is determined that the proposed design will not create a compatibility problem based on the unique site context. G - 137December 21, 2021 133 Figure 17.22.210(C) Light/air access and privacy standards for multifamily residential buildings along interior side and rear property lines. 17.22.220 – Residential amenity space. Residential amenity space refers to spaces that are integrated into residential or mixed-use developments primarily enjoyed by on-site residents for recreational and social uses. Amenity spaces include common outdoor recreation areas, shared roof decks, private ground level open spaces, private balconies, shared indoor recreation areas, and children’s play areas. A. Purpose. 1. To create usable amenity space that is suitable for leisure or recreational activities for residents. 2. To create amenity space that contributes to the residential setting. B. Applicability. Residential amenity space meeting the standards of this section is required for all new: 1. Multifamily development. 2. Mixed-use development with residential dwellings. 3. Senior housing and other age-restricted facilities. C. Amount required. Applicable developments are required to provide residential amenity space equal to a minimum of: 1. 100 square feet per dwelling unit for studio and one-bedroom dwellings. 2. 150 square feet per dwelling unit for dwellings with two or more bedrooms. D. Children’s play areas. Developments with more than 75 units are required to integrate children’s play areas as set forth in PAMC 17.22.220(F)(6). G - 138December 21, 2021 134 E. Large multi-phase developments under single ownership. Each phase of development must meet the minimum residential amenity space requirements herein. Developments have the option to integrate a surplus of usable on-site open space in early phases and apply the surplus space towards meeting the requirements for subsequent phases, provided all applicable regulations are met. F. Residential amenity space design standards. The following standards apply to new developments choosing to incorporate the specific amenity space types listed below. 1. Common outdoor recreation areas. Such spaces are internal to a development and accessible to all tenants of a development, and are not required to be accessible to the general public. Examples include, but are not limited to, include landscaped courtyards, decks, entrance plazas, gardens with walkways, children’s play areas, swimming pools, and water features. Accessible areas with native vegetation and areas used for storm water retention, infiltration, or other multipurpose recreational and/or green spaces that meet the design criteria herein may qualify as common outdoor recreation area. Common outdoor recreation areas must meet the following design standards: a. The areas must be accessible to all residents of the development. b. The minimum area is 500 square feet. The space must feature dimensions necessary to provide functional leisure or recreational activity (unless otherwise noted herein). Stairways and service elements located within or on the edge of the space are not included in the recreation area calculations. c. Shared porches may qualify as recreation area, provided they are at least eight feet in depth and 96 square feet in area. d. Required setback and vehicular circulation areas do not count as common outdoor recreation areas, except for building entry plazas located in front setbacks. e. The area must be located in accessible areas that are visible from units within the development. f. The area must feature paths, walkable lawns, landscaping, seating, lighting, play structures, sports courts, or other pedestrian amenities to make the area more functional and enjoyable for a range of users. g. The area must be separated from ground level windows, streets, vehicular circulation areas, service areas, and parking lots with landscaping, fencing, and/or other acceptable treatments that enhance safety and privacy for both the recreation areas and dwelling units. h. Natural, artificial, and stormwater ponds may be included in the shared open space. A maximum of 50 percent of the pond surface area, as measured when the pond is at its maximum designed depth, may be counted towards the minimum requirements of subsection (C) of this section. Ponds must be integrated with trails and other features listed above to qualify as shared open space. i. Any children’s play areas integrated as a part of a common outdoor recreation area must meet the standards of subsection (6) below. G - 139December 21, 2021 135 DEPARTURES will be considered for the standards above provided they meet the purpose of the standards and fill a recreational need for the residents of the development. The use and design of the space must be integrated with the surrounding site and building features in a manner that is complementary to the development and any adjacent streetscape. Figure 17.22.220(F)(1) Common outdoor recreation area examples. Image A includes a combination of open lawn area for informal recreation plus walkways and decorative landscape areas to enhance the setting for residents. Image B is a courtyard with includes walkways, seating areas, landscaped beds, and semi-private spaces for adjacent ground level units. Image C includes a covered gathering space with outdoor grills adjacent to a landscaped commons with a central walkway. Image D includes a common green area and separate fenced off-leash dog area. 2. Shared roof decks. Such spaces are a type of private internal common area located on the top of buildings or intermediate levels (e.g. upper floor building facade step-back areas) and are available to all residents. Examples of amenities include, but are not limited to, G - 140December 21, 2021 136 cooking and dining areas, seating areas, gardening areas, water features, children’s play areas, and pet play areas. Shared rooftop decks must meet the following design standards: a. Must be available to all residents. b. Space must feature hard-surfacing and provide amenities that encourage use, such as seating, outdoor grills, and weather protection elements. c. Space must integrate landscaping elements that enhance the character of the space and encourage its use. d. Space must incorporate features that provide for the safety of residents, such as enclosures, railings, and appropriate lighting levels. Figure 17.22.220(F)(2) Shared roof deck examples. 3. Private ground level open space. This space is adjacent and directly accessible to the subject unit. Examples include yards, stoops, and porches. Private ground level open space must meet the following design standards: a. Such open spaces must be enclosed by a fence and/or hedge at least 18 inches in height to qualify, but no higher than 42 inches when adjacent to a street, common outdoor recreation area, or public space (see the sight obstruction height limits of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual when near an intersection). Taller privacy screens between units are acceptable. b. Private porches that face a street or a common outdoor recreation area may qualify as amenity space, provided they are at least 50 square feet in area, with no dimension less than six feet. c. Ground level private open space in excess of minimum requirements in subsection (b) above must not be used in the calculations for determining the minimum useable open space requirements for other units in the development [per PAMC 17.22.220(C)]. G - 141December 21, 2021 137 Figure 17.22.220(F)(3) Private ground level open space examples. 4. Private balconies. This space is adjacent and directly accessible to the subject unit. Private balconies must meet the following design standards: a. Private balconies should be at least partially recessed into the building façade, when provided, and integrated into the building design to provide protection from the weather. b. Balconies must be at least 36 square feet in area with no dimension less than six feet to qualify as amenity space. c. Individual balconies larger than the minimum size requirements in the preceding subsection (b) must not be used in the calculations for determining the minimum useable open space requirements for other units in the development [per PAMC 17.22.220(C)]. Figure 17.22.220(F)(4) Private balcony examples. G - 142December 21, 2021 138 5. Shared indoor recreation areas. Examples include, but are not limited to, multi-purpose entertainment space, fitness center, movie theater, kitchen, library, workshop, conference room, or similar amenities that promote shared use and a sense of community. Shared indoor recreation areas must meet the following design standards: a. The space must be accessible to all residents of the development. b. The minimum area is 250 square feet. The space must feature dimensions necessary to provide functional leisure or recreational activity (unless otherwise noted herein). c. The space must be located in a visible area, such as near an entrance, lobby, elevator bank, or high traffic corridors. d. The space must be designed specifically to serve interior recreational functions and not merely be leftover unrentable space used to meet the open space requirement. Such space must include amenities and design elements that will encourage use by residents. Figure 17.22.220(F)(5) Shared indoor recreation area examples. 6. Children’s play areas. Any children’s play areas integrated as a part of a shared residential amenity space must meet all the following design standards (in addition to the design standards listed above): a. The minimum area is 400 square feet. b. Measures necessary to protect children’s safety from vehicular traffic must be included, such as low fencing or landscaping to provide a physical barrier around the perimeter. c. Shade and rest areas for supervision must be provided by using deciduous landscaping, architectural elements (including but not limited to pergolas or shelters), or other means. d. Natural, creative play elements should be provided, such as ground slides from one level to another, tricycle tracks, swings hung from arbors or trees, paths that meander G - 143December 21, 2021 139 and are of varying materials and widths, water that can be manipulated, outdoor rooms made from landscape or rocks, and berms and hills. e. Play areas must be designed for a variety of ages, activities, and motor skills. f. Play areas must be located in areas that are highly visible to residents. Figure 17.22.220(F)(6) Children’s play area example. 17.22.230 – Internal pedestrian access and design. A. Purpose. 1. To improve the pedestrian and bicycling environment by making it easier, safer, and more comfortable to walk or ride among residences, to businesses, to the street sidewalk, to transit stops, through parking lots, to adjacent properties, and connections throughout the city. 2. To enhance access to on- and off-site open space areas and pedestrian/bicycle paths. B. Access to sidewalk. All buildings must feature pedestrian connections to a sidewalk per applicable block frontage standards in PAMC 17.22.100-170. See subsection (D) below for walkway design standards. G - 144December 21, 2021 140 Figure 17.22.230(B) Examples of direct pedestrian access to buildings from the street. C. Internal circulation. 1. For sites with multiple buildings: a. Internal walkways connecting businesses and residential entries on the same development site must be provided. Routes that minimize walking distances must be utilized to the extent practical. DEPARTURES will be considered where an indirect route would enhance the design and/or use of a common usable open space. See subsection (D) below for walkway design standards. b. Pedestrian connections must be made at intervals no greater than 250 feet. G - 145December 21, 2021 141 Figure 17.22.230(C)(1) Example site plan with internal and external pedestrian connections. 2. Sites with residential units. Direct pedestrian access must be provided between all ground level unit entries and a public street or to a clearly marked walkway network or open space that has direct access to a public street. Residential developments must provide a pedestrian circulation network that connects all main entrances on the site to other areas of the site, such as: a. Parking areas. b. Recreational areas. c. Common outdoor areas. d. Any pedestrian amenities. For townhouses or other residential units fronting the street, the sidewalk may be used to meet this standard. G - 146December 21, 2021 142 Figure 17.22.230(C)(2)(a) Direct walkways between the street and dwelling units are required. The entries of the example on the left connect directly to a public sidewalk while the entries in the right example connect to a common path that extends to the sidewalk. Figure 17.22.230(C)(2)(b) Examples of attractive pedestrian connection through a residential development. 3. Crosswalks. Crosswalks are required when a walkway crosses an on-site paved area accessible to vehicles. a. Appearance. All crosswalks must contain contrasting material (such as concrete) and/or patterns (such as stamped asphalt), excluding painted surfaces. b. Raised crosswalks (speed tables). On sites larger than one acre, all crosswalks near major building entrances, parking garage entries, vehicular entries to the site, and other high-traffic areas must be vertically raised to sidewalk level. The purpose of raised crosswalks is to provide a continuous walking or rolling surface, increase the G - 147December 21, 2021 143 visibility of pedestrians, and slow the speed of vehicular traffic. This requirement does not apply to crosswalks crossing public roadways. 4. Pedestrian walkways through parking lots. Developments with 50 or more parking spaces must include specially marked or paved walkways through parking areas. At least one walkway must be provided for every four rows of parking, or at a maximum spacing of 200 feet. The walkways must provide a safe connection to the building entrance and meet the walkway design standards in subsection (D) of this section. See examples below. Figure 17.22.230(C)(4) Parking lot pedestrian walkway standards and examples. Note the location of the parking lot walkway in the upper right example (connecting shops in one building to the main entry of a grocery store). Note in both examples that the concrete walkway extends into the vehicular area to provide a highly visible and safe crosswalk. 5. Connections to adjacent properties (including parks and trails). Except when adjacent properties have less than five dwelling units, internal walkways that connect to adjacent G - 148December 21, 2021 144 properties must be provided. Public sidewalks in the right-of-way must not count towards this requirement. DEPARTURES will be considered where it is determined that internal connections are not necessary or practical due to lot depths, steep slopes, or other contextual challenges. 6. Barriers that limit future pedestrian access are prohibited. Gates that limit access to employees and residents are permitted. See subsection (D) below for walkway design standards. D. Walkway design. 1. All internal walkways must have a minimum six feet-wide unobstructed walking surface, except where wider walkways are prescribed elsewhere in this chapter or where the applicable uses and context dictate wider walkways. 2. Where an internal walkway is adjacent to perpendicular or angled parking, wheel stops are required to prevent encroachment of parked vehicles over the walkway. In lieu of wheel stops, an extra two feet of walkway width must be provided. See PAMC 17.22.240(B) for other situations in which wheel stops or curbing may be required. 3. Internal walkways must be separated from structures by at least three feet for landscaping except where the adjacent building façade meets the storefront block frontage standards per PAMC 17.22.120. DEPARTURES will be considered where other landscaping and/or façade design treatments to provide attractive walkways are proposed. Examples include, but are not limited to, sculptural, mosaic, bas-relief artwork, or other decorative treatments that meet the purpose. Figure 17.22.230(D)(3) below provides one example. Figure 17.22.230(D)(3) Standards for internal walkways adjacent to buildings. G - 149December 21, 2021 145 Figure 17.22.230(D)(3) Standards for internal walkways adjacent to buildings. Internal walkways adjacent to building walls that do not meet storefront façade standards must provide at least three feet of landscaping to enhance the character of the walkway. The reviewing authority will consider alternative treatments, such as decorative walls (right example). 4. Where walkways are between a parking lot and a multi-tenant commercial or mixed-use building which is 100 feet or more long, walkways must feature a 12-foot wide sidewalk with the following features: a. Eight feet minimum unobstructed width. b. Trees placed at an average of 50 feet on-center and placed in grates or in planting strips as set forth in subsection (c) below. DEPARTURE: Breaks in the tree coverage will be considered near building entries to enhance visibility. c. Planting strips may be used between any vehicle access or parking area and the walkway; provided, that the trees required above are included, the walkway meets the applicable width standards herein, and the combined walkway and planting strip is at least 12 feet wide. d. See also PAMC 17.22.240(F) for applicable internal roadway design standards. Figure 17.22.230(D)(2) Example of a successful pedestrian sidewalk between parking lot and storefront. G - 150December 21, 2021 146 17.22.240 – Vehicular circulation and parking. The standards herein supplement the provisions of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual. Where there is a conflict, the provisions herein apply, except that the City Engineer may override this requirement and apply the Public Works standard for a driveway if the Public Works Director finds that a failure to apply the Public Works standards will result in a threat to public safety. A. Purpose. 1. To create a safe, convenient, and efficient network for vehicle circulation and parking. 2. To enhance the visual character of interior access roads. 3. To minimize conflicts with pedestrian circulation and activity. B. Driveways. Driveways must meet the standards of the City of Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual, including, but not limited to, standards for intersection spacing, distance from crosswalks, and width. C. Parking entry location. Parking lot and parking garage entries must provide vehicular access in the following order of preference: 1. Alleys. 2. Basic block frontage streets. 3. Landscaped block frontage streets. 4. Mixed block frontage streets. See related standards for parking and driveway location under Chapter 17.22 PAMC, Article II Block Frontage Standards. D. Garage and service area entries and pedestrian safety. 1. Parking garage entries and service area entries must be well-integrated into the design of the building and must not dominate the streetscape. They should be designed and sited to complement, not subordinate, the pedestrian entry. 2. Where vehicles enter and exit a parking garage or service area across a sidewalk or internal walkway, direct visibility between pedestrians and motorists must be provided. Treatments must include setback entries, cropped wall corners, wall openings, or other treatments to enhance safety and visibility. Treatments should also include pavement markings or changes in pavement materials. Mirrors and electronic visual/audio warnings alone are not acceptable methods of visibility. 3. Parking garage entries are encouraged to have flat driveways behind the sidewalk for the length of at least one vehicle in order to enhance visibility between pedestrians and motorists exiting the garage. Steeply sloping driveways immediately adjacent to a sidewalk or internal walkway require greater application of visibility treatments described in (D)(2) above. 4. Garage entry doors and gates, if provided, must be at least 50 percent transparent between the bottom and top of the door or gate in order to enhance the safety of garage users. G - 151December 21, 2021 147 Figure 17.22.240(D) Acceptable parking garage entry/exit examples. Left: This commercial/loading entry has cropped corners that are also utilized for store windows. Right: This residential garage has a setback and cropped corners on both sides that are also integrated into the design of the building façade above. E. Drive-throughs. Drive-through facilities are accessory to permitted uses. This includes drive-through lanes and service windows for restaurants, banks, pharmacies, and other commercial uses. 1. Where permitted. a. CA, CSD, CO, and CN zones. Permitted, provided the standards of this section are met. b. Drive-throughs are prohibited in the CBD zone, except for ticket kiosks at ferry terminals and parking facilities. 2. Block frontage standards. a. Parking areas. For the purpose of complying with the Landscaped or Mixed block frontage standards in PAMC 17.22.130-140, drive-through lanes are considered a parking area and are calculated as part of the parking area along the frontage. Exception: In the CA zone, drive-through lanes are not considered a parking area. b. Facades must comply with transparency requirements for the applicable block frontage in PAMC 17.22.130-140. 3. Screening. Drive-through lanes, including waiting and holding lanes, must be buffered from the street and internal walkways by one of the design options set forth in Table 17.22.240(E)(2) below: G - 152December 21, 2021 148 Table 17.22.240(E)(3) Drive-through lane screening standards and options. When adjacent to a street When adjacent to an internal walkway 10’ wide planting strip with Type B or C landscaping per PAMC 17.22.425 5’ wide planting strip with Type B or C landscaping per PAMC 17.22.425. 5’ wide planting strip with Type B or C landscaping per PAMC 17.22.425 combined with a wall at least 3’ high constructed of brick, stone, or siding materials that matches the principal walls of the building. A wall at least 3’ high constructed of brick, stone or siding materials that matches the principal walls of the building. 4. Pedestrian access. Drive-through lanes must not prevent pedestrian access between a public sidewalk and on-site buildings. Designated walkways must not be located within required stacking space. See Figure 17.22.240(E)(4) for an example. 5. Noise. Noise from drive-through speakers must not be audible from adjacent residential properties. See also Chapter 15.16 PAMC for noise control standards. Figure 17.22.240(E)(5) Drive-through example. G - 153December 21, 2021 149 17.22.250 – Service areas and mechanical equipment. A. Purpose. 1. To minimize adverse visual, odor, fumes, and noise impacts of mechanical equipment, utility cabinets and other service areas at ground and roof levels. 2. To provide adequate, durable, well-maintained, and accessible service and equipment areas. 3. To protect residential uses and adjacent properties from impacts due to location and utilization of service areas. B. Location of ground-level service areas and mechanical equipment. Ground-level building service areas and mechanical equipment includes loading docks, trash collection and compactors, dumpster areas, storage tanks, electrical panels, HVAC equipment, and other utility equipment. If any such elements are outside the building envelope at ground level, the following location standards apply: 1. Service areas must be located for convenient service access while avoiding negative visual, auditory, olfactory, or physical impacts on the streetscape environment and adjacent residentially zoned properties. 2. Service areas must not be visible from the sidewalk and adjacent properties. Where the Director finds that the only option for locating a service area is an area visible from a public right-of-way, resident/customer parking area, internal walkway or pedestrian area, or from an adjacent property, the service area must be screened with the structural and landscaping screening measures provided in subsection (C) below. 3. Service areas for multiple users or tenants must be co-located or consolidated to the extent practical. 4. Service areas must be sited for alley access if available. Service elements accessible from an alley are exempt from the screening requirements of this section. 5. Trash collection areas must include roofs or overhead weather protection and must meet required stormwater standards. Drainage must be designed to meet applicable NPDES standards. 6. Exterior loading areas for commercial uses must not be located within 20 feet of a residentially zoned property. DEPARTURE: Exterior commercial loading areas are exempt from this standard if the reviewing authority finds such a restriction does not allow feasible development and alternative design measures can successfully mitigate potential negative impacts. For example, areas and drives may be required to be separated from the residential lot by a masonry wall at least eight feet high. 7. Other provisions of this section notwithstanding, service areas used by residents must be located to avoid entrapment areas and other conditions where personal security is potentially a problem. Pedestrian-scaled lighting or other measures may be needed to enhance security. G - 154December 21, 2021 150 8. Noise-producing mechanical equipment, such as fans, heat pumps, etc., must be located and/or shielded to minimize sounds and reduce impacts to adjacent dwelling units. 9. Dumpster storage areas must be provided for all development, located on site and not in the public right-of-way, and sized to accommodate the minimum dumpster sizes (as provided by the Port Angeles engineering standards). C. Screening of ground-level service areas and mechanical equipment. Where screening of ground level service areas is required [see subsection (2)(b) of this section], the following applies: 1. Structural enclosures must be constructed of masonry, heavy-gauge metal, heavy timber, or other decay-resistant material that is also used with the architecture of the main building. Alternative materials other than those used for the main building are permitted if the finishes are similar in color and texture, or if the proposed enclosure materials are more durable than those for the main structure. The walls must be sufficient to provide full screening from the affected roadway, pedestrian areas, or adjacent use, but must be no greater than seven feet tall. The enclosure may use overlapping walls as a screening method. See Figure 17.22.250(C) below. 2. Gates must be made of heavy-gauge, sight-obscuring material. Chain link or chain link with slats is not an acceptable material for enclosures or gates. 3. Where the interior of a service enclosures is visible from surrounding streets, walkways, or residential units, an opaque or semi-opaque horizontal cover or screen must be used to mitigate unsightly views. The horizontal screen/cover should be integrated into the enclosure design (in terms of materials and/or design). 4. Trash collection points must be located and configured so that the enclosure gate swing does not obstruct pedestrian or vehicle vehicular traffic, or does not require that a hauling truck project into any public right-of-way. Screening elements must allow for efficient service delivery and removal operations. 5. The service area must be paved. 6. The sides and rear of service enclosures must be screened with Type B landscaping at least five feet wide in locations visible from the street, parking lots, and walkways to soften views of the screening element and add visual interest. Plants must be arranged with a minimum of 50 percent coverage at time of installation and be able to grow to fully screen or shield the equipment within three years. DEPARTURES will be considered, provided the enclosure and landscaping treatment meet the purpose of the standards and add visual interest to site users. G - 155December 21, 2021 151 Figure 17.22.250(C) Acceptable trash screening enclosures. All examples use durable and attractive enclosures with trees and shrubs to soften views of the enclosures from the side. Image C and D use a trellis and weather protection structure on top – a desirable feature particularly where the top of the enclosures are visible from surrounding buildings, streets, and walkways (due to topography or building heights). D. Utility meters, electrical conduit, and other service utility apparatus. These elements must be located and/or designed to minimize their visibility to the public. Project designers are strongly encouraged to coordinate with applicable service providers early in the design process to determine the best approach in meeting these standards. If such elements are mounted in a location visible from the street, internal walkway, common outdoor recreation area, or shared auto courtyards, they must be screened with vegetation and/or integrated into the building’s architecture. G - 156December 21, 2021 152 Figure 17.22.250(D) Utility meter location and screening - good and bad examples. Place utility meters in less visible locations. Images A and C are successfully tucked away in a less visible location and/or screened by vegetation. Images B and D are poorly executed and would not be permitted in such visible locations. Such meters must be coordinated and better integrated with the architecture of the building. E. Roof-mounted mechanical equipment. 1. All rooftop mechanical equipment, including air conditioners, heaters, vents, and similar equipment must be fully screened from public view at the street level and from rooftop residential amenity spaces. Screening must be located so as not to interfere with operation of the equipment. Exception: Roof-mounted wind turbines, solar energy and photovoltaic systems, and rainwater reuse systems do not require screening. 2. For rooftop equipment, all screening devices must be well integrated into the architectural design through such elements as parapet walls, false roofs, roof wells, clerestories, or equipment rooms. Screening walls or unit-mounted screening is allowed G - 157December 21, 2021 153 but less desirable. Wood must not be used for screens or enclosures. Louvered designs are acceptable if consistent with building design style. 3. The screening materials must be of material requiring minimal maintenance and must be as high as the equipment being screened. 4. Noise producing mechanical equipment, such as fans, heat pumps, etc., must be located and/or shielded to minimize sounds and reduce impacts to adjacent dwelling units. Figure 17.22.250(E) Examples of how to screen roof-mounted mechanical equipment. The left illustration shows how rooftop mechanical equipment can be located and screened effectively. The right images shows effective location and screening, including side walls and a trellis to screen views from taller surrounding buildings. 17.22.260 – Site lighting. A. Purpose. 1. To ensure that lighting contributes to the character of the streetscape and does not disturb adjacent developments and residences. 2. Protect against light pollution, thereby reclaiming the ability to view the night sky and helping to preserve the quality of life and scenic value of this desirable visual resource throughout the region and nearby natural open spaces. 3. Help protect and enhance human health and wellness and wildlife habitation and migration by minimizing light pollution and its impact on all forms of life. 4. Promote lighting practices and systems to conserve energy, decrease dependence on fossil fuels, and limit greenhouse gas emissions. 5. Ensure that sufficient lighting can be provided where needed to promote safety and security on public and private property, and to allow for reasonable lighting for outdoor activities. G - 158December 21, 2021 154 6. Provide attractive lighting that supports and enhances the urban environment, emphasizes architectural elements, and encourage pedestrian activity and wayfinding beyond daylight hours, especially during the long nights of Pacific Northwest winters. B. Applicability. All outdoor lighting must comply with the provisions herein, unless otherwise exempted. This includes, but is not limited to, new lighting, replacement lighting, additions and alterations, or any other lighting whether attached to buildings, poles, structures, the earth, or any other location. 1. The following types of lighting are exempt from the provisions of this section: a. Lighting solely for signs. b. Underwater lighting. c. Temporary and seasonal cord-and-plug portable lighting. d. Construction or emergency lighting. e. Outdoor rope and string lights for outdoor seating and gathering areas. C. General standards. 1. All luminaires must be fully shielded and must not emit light into the upper hemisphere around the luminaire or onto adjacent properties and structures, either through exterior full cut-off shields or through optics within the fixture. Support and mounting systems for luminaires must not allow post-installation adjustments that could defeat compliance of this requirement. 2. City-approved standardized fixtures must be used for sidewalk lighting located within the right-of-way or publicly accessible easements on private property. 3. On-site lighting elements throughout and surrounding the site should be complementary, including internal walkway lighting, accent and parking lot lighting, and lighting of adjacent developments and the public right-of-way. 4. Except as provided in this section, outdoor lighting is encouraged to follow the intensity, technology, and other recommendations of the International Dark Sky Association and the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America. G - 159December 21, 2021 155 Figure 17.22.260(C) Appropriate exterior light shielding. D. Height. 1. Freestanding lighting fixtures in parking lots must not exceed 20 feet in height. Lighting fixtures on the top level of parking garages must not exceed 12 feet in height. 2. Pedestrian scale lighting must not exceed 16 feet in height. 3. Building-mounted exterior lighting must not be placed at any point greater than 20 feet above the adjacent grade, except the height limit is 14 feet when within 100 feet of a residential zone. This standard does not apply to fully recessed lights, such as when mounted on the underside of a gas station fueling canopy or a building roof overhang. 4. Building-mounted exterior lighting for roof decks is permitted provided the luminaires are located at least 10 feet horizontally from the edge of the roof. Figure 17.22.260(D) Examples of site lighting. E. Parking lot lighting. Lighting in parking lots must be appropriate to create adequate visibility at night and evenly distributed to increase security. Lighting must be located so that trees within the parking lot do not obscure the operation of the light fixture. G - 160December 21, 2021 156 F. Lighting color (chromaticity). The correlated color temperature of all outdoor lighting must be 3,500 Kelvin maximum or lower (refer to American National Standard Institutes publication C78.377 for guidance on LED lighting). Exceptions may be made for architectural floodlighting, accent lighting, or outlining. Figure 17.22.260(F) Kelvin temperature chart G. Exterior lighting controls. 1. Automated control systems, such as energy management systems, photoelectric switches, motion sensors, and astronomic timer switches, must be used to meet the hours of operation requirements and the technical and energy efficiency requirements of the applicable Washington State Energy Code. 2. Exceptions: a. Egress lighting as required by the Building Code. b. Lighting required for accessibility. c. Lighting required by statute, law, or ordinance to operate all night. d. A manual override at each exit door is allowed regardless of automatic control device. e. Seasonal holiday lighting and event lighting. H. Prohibited lighting. 1. Dynamic lighting. 2. Luminaires exceeding 500,000 peak candelas and/or 500,000 lumens. 3. Laser lighting. 4. Any lighting of undeveloped environmentally sensitive areas. 5. Any lighting that may be confused with warning signals, emergency signals, or traffic signals. 6. Mercury, low pressure sodium, or other light sources in public areas that can impede or distort the perception of actual colors. G - 161December 21, 2021 157 7. Blinking, flashing, intermittent, and/or moving lights unless specifically allowed elsewhere in the Port Angeles Municipal Code. 8. Lighting permanently attached to trees. Article IV - Building Design Standards 17.22.300 – Purpose. This section provides standards for the design of buildings consistent with the goals and policies of the Comprehensive Plan. See the individual “purpose” statements under each section. 17.22.310 – Building character. A. Purpose. 1. To promote buildings with an architectural character that reflects the Port Angeles aesthetic and is based on human-scaled design details, durable high-quality materials, sustainable design measures, and responds uniquely to the site’s context. 2. To emphasize that high-quality design is most critical to Port Angeles’ high-visibility sites and corridors. 3. To avoid generic, corporate architectural design that degrades the character and identity of Port Angeles. B. Corporate architecture prohibited. Architecture that is defined predominately by corporate identity features and is difficult to adapt to other uses is prohibited. For example, some franchise convenience uses have very specific architectural features (such as a distinctive roofline design that functions as a sign) that reinforce their identity. As tenants change in these types of buildings, these corporate identity features can negatively impact the character of the area and identity of new tenants. These features can also be very expensive to reconfigure and adapt to new uses. 17.22.320 – Building massing and articulation. A. Purpose. This section contains standards that affect the massing of buildings through façade design articulation, façade width, and roofline design. The purpose of this section is: 1. To employ architectural elements (like windows, balconies, entries, etc.) that create a complementary pattern or rhythm, dividing large buildings into smaller identifiable pieces. 2. To integrate substantial articulated/modulated features on large buildings to break up the massing and add visual interest. B. Exemptions. The following buildings are exempt from the requirements this section: 1. All buildings with less than 60 horizontal feet of façade. C. Façade articulation. Facade articulation to create a human-scaled pattern is required for building façades and other building elevations facing parks, containing primary building G - 162December 21, 2021 158 entrances, and adjacent to lower intensity zones. Articulation features are listed in subsection (D). For non-residential buildings and non-residential portions of mixed-use buildings, at least three articulation features must be employed at intervals no greater than 40 feet in the CBD, CN, CO, and CSD zones, and 50 feet in the CA zone. Townhouse buildings, multifamily buildings, and residential portions of mixed-use buildings façades in all applicable zones must employ at least three articulation features at intervals that relate to the location/size of individual units within the building (or no more than every 50 feet). D. Articulation features to meet the standards of (C) above include: 1. Use of window patterns and/or entries that reinforce an articulation pattern. 2. Use of awnings or similar weather protection features (not applicable to residential buildings). 3. Use of vertical piers/columns. 4. Change in roofline with a difference in height, slope or pitch, direction, or shape (such as towers or dormers). 5. Change in building material or siding style. 6. Other design techniques that effectively reinforce a pattern of small storefronts compatible with the building’s surrounding context (not applicable to residential buildings). For non-storefront building elevations, the following additional features may be used to meet façade articulation standards: 7. Vertical elements such as a trellis with plants, green wall, or art element. 8. Providing vertical building modulation of at least 12 inches in depth if tied to a change in roofline per subsection (4) of this section or a change in building material, siding style, or color. On residential buildings balconies may be used to qualify for this option if they are recessed or projected from the façade by at least 18 inches. Juliet balconies or other balconies that appear to be tacked on to the façade will not qualify for this option unless they employ high quality materials and effectively meet the purpose of the standards. 9. Other design techniques that effectively break up the massing of structures and add visual interest. DEPARTURE: Other articulation features may be approved, provided they meet the purpose of the standards and the design criteria set forth in subsection (D) of this section. G - 163December 21, 2021 159 Figure 17.22.320(D)(1) Non-residential articulation examples. The left image uses window patterns, weather protection elements, and roofline modulation. The photo example to the right also includes window patterns and weather protection along with a change in masonry texture and color to articulate the façade. The lower example illustrates how a multitenant retail building can successfully be articulated (windows, weather protection, vertical building modulation, and roofline changes). G - 164December 21, 2021 160 Figure 17.22.320(D)(2) Residential articulation examples. Below Image A uses a combination of vertical building modulation, window patterns, material changes, and roofline modulation. Image B is unacceptable. G - 165December 21, 2021 161 Figure 17.22.320(D)(3) Acceptable examples of roofline modulation. Roofline modulation qualifies as an articulation feature when combined with vertical building modulation techniques. The left building illustrates a pitched roof example and the right building illustrates a flat roof example. E. Departure criteria associated with articulation standards. Proposals must meet the purpose of the standards. The following criteria will be considered in determining whether the proposed articulation treatment meets the “purpose”: 1. The type and width of the proposed articulation treatment and how effective it is in meeting the purpose given the building’s context. 2. The applicable block frontage designation. Basic block frontages warrant more flexibility than block frontages designated as mixed or landscaped. 3. The size and width of the building. Smaller buildings warrant greater flexibility than larger buildings. G - 166December 21, 2021 162 4. The quality of façade materials in concert with doors, windows, and other façade features and their ability to add visual interest to the street from a pedestrian scale and more distant observable scales. 17.22.330 – Building details. A. Purpose. This section contains standards that affect the human experience of architecture at the ground level and the quality of windows. The purpose of this section is: 1. To encourage the incorporation of design details and small-scale elements into building façades that are attractive at a pedestrian scale. 2. To integrate window design that adds depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade. 3. To create clear and welcoming building entries. B. Applicability. This section applies only in the CBD zone. C. Façade details – nonresidential and mixed-use buildings. The ground floor of commercial and mixed-use buildings must be enhanced with appropriate details. 1. This standard applies to building façades and building elevations facing parks and containing primary building entrances. 2. All new buildings must employ at least one detail element from each of the three categories in subsection (D) for each façade articulation interval (see PAMC 17.22.330). 3. All additions associated with Level II and III improvements (see PAMC 17.22.030) must employ at least one detail element from each of the three categories in subsection (D) for each façade articulation interval (see PAMC 17.22.330). For example, a building with 120 feet of street frontage with a façade articulated at 40 feet intervals will need to meet the standards for each of the three façade segments below. D. Façade detail categories. 1. Window and/or entry treatment: a. Display windows divided into a grid of multiple panes. b. Transom windows. c. Roll-up windows/doors. d. Other distinctive window treatment that meets the purpose of the standards. e. Recessed entry. f. Decorative door. g. Other decorative or specially designed entry treatment that meets the purpose of the standards. G - 167December 21, 2021 163 Figure 17.22.330(D)(1) Examples of decorative or specially designed windows and entries. Examples of decorative or specially designed windows and entries. A = openable storefront window. B = transom windows. C = openable window with decorative details. D = decorative window shades. E = decorative door. F = recessed entry. 2. Building element, façade attachment, or façade detail: a. Custom-designed weather protection element such as a steel canopy, cloth awning, or retractable awning. b. Decorative building-mounted light fixtures. c. Bay windows, trellises, towers, and similar elements. d. Decorative, custom hanging sign(s) (option only available for building remodels). e. Other details or elements that meet the purpose of these standards. G - 168December 21, 2021 164 Figure 17.22.330(D)(2) Examples of decorative or specially designed windows and entries. 3. Decorative material and artistic elements: a. Decorative building materials/use of building materials. Examples include, but are not limited to, decorative use of brick, tile, or stonework. b. Artwork on building, such as a mural or bas-relief sculpture. c. Decorative kick-plate, pilaster, base panel, or other similar feature. d. Hand-crafted material, such as special wrought iron or carved wood. e. Other details that meet the purpose of the standards. DEPARTURES will be considered, provided the façade (at the overall scale and at the individual articulation scale) meets the purpose of the standards above. G - 169December 21, 2021 165 Figure 17.22.330(D)(3) Examples of decorative surface materials. Examples of decorative surface materials. A = decorative brick/design. B = decorative tile- work and column pattern. C = decorative medallion. D = decorative mosaic tile work. E = decorative bulkhead. F = decorative materials and design. E. Window design standards. 1. All windows (except storefront display windows) must employ designs that add depth and richness to the façade. At least one of the following features must be included to meet this requirement: (a) Recess windows at least 1.5 inches from the façade. (b) Incorporate window trim (at least three inches wide) around windows. (c) Incorporate other design treatments that add depth, richness, and visual interest to the façade. DEPATURES from the window standards above will be considered, provided the design meets the purpose of the standards. G - 170December 21, 2021 166 Figure 17.22.330(E) Acceptable and unacceptable window design examples. The windows in Image A is recessed by at least 1.5” from the façade. Images B and C feature trim at least 3” wide. Images D and E feature a reveal/recess of less than 1.5”, but the contrasting frames and mullions effectively add a sense of depth and richness to the façade. The treatment in Image F does not effectively add a sense of depth and richness to the façade. 2. Standards for specialty glass and treatments: a. Ground floor windows on all buildings may not use glass that is highly reflective, mirrored, darkly-tinted, frosted, perforated, or otherwise treated to obscure visibility into the building. b. Exception: Frosted glass is allowed for ground floor residential units located within 15 feet of a sidewalk (see PAMC 17.22.170 for related standards). The treatment must not cover more than 50 percent of any window. (ii) On other floors, highly reflective and mirrored glass must not be used on more than ten percent of a building façade or other building elevations facing parks and containing primary building entrances. F. Cornice/roofline design for flat roofs. Nonresidential and mixed-use buildings employing a flat roof must employ a distinctive roofline that effectively provides an identifiable “top” to G - 171December 21, 2021 167 the building, including one of the following [Figure 17.22.330(F) below illustrates examples]: 1. A traditional cornice line or a contemporary interpretation of a traditional cornice line. Such rooflines must be proportional to the size and scale of the building. 2. Understated cornice lines are permitted depending on the materials and design of the base and middle elements in reinforcing the base/middle/top configuration. Rooftop solar units are permitted, provided the placement and design of units visible from the surrounding streetscape are carefully integrated into the overall design concept of the building. DEPARTURE: Alternative roofline designs may be acceptable, provided the building design, collectively, meets the purpose of the standards. For example, additional articulation treatments and/or detailing may help the building meet the departure criteria. Figure 17.22.330(F) Examples of buildings employing confident and distinctive rooflines. G. Articulated building entries. The primary building entrance for an office building, hotel, multifamily building (when provided), public or community-based facility or other multi- story commercial building must be designed as a clearly defined and demarcated standout architectural feature of the building. Such entrances must be easily distinguishable from regular storefront entrances on the building and must be scaled proportional to the building. See Figure 17.22.330(G) below for good examples. G - 172December 21, 2021 168 Figure 17.22.330(G) Building entry examples. 17.22.340 – Building materials. A. Purpose. 1. To encourage the use of durable, high quality, and urban building materials that minimize maintenance cost and provide visual interest from all observable vantage points. 2. To promote the use of a distinctive mix of materials that helps to articulate façades and lends a sense of depth and richness to the buildings. 3. To place the highest priority on the first floor in the quality and detailing of materials at the pedestrian scale. B. Quality building materials. 1. Applicants must use high quality durable materials. This is most important for the base of buildings, particularly for commercial and mixed-use buildings where the façade is sited close to sidewalks. 2. Prohibited exterior building materials: a. Fiberglass. b. Vinyl and plastic siding. c. Plywood. d. T-111 siding. 3. The use of sustainably harvested, salvaged, recycled, or reused products is encouraged wherever possible. G - 173December 21, 2021 169 C. Special conditions and limitations for concrete block (also known as concrete masonry unit or CMU). Concrete block may be used as a cladding material if it is incorporated with other permitted materials and/or incorporates a combination of textures and/or colors to add visual interest. For example, combining split or rock-façade units with smooth blocks can create distinctive patterns. The figure below illustrates acceptable concrete block use/designs. Figure 17.22.340(C) Acceptable concrete block use and design. Building A uses alternating rows of concrete block and brick as an effective and contrasting accent material for its podium structure. Building B uses CMU as the primary cladding material for the ground level. Note the use of split-façade CMU’s above each of the awnings and coupled with the use of smooth-façade CMU’s on the vertical columns (which employ black accent tiles for added interest). D. Special conditions and limitations for metal siding. Metal siding may be used as a secondary cladding material (no more than 35 percent of the cladding for the façade and no more than 50 percent for other buildings elevations) if it is incorporated with other permitted materials and complies with the following standards: 1. Metal siding must not extend lower than two feet above grade. Masonry, concrete, or other durable material must be incorporated between the metal siding and the ground plane. 2. Metal siding must be factory finished with a matte, nonreflective surface. 3. Metal siding must feature visible corner molding and trim 4. Use of at least two colors of metal siding on the façade is encouraged but not required. G - 174December 21, 2021 170 DEPARTURES will be considered, provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the standards. Figure 17.22.340(D) Acceptable metal siding examples. The buildings in Image A and B integrate a range of metal siding with masonry and other materials. E. Special conditions and limitations for the use of exterior insulation and finish system (EIFS). Such material/finishes may be used as a decorative accent cladding material if incorporated with other permitted materials and compliant with the following: 1. EIFS must not extend lower than eight feet above grade. Concrete, masonry, or other durable material must be used for ground level wall surfaces to provide a durable surface where damage is most likely. 2. EIFS is allowed as a secondary cladding material. 3. EIFS must feature a smooth or sand finish only. 4. EIFS must be trimmed in wood, masonry, or other material and must be sheltered from weather by roof overhangs or other methods. DEPARTURES will be considered provided, the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the standards. G - 175December 21, 2021 171 Figure 17.22.340(E) Acceptable and unacceptable EIFS examples. Left image: Note the use of brick and decorative concrete block on the ground level and EIFS on the second floor. The window treatments visible on the second floor add depth and interest to the façade. Right image: EIFS is used for all building elevations above the first floor. F. Special conditions and limitations for cementitious wall board paneling/siding. Such material may be used, provided it meets the following provisions: 1. No more than 30 percent of the façade’s cladding and 40 percent of other building elevations cladding may be one texture and color of cement board. 2. Cement board paneling/siding may not be used on the ground floor of nonresidential or mixed-use buildings where adjacent to a sidewalk or other internal walkway. 3. Where cement board paneling/siding is used, the design must integrate a mix of colors and/or textures that are articulated consistent with windows, balconies, and modulated building surfaces and are balanced with façade details that add visual interest from the ground level and adjacent buildings. DEPARTURES will be considered, provided the material’s integration and overall façade composition meets the purpose of the standards. G - 176December 21, 2021 172 Figure 17.22.340(F) Acceptable and unacceptable cementitious wall board examples. The building on the left uses cement board in different textures and colors to help articulate the façade. The white color replicates the board and batten style in the left image and green color in the right image effectively replicates horizontal wood siding. The wall board panels covering a large area in a single color as in right image would not meet the purpose of the standards. 17.22.350 – Blank wall treatment. A. Purpose. 1. To avoid untreated blank walls. 2. To retain and enhance the character of Port Angeles’ streetscapes. B. Blank wall definition. A ground floor wall (including building façades and retaining walls) is considered a blank wall if it does not include a transparent window or door, it is over ten feet in height, and it has a horizontal length greater than: 1. 15 feet (when the wall is located less than five feet from the front lot line). 2. 20 feet (when the wall is located five to ten feet from the front lot line). 3. 25 feet (when the wall is located more than ten feet from the front lot line). Figure 17.22.350(B) Blank wall definition within five feet of a front lot line. G - 177December 21, 2021 173 C. Blank wall treatment options. Untreated blank walls visible from a street, public space, ground-level residential amenity space, or internal walkway are prohibited. Methods to treat blank walls include the following (a variety of treatments may be required to meet the purpose of the standards): 1. Display windows at least 16 inches of depth to allow for changeable displays. Tack on display cases do not qualify as a blank wall treatment. 2. Landscape planting bed at least five feet wide or a raised planter bed at least two feet high and three feet wide in front of the wall with planting materials that are sufficient to obscure or screen at least 60 percent of the wall’s surface within three years. 3. Installing a vertical trellis or “green wall” in front of the wall with climbing vines or plant materials. The method must be sufficient to obscure or screen at least 60 percent of the wall surface within three years. This option requires an irrigation and maintenance plan sufficient to maintain healthy plants for the life of the building. 4. Installing a non-commercial mural or other permanent art feature, such as metal work or mosaics, subject to final approval by the Director. 5. Building detailing that adds visual interest at a pedestrian scale such as belt courses of masonry, decorative tile work, or accent lighting. Such detailing must use a variety of surfaces; monotonous designs will not meet the purpose of the standards. Figure 17.22.350(C) Blank wall treatment examples. G - 178December 21, 2021 174 Figure 17.22.350(C) Blank wall treatment examples. Image A uses an artistic mural; Image B uses a landscape planting bed; Image C uses a trellis with a vine plant; Image D uses an elevated planting bed and a trellis. Article V - Landscaping Standards 17.22.400 – Purpose. Landscaping is necessary to provide a well-balanced, aesthetically pleasing environment for the residents, business, and visitors of Port Angeles. Specifically, these requirements are intended to accomplish the following: A. Maintain and enhance property values. B. Enhance the character and appearance of each neighborhood and the community. C. Promote tree retention and the protection of existing native vegetation. D. Implement tree and landscaping plans and programs adopted by the City. E. Provide adequate buffers between differing land uses. F. Define, break up, and screen parking areas to reduce potentially negative impacts on adjacent uses. G. Improve the air quality and provide wildlife habitat. H. Reduce erosion and stormwater runoff. 17.22.410 – Applicability. G - 179December 21, 2021 175 Applicability. Sections 17.22.400-.460 apply to all new commercial and multifamily development and where new landscaping or trees required by other sections of this Title. This chapter does not apply to required street trees (see Chapter 11.13 PAMC for street tree standards). 17.22.415 – Landscape plans. A. A landscape plan is required for all new commercial and multifamily development containing landscaping, including landscaping within the adjacent right-of-way. B. Landscape plans must be completed by a Washington State licensed landscape architect or Washington certified professional horticulturalist (CPH) for multifamily and nonresidential developments with a development site area of 10,000 gross square feet or more. C. Landscape plans must show the following elements: 1. Boundaries and dimensions of the site. 2. Location of existing and proposed streets, curbs, utility lines, and sidewalks. 3. Location of buildings and structures, parking lots, driveways, loading areas, outdoor mechanical equipment, signs, refuse enclosures, overhead utilities, water meter location, grassy swales, parking lot lighting, and any plants or trees that are to remain on site. 4. The location and design of landscape areas to be preserved and planted, and plant list to include the location, number, size, and type of plant material by botanical and common name. 5. North arrow and scale. 6. Irrigation system if a permanent or temporary system is proposed. 7. Planting details. 8. Name, address, and phone number of the person preparing the plan. 9. Landscaping calculations in compliance with this chapter. 10. A maintenance plan for any infiltration-based stormwater best management practices (BMPs) built as part of the landscaping design, including the specifications and maintenance procedures of any soil amendments. D. No building permits will be issued until a landscape plan is reviewed and approved. No certificate of occupancy (CO) will be issued until improvements are installed per the approved landscape plan. A suitable guarantee may be provided if installation is not possible or advisable due to seasonal constraints. 17.22.420 – Plant material and installation standards. A. Native and naturalized plant species. New landscaping materials must include species native to the region or hardy, waterwise, and noninvasive species appropriate in the climatic conditions of the region (decorative annuals are an exception). Generally acceptable plant materials must be those identified as hardy in Zone 8b as described in the United States Department of Agriculture’s Plant Hardiness Zone Map. The selection of plant species should include consideration of soil type and depth, the amount of maintenance required, G - 180December 21, 2021 176 spacing, exposure to sun and wind, the slope and contours of the site, compatibility with existing native vegetation preserved on the site, water conservation where needed, soil infiltration capacity, and the impact of landscaping on visibility of the site for purposes of public safety and surveillance. B. Tree standards. 1. The following terms are used to denote tree heights within this Chapter: a. Large tree: capable of growing 35 feet high or greater under normal growing conditions. b. Medium tree: capable of growing over 15 feet high and less than 35 feet high under normal growing conditions. c. Small tree: capable of growing up to 15 feet high under normal growing conditions. 2. Unless otherwise noted, required trees must meet the following standards at the time of planting: a. Deciduous trees (other than street trees) must be fully branched, have a minimum caliper of one and one-half inches (as measured six inches above the root ball), and a minimum height of six feet at the time of planting. b. Deciduous trees within parking areas must be a minimum caliper of one inch (as measured six inches above the root ball) and a minimum height of ten feet at the time of planting. c. Coniferous trees must be fully branched and a minimum of six feet in height, measured from the treetop to the ground, at the time of planting. C. Shrub standard. Shrubs, except for ornamental grasses, must be a minimum of one-gallon size at the time of planting. D. Groundcover standards and guidelines. 1. Groundcovers must be planted and spaced to result in total coverage of the required landscape area within three years, or as recommended by a Washington State licensed landscape architect or Washington certified professional horticulturalist, and must meet the following requirements: a. Four-inch pots at 18 inches on center. b. One-gallon or greater sized containers at 24 inches on center. 2. A bed of flowers may be used in place of groundcover plants. A reduction in the minimum container size may be permitted if certified by a Washington State licensed landscape architect or Washington certified professional horticulturalist that the reduction must not diminish the intended effect or the likelihood the plants will survive. 3. Grass is acceptable as groundcover in landscaped areas, but generally not preferred for water conservation and maintenance purposes (lawn areas designed as play areas are an exception). 4. Groundcover areas must contain at least two inches of composted organic material at finished grade. G - 181December 21, 2021 177 E. Tree and plant diversity. 1. If there are more than eight required trees, no more than 40 percent of them may be of one species. 2. If there are more than 24 required trees, no more than 20 percent of them may be of one species. 3. If there are more than 24 required shrubs, no more than 75 percent of them may be of one species. F. Soil augmentation and mulching. 1. Existing soils must be augmented with a two inch layer of fully composted organic material tilled a minimum of six inches deep prior to initial planting. 2. Landscape areas must be covered with at least two inches of mulch to minimize evaporation. Mulch must consist of organic materials such as bark chips and wood grindings or yard waste, sawdust, and/or manure that is fully composted. Washed rock can also be used as a mulch. G. Landscape installation standards. 1. All required landscaping must be in-ground, except when in raised planters. Plant materials must be installed to current nursery industry standards. 2. Plant materials must be properly supported to ensure survival. Support devices such as guy wires or stakes must not interfere with vehicular or pedestrian movement. Where support is necessary, stakes, guy wires or other measures must be removed as soon as the plant can support itself. 3. Existing trees and plant materials to be retained must be protected during construction, such as by use of temporary chain-link or other sturdy fence placed at the dripline of trees to be retained. Grading, topsoil storage, construction material storage, vehicles and equipment must not be allowed within the dripline of trees to be retained. 4. Installation of landscaping materials must take into consideration access to utility vaults, pedestals, and other public and private utility facilities. 5. Tree/Shrub Height and Location. The landscape plan should plan for the mature size of trees and major shrubs to avoid interference with windows, decks or lighting. 6. Trees must be protected by fencing until they are mature enough to withstand typical wildlife activity. 17.22.425 – Landscaping types. Below are the planting and design requirements for specific landscaping types. These landscaping types apply when required by this chapter. A. Type A Landscaping. 1. Purpose. Type A landscaping functions as a full screen and visual barrier. This landscaping is typically found between residential and nonresidential areas for screening unwanted views. G - 182December 21, 2021 178 2. Screening Requirement. The selected plant materials and configuration must be able to screen 70 percent of the unwanted views within five years of planting and screen substantially all of the unwanted views within six years of planting. This requirement must account for the size and characteristics of materials planted, their typical growth rate, and size at maturity. 3. Planting Requirements. Type A landscaping must consist of the following: a. Tree type. Predominately coniferous (more than 50 percent). b. Tree size. A variety of tree sizes may be used, provided at least 70 percent are medium or large [see PAMC 17.22.420(B)(1)]. Trees must be planted at the following spacing standards (“on center” refers to the distance from other trees of any size): i. Large trees must be spaced between 20 and 25 feet on center. ii. Medium trees must be spaced between 15 and 20 feet on center. iii. Small trees must be spaced between ten and 15 feet on center. c. Shrubs. Predominately coniferous provided at the rate of one shrub per 20 square feet of landscape strip. d. Groundcover. Planted at a density to cover the required area within three years. e. Species diversity. Trees and shrubs must comply with PAMC 17.22.420(E). DEPARTURES that vary from the planting requirements of this subsection (A)(3) will be considered, provided the proposal meets the screening requirement of subsection (A)(2) of this section. Figure 17.22.425(A) Type A landscaping standards. G - 183December 21, 2021 179 B. Type B Landscaping. 1. Purpose. Type B landscaping is a “filtered screen” that functions as a visual separator. This landscaping is typically found between differing types of residential development and used for screening unwanted views from the pedestrian environment. 2. Screening Requirement. The selected plant materials and configuration must meet the purpose of the standards within five years of planting. This requirement must account for the size and characteristics of materials planted, their typical growth rate, and size at maturity. 3. Planting Requirements. Type B landscaping must minimally consist of: a. Tree type. At least 50 percent deciduous and at least 30 percent coniferous. b. Tree size. A variety of tree sizes may be used, provided at least 70 percent are medium or large (see PAMC 17.22.400(B)(1)). Trees must be planted at the following spacing standards (“on center” refers to the distance from other trees of any size): i. Large trees must be spaced between 20 and 25 feet on center. ii. Medium trees must be spaced between 15 and 20 feet on center. iii. Small trees must be spaced between ten and 15 feet on center. c. Shrubs. Provided at the rate of one shrub per 20 square feet of landscape strip and spaced no more than eight feet on center. d. Groundcover. Planted at a density to cover the buffer within three years. e. Species diversity: Trees and shrubs must comply with PAMC 17.22.420(E). DEPARTURES that vary from the planting requirements of this subsection (B)(3) will be considered, provided the proposal meets the screening requirement of subsection (B)(2) of this section. G - 184December 21, 2021 180 Figure 17.22.425(B) Type B landscaping standards. C. Type C Landscaping. 1. Purpose. Type C landscaping is a “see-through screen” that functions as a partial visual separator to soften the appearance of parking areas and building elevations. This landscaping is typically found along lot frontages or between multifamily developments. 2. Screening Requirement. The selected plant materials and configuration must meet the purpose of the standards within five years of planting. This requirement must account for the size and characteristics of materials planted, their typical growth rate, and size at maturity. 3. Planting Requirements. Type C landscaping must minimally consist of: a. Tree species. At least 70 percent deciduous. b. Tree type. A variety of tree sizes may be used, provided at least 70 percent are medium or large (see PAMC 17.22.420(B)(1)). Trees must be planted at the following spacing standards (“on center” refers to the distance from other trees of any size): i. Large trees must be spaced between 20 and 25 feet on center. ii. Medium trees must be spaced between 15 and 20 feet on center. iii. Small trees must be spaced between ten and 15 feet on center. c. Shrubs. Provided at the rate of one shrub per 20 square feet of landscape strip and spaced no more than eight feet on center. d. Groundcover. Planted at a density to cover the buffer within three years. e. Species diversity. Trees and shrubs must comply with PAMC 17.22.420(E). G - 185December 21, 2021 181 f. Maintenance. Maintain trees and shrubs to maximize pedestrian visibility (generally between three and eight feet above grade). DEPARTURES that vary from the planting requirements of this subsection (C)(3) will be considered, provided the proposal meets the screening requirement of subsection (C)(2) of this section. Figure 17.22.425(C) Type C landscaping standards. D. Type D Landscaping. 1. Type D landscaping refers to all other landscaped areas that do not qualify as Type A, B, C, E, or F landscaping. While native and low-maintenance trees and shrubs are encouraged in these areas, lawn areas may be used for recreational or design purposes. These areas may also include flower beds and perennial beds. 2. Type D landscaping may include any combination of plant materials, provided they comply with the plant materials standards in PAMC 17.22.420. E. Type E Landscaping—Low Hedge. A low hedge is intended to function as an attractive visual divider of space rather than a visual buffer between uses and properties. To qualify as a hedge landscaping type, the planting must be at least 30 inches wide and 30 inches tall. The hedge includes plant materials that typically grow no taller than five feet at maturity or are maintained between 30 inches and 48 inches tall (see the sight obstruction height limits of the Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual when near an intersection). G - 186December 21, 2021 182 Figure 17.22.425(E) Low hedge examples. F. Type F Landscaping—Rain Garden. 1. A rain garden is a planted depression that collects, absorbs, and filters rainwater runoff from impervious areas. They are sized to accommodate temporary ponding and are not meant to be permanent ponds. They can also function as an attractive visual divider of space. Typical rain garden elements include: a. Garden is located and designed to capture impervious area runoff. b. Six- to 12-inch ponding depth. c. Two- to three-inch mulch layer. d. Gradual side slopes (typically 2:1). e. Overflow design elements with measures to prevent erosion. f. Generous plantings of a variety of small trees, shrubs, groundcovers, and grasses. Select plants suitable for the planting zones within the garden and around the perimeter. Refer to the current Rain Garden Handbook for Western Washington for further guidance on rain garden location, design, planting, construction, and maintenance. The current Stormwater Management Manual for Western Washington (SWMMWW) may have altered requirements for engineered rain gardens that are required for on-site stormwater management. 2. The applicability of rain gardens in site design will be determined by project size and flow control exemptions based upon minimum requirement No. 5 of the Western Washington Phase II municipal stormwater permit. G - 187December 21, 2021 183 Figure 17.22.425(F) Rain garden example. 17.22.430 – Landscaping buffer standards. A. Required buffer standards. Landscape buffers between certain uses may be called for in Table 17.22.430 below or elsewhere in this title. The following interpretations apply to Table 17.22.430: 1. The preservation of existing mature trees and vegetation may be preferable to new plant materials in the required buffer areas. The Director may require any of the following to better ensure the survival of existing mature trees and vegetation: a. Augment existing plantings with new plant materials to meet the purpose of the standards, b. Require wider buffers to better ensure the survival of existing mature trees and vegetation. This must be accompanied by use of a buffer averaging approach in which the buffer may be reduced in other locations to achieve, on average, the minimum buffer width required in Table 17.22.430 or elsewhere in this title. c. Other supplemental planting conditions. 2. The letters A, B, C, D, E, and F refer to the landscape types described in PAMC 17.22.425. Where more than one buffer type is referenced in a cell, one of the subject buffer types is required. The term “all” means that any of the landscaping types may be used. 3. The term “fence” refers to the requirement of a six-foot-high sight-screening fence. Such fences must comply with the provisions of PAMC 17.94.140. 4. The numbers refer to the minimum required width of the required landscaping buffer. 5. Where superscript numbers are included in a cell, see the corresponding note matching the number below the table. 6. The screening elements must extend along the entire property line between the uses/properties except where precluded by structures, driveways, or similar obstructions. G - 188December 21, 2021 184 7. Where the use is across the street from an existing abutting use or zone, only the buffer type listed for the abutting street is required. 8. DEPARTURES. Alternative buffer treatments may be approved per PAMC 17.22.040 for any of the buffer types required below, provided they meet the purpose of this chapter. Table 17.22.430 Required buffer types. Use Existing feature, zone, or use Street RS7, RS9, and RS11 zones1 RMD and RHD zones or multifamily use CBD, CA, CSD, CN, CO and zones1 P, parks & trails Multifamily See PAMC 17.22.435 Fence plus BC-5’ Fence or All-5’ or path2 Fence or BC-5’ or path2 Fence or All-10’ Note3 Low intensity non- residential use4 Fence plus ABC-5’ Fence or AB-5’ See Chapter 17.22 PAMC, Article III Site Planning Standards Fence plus ABC-5’ or A-10’ Note3 Moderate intensity non-residential use5 Fence plus ABC-10’ Fence plus ABC-5’ High intensity non- residential use6 Fence plus ABC-15’ Fence plus ABC-10’ Outdoor storage A-10’ Fence plus ABC-10’ Fence plus ABC-10’ Fence or A-5’ or B-10’ Notes 1. Where the abutting use meets the definition of multifamily, the developing use is subject to the landscape buffer type under the multifamily use column. 2. A paved or gravel walkway separating the properties/uses. Landscaping planters at least three feet wide separating the walkway from buildings (or other effective visual transitions between the walkway and building as determined by the Director) are required. 3. For developing uses adjacent to parks and trails, the Director may adjust requirements to emphasize buffer types that enhance visibility between the developing use or focus more on visual screening, depending on the context of the park or trail and type of developing use. 4. “Low-intensity nonresidential use” is a small-scale commercial use or development. This includes uses and/or developments with less than 25,000 square feet of gross floor area and containing no outdoor storage along a site edge requiring a landscape buffer in this section. G - 189December 21, 2021 185 Table 17.22.430 Required buffer types. Use Existing feature, zone, or use Street RS7, RS9, and RS11 zones1 RMD and RHD zones or multifamily use CBD, CA, CSD, CN, CO and zones1 P, parks & trails 5. “Moderate-intensity nonresidential use” includes uses and/or developments that are moderate in scale and intensity. This includes uses and/or developments that do not qualify as a low-intensity nonresidential use (either they are too large or have some outdoor storage areas along the site edge requiring a landscape buffer in this section) or a high-intensity nonresidential use (not large enough or do not meet the use qualifications). 6. “High-intensity nonresidential use” includes uses and/or developments with over 120,000 square feet of gross floor area or are classified as an industrial use. B. Supplemental buffer standards. 1. For screening requirements for service areas and mechanical equipment for nonresidential and multifamily development, see PAMC 17.22.250. 2. Required buffer vegetation must be planted within the property boundaries. 3. The height of any screen material required by this chapter in the vicinity of a point of ingress and egress may not exceed 30 inches in height within the clear-vision triangle (PAMC 17.94.090). 17.22.435 – Block frontage landscaping. A. Nonresidential and multifamily developments must include landscaping between the sidewalk and building or parking areas in conformance with this chapter. Such landscaping must include one or more of the landscaping types set forth in PAMC 17.22.425. Storefront buildings are exempt from this standard. Reductions in landscaping are allowed for walkways, stoops, porches, patios, pedestrian-oriented space, utility elements, and permitted vehicular access and signage elements. B. Where buildings are set back at least 15 feet from a street property line, trees must be planted at a minimum average of 30 feet apart in such planting areas, with groundcover or shrubs used liberally. DEPARTURES may be considered, provided alternative treatments meet the purposes of this chapter. C. Trees utilized in these planting areas must minimize conflict with underground and overhead utilities. Trees must be from the approved list of recommended plant materials or an approved equivalent. G - 190December 21, 2021 186 17.22.440 – Parking lot landscaping. A. Purpose. The purpose of parking lot landscape development is to soften the visual effect created by large expanses of barren asphalt. B. Required area. Planting areas in new parking areas with ten or more spaces or in upgraded or improved parking areas with ten or more spaces must constitute at least five percent of the parking area. The unused space resulting from the design of parking space arrangements or accessory structures which is over 24 square feet must be landscaped. Vegetation within LID facilities may be used to meet landscaping requirements. C. Minimum width and length. Planting areas must have a minimum average width of 7.5 feet (measured inside the curb) and must be the same length as the parking stall or column. D. Planting type. Type C landscaping must be used in required planting areas. Rain gardens, or other vegetated LID BMPs, may be integrated into planting strips, provided they integrate the same number of trees as for Type C landscaping. E. Distribution. Landscaped areas must be distributed throughout the parking lot and must have no more than eight consecutive parking spaces. Islands with vegetation within LID facilities may be used to meet landscaping requirements and may exceed maximum eight consecutive spaces. F. Parking lot perimeters. 1. For parking lots adjacent to public streets, Type C landscaping must be used at least 7.5 feet deep, except where a greater buffer width is required per the standards in subsections (A-B) of this section. G - 191December 21, 2021 187 DEPARTURES to this standard will be considered pursuant to PAMC 17.22.040, provided they meet the purpose of the standards noted above. Examples of acceptable departures may include decorative low walls with landscaping, decorative elevated planters, landscaping with a trellis, a shared-access drive, or a shared pathway. See Figure 17.22.430(F) for examples.Figure 17.22.430(F) Examples of alternative parking lot landscaping buffers. 2. For parking lots along internal lot lines, Type A, B, or C landscaping must be used at least 7.5 feet deep, except where a greater buffer width is required per the standards in subsections (A-B) of this section. Where recorded cooperative parking agreements are in place between adjacent properties, sites are exempt from the subject parking lot landscaping buffer (see PAMC 14.40.070). G - 192December 21, 2021 188 DEPARTURES to this standard and reductions in depth by up to 50 percent will be considered pursuant to PAMC 17.22.040, provided they meet the purpose of the standards noted above. 17.22.445 – Other landscaping standards. A. Existing site vegetation. General. Applicants are encouraged to retain existing native vegetation, including indigenous shrubs, herbaceous plants, and significant trees on the subject property. B. Special fire department standards. 1. Landscaping in the vicinity of any fire hydrant, Fire Department sprinkler connection or standpipe connection should not prevent such equipment from being immediately discernible nor deter or hinder the Fire Department from gaining immediate access to the equipment. This section includes the guidelines for landscaping around the equipment, with final approval from the City Fire Marshal. 2. Fire Hydrants. a. Fire hydrants must be free from obstruction on all sides by a minimum clearance of three feet. b. Fire hydrants along streets, driveways, parking lots, fire access routes (fire lanes), or at intersections must be visible for at least 100 feet in all directions along such streets, driveways, access routes or intersections. No plants or shrubs with a height of over 18 inches and no tree with branches or foliage below five feet must be allowed in this sight visibility area. 3. Sprinkler and Standpipe Connections. a. Fire Department connections for sprinklers and standpipes must be free from obstructions on all sides by a minimum clearance of three feet. b. When a Fire Department connection is over 25 feet from a street, driveway, parking lot, or fire access route, a clear path must be maintained with minimum width of three feet between the Fire Department connection and the street, driveway, parking lot or fire access route. 17.22.450 – Maintenance. A. Property owners and their agents, heirs, or assigns are responsible for maintaining all required landscaping and screening areas in a healthy, growing condition. B. All landscaping and screening areas must be maintained reasonably free of weeds and trash, treated for pests/diseases in accordance with the approved landscape plan, and maintained so as to prevent mulch, straw, dirt, or other materials from washing onto streets, sidewalks, and adjoining properties. C. Any dead, unhealthy, or missing vegetation, or vegetation disfigured by severe or excessive pruning, unusual weather occurrence or natural catastrophe, or other natural occurrence such G - 193December 21, 2021 189 as damage by wild or domestic animals, must be replaced with equivalent vegetation that conforms to the approved landscaped plan and the standards of this chapter. D. Any engineered soil amendments must be maintained and replaced as needed to continue the original function of stormwater best management practices. 17.22.455 – Irrigation standards. The purpose of this standard is to ensure that plants will survive the critical establishment period when they are most vulnerable due to lack of watering. All required landscaped areas must comply with at least one of the following: A. A permanent built-in irrigation system with an automatic controller that serves the proposed landscape area, to be installed and operational before the City grants an occupancy permit or final inspection for the development. B. A temporary irrigation system that services the proposed landscape area, provided the applicant can successfully demonstrate that the proposed temporary irrigation system will provide sufficient water to ensure that the plant materials to be planted will survive installation and, once established, will survive without watering other than natural rainfall. C. A permanent or temporary irrigation system will not serve the proposed landscape area, provided: 1. The Director finds the landscape area otherwise fulfills the requirements of this section. 2. The applicant submits all of the following with the site plan application: a. A statement from a Washington State licensed landscape architect or Washington certified professional horticulturalist (CPH) certifying that the materials to be planted will survive without watering other than natural rainfall. b. A plan for monitoring the survival of required vegetation for at least one year and for detection and replacement of required vegetation that does not survive with like-kind material or other material approved by the City. c. A statement from the applicant agreeing to install an irrigation system if the reviewing authority finds one is needed to ensure survival of required vegetation, based on the results of the monitoring plan. 17.22.460 – Performance assurance/bonding. If landscaping improvements cannot be installed prior to a formal certificate of occupancy, a cash deposit, letter of credit or other assurance acceptable to the City equal to 150 percent of the estimated installation costs is required. Such deposit must be accompanied by a letter which stipulates completion of all landscape improvements within six months of the certificate of occupancy or date of final approval, whichever is later. If these conditions are not met, the City may use the deposit to install the landscaping. G - 194December 21, 2021 190 Section 35. Chapter 17.24. is repealed in its entirety. Section 36. Ordinance 1709 as amended and Chapter 17.94. is repealed in its entirety and replaced as follows: Chapter 17.94 – General Provisions, Conditions and Exceptions 17.94.010 - Foregoing regulations subject to this chapter. The foregoing regulations pertaining to the several zones must be subject to the general provisions, conditions, and exceptions contained in this chapter. 17.94.020 - Lot area not to be reduced, exceptions. A. De minimis variance: Adjustment to the lot area of no more than five percent of the minimum lot size established by the underlying zone. 17.94.040 - Yards to be enclosed within a solid fence. A. Every wrecking, salvage, junk, used lumber yards, equipment and material storage yards must be completely enclosed within a building or within a continuous solid fence no less than six feet in height or to a greater height if such height is needed to screen completely all the operations of such yards. B. Salvage and building material establishments must contain all items for display or sale within a structure or behind a sight-obscuring fence not less than six feet in height. No part of any required front, side or rear yard setbacks must be used for the sale or display of any said items. 17.94.050 - Vacated streets. Vacated streets, alleys, places and cul-de-sacs must assume the zone classifications of the property that adjoined such street, alley, place or cul-de-sac prior to vacation. Where zone classification differs from one side to the other the boundary line must be at the former center line of such vacated street, alley, place or cul-de-sac. 17.94.060 - Yard requirements for property abutting half-streets or streets designated by an official control. A. A building or structure must not be erected on a lot that abuts a street having only a portion of its required width dedicated and where no part of such dedication would normally revert to said lot if the street were vacated, unless the yards provided and maintained in connection with such building or structure have a width or depth of that portion of the lot needed to complete the road width plus the width or depth of the yards required on the lot by these regulations. B. This section applies to all zones. C. Where an official control adopted pursuant to law includes plans for widening of existing streets, the connecting of existing streets, or the establishment of new streets, the placement G - 195December 21, 2021 191 of buildings and the maintenance of yards, where required by these regulations, must relate to the future street boundaries as determined by said official control. 17.94.065 - Development standards for conditional uses in residential zoning. TABLE A CONDITIONAL USES IN RESIDENTIAL SINGLE-FAMILY ZONES THAT HAVE SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS Uses Lot Area Lot Width Yard Requirements Lot Coverage Signs Per Site Front Interior Side Corner Side Rear Art Galleries and museums * * * * * * * 10 sq. ft. unlit or indirectly lit Bed and breakfasts in R-7, R-9, and R-11 See PAMC Chapter 17.18 * * * * * * Two 5 sq. ft. signs indirectly lit Child care 7,000 sq. ft. * * * * * 0 5 sq. ft. unlit Churches or other places of worship 25,000 sq. ft. 100 ft. 35 ft. 35 ft. 35 ft. 35 ft. 0 24 sq. ft. of reader board signage indirectly lit Communication transmission structures, radio/TV stations and towers * * * * * * * 10 sq. ft. unlit Duplexes: * * * * * * G - 196December 21, 2021 192 Libraries ½ acre 100 ft. 35 ft. 35 ft. 35 ft. 35 ft. * 10 sq. ft. unlit Nursing, convalescent homes, assisted living facilities 1 acre 200 ft. 30 ft. 20 ft. 20 ft. 40 ft. * 10 sq. ft. unlit Public parks and recreation facilities 20 sq. ft. unlit Public utility structures 9,000 sq. ft. 75 ft. 25 ft. 8 ft. 25 ft. 10 ft. * 20 sq. ft. unlit Public and private schools: Elementary schools 5 acres + 1 acre per ea. 100 students 40 ft. 40 ft. 40 ft. 40 ft. 40 ft. 25% 100 sq. ft. Middle, Jr. and Sr. high schools 10 acres + 1 acre per ea. 100 students 40 ft. 40 ft. 40 ft. 40 ft. 40 ft. 25% 100 sq. ft. * See applicable zone for minimum standards. 17.94.075 - Exception to yard requirement. When the side lot line of a lot in any zone adjoins the side lot line of a lot in a more restrictive zone, the adjoining side yard for such lot must not be less than the minimum side yard required in the more restrictive zone. 17.94.080 - Yard and unobstructed space regulations. Except as provided in this chapter, every required yard and unobstructed space must be open and unobstructed from the ground to the sky. No yard or unobstructed space provided around any building for the purpose of complying with the provisions of these Regulations must be considered as providing a yard or unobstructed space on an adjoining lot or parcel whereon a building is to be erected. G - 197December 21, 2021 193 17.94.090 - Vision clearance. All corner and reverse corner lots must maintain a triangular area within which no tree, fence, shrub, wall or other physical obstruction must be permitted higher than 30 inches above the established grade for vision safety purposes. Said triangular area must be measured as follows: A. Street intersections. At any intersection of two streets, curbs or sidewalks, two sides of said triangular area must extend 20 feet along both improvements, measured from their point of intersection. B. Street and alley intersections. At any intersection of street and alley rights-of-way, two sides of said triangular area must extend ten feet along both rights-of-way, measured from their point of intersection. C. Street and driveway intersections. At any intersection of a street, curb or sidewalk and a driveway, the sides of each required triangular area must extend ten feet along the street right-of-way line and 20 feet along the edge of the driveway, measured from the point of intersection of each side of the driveway and the street right-of-way line. 17.94.100 - Driveways. Width, location and number of curb-cuts for driveways per lot must be as specified in the City of Port Angeles Urban Services Standards and Guidelines Manual. 17.94.110 - Parking space regulations. All space used for the sale, display, or parking of any merchandise or vehicles must be confined to the property lines. No space for the sale, display, or parking of any merchandise or vehicles must be permitted in the right-of-way of any public street, unless a right-of-way use permit is first obtained. Discretionary approvals required under the Zoning Code may be conditioned to require the necessary screening, lighting, entrances, and exits for off-street parking. 17.94.120 - Permitted intrusions into required yards. The following intrusions may project into any required yards: A. Fireplace structures not wider than eight feet measured in the general direction of the wall of which it is a part. B. Exterior residential elevators not greater than three feet in depth nor wider than eight feet measured in the general direction of the wall of which it is a part. C. Unenclosed, uncovered or covered porches, terraces, or landings, when not extending above the first floor of the building, may extend not more than six feet into the front yard setback, eight feet into the rear yard setback and three feet into the side yard setback. Open railing or grillwork in conformance with the International Building Code may be constructed around any such porch, terrace or landing. D. Planting boxes or masonry planters not exceeding 30 inches in height may extend a maximum of three feet into any required front yard. E. Porches, decks, platforms, walks, driveways, etc., not more than 30 inches above grade. F. Plazas and common outdoor recreation areas. G - 198December 21, 2021 194 G. Eaves with a maximum overhang of 30 inches. H. Detached accessory buildings within the rear one-third of a lot are permitted not closer than three feet to side nor ten feet to rear property lines or alleys. 17.94.130 - Lot coverage exemptions. The following must be exempt from the maximum lot coverage requirements of any zone: A. Sidewalks, driveways, and uncovered off-street parking spaces. B. The first 30 inches of eaves. C. Uncovered swimming pools and hot tubs. D. Uncovered, unenclosed decks and platforms not more than 30 inches above grade. E. Systems that allow the infiltration of stormwater into the underlying soils, such as permeable pavement and bioretention facilities, are not counted against lot coverage calculations. F. A professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington is required to perform infiltration assessment for sites which add 5,000 square feet or more of new or replaced hard surface area. 17.94.135 - Stormwater site coverage exemptions. Systems that are not hard surfaces and allow the infiltration of stormwater into the underlying soils, such as bioretention facilities, are exempt from the maximum site coverage requirements of any zone. All applicants seeking exemptions under this section are required to participate in a pre- application review meeting with City staff. A professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington is required to perform infiltration assessment for sites which add 5,000 square feet or more of new or replaced hard surface area. 17.94.140 - Walls and fences. In all residential zones a wall or fence must be no taller than four feet within the front building setback area, provided that a height of six feet is permitted within the front setback area if the top two feet is constructed of material that is at least 50 percent open work. The fence height may be a maximum six feet between the front setback line and mid-point of the lot. The fence height may be a maximum of eight feet from the mid-point of a lot to the rear property line, provided that the top two feet is constructed of a material that is at least 25 percent open (Note: lattice is 25 percent open). All vision clearance requirements per section 17.94.090 (driveways, street and alley corners) must be maintained. The finished side (side without the support) of a fence must face the neighboring property or if on a corner lot must face the street. Fence post supports may contain a decorative cap that does not exceed six inches above the maximum fence height. Fences taller than six feet in height require a building permit. A maximum fence height of six feet is permitted in commercial zones. Barbed wire or electric fencing is allowed only above the top of fence that is solid or is chain link and is at least six feet tall. G - 199December 21, 2021 195 17.94.150 - Storage of merchandise or vehicles in yards and rights-of-way. A. In residential and commercial zones, the storage of merchandise, appliances or vehicles in front or side yards must be prohibited; provided, however, that car dealerships, boat sales, lumber yards, nurseries, and car rental services must be exempt from this requirement. B. In no zone must the storage of any articles or vehicles be permitted to extend into public rights-of-way. 17.94.155 - Use of residential streets. Subject to any other regulation of the use of streets under this Code, no owner or occupant of land abutting a public street, which land or street is in a residential zone or is the boundary of a residential zone, may use such street for the habitual or overnight parking or storage of commercial motor vehicles or trailers. Excepted from this prohibition is the parking on the street of one commercially used vehicle that is driven to and from the work place by the owner or occupant of the dwelling unit. 17.94.175 - Exceptions to area requirements. For the purpose of encouraging the construction of off-street parking under or within a building rather than in rear, side, or front yards, the following exceptions to minimum lot areas must be permitted. For each ten-foot by 20-foot area to be permanently reserved and used for a parking space under or within a building, a lot area credit of 300 square feet must be permitted. Said lot area credit can be deducted from the required minimum lot area, or can be used to increase a proportional number of permitted dwelling units in motels and multi-family structures. 17.94.180 - Minor deviations. A. A minor deviation from front, side, and rear yard setbacks, lot coverage, and height requirements established in this title may be granted by the Director of Community and Economic Development in accordance with the provisions of this section. G - 200December 21, 2021 196 B. A minor deviation may be granted if all of the following findings are made: 1. The granting of the minor deviation is consistent with the purpose of the zone in which the property is located and the project is otherwise consistent with the requirements of said zone. 2. Because of special circumstance, the strict application of the zoning ordinance results in an undue hardship upon the applicant. 3. The minor deviation will not be materially detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to property or improvements in the vicinity and zone in which the subject property is located. 4. The minor deviation is not greater than ten percent of the requirement being deviated from. C. Any applications that are not granted a minor deviation by the Director of Community and Economic Development pursuant to this section must obtain a variance through the City's normal variance procedure as set forth in Chapter 2.52 PAMC. 17.94.185 - Non-zoned annexation areas. Any area not zoned by the City prior to annexation must automatically upon annexation be classified and subject to the provisions, restrictions, and requirements of the zone most consistent with the City's comprehensive plan as determined by the City. 17.94.190 - Exceptions, variances and adjustments to stormwater development minimum requirements. A. Exceptions/variances (exceptions) to the stormwater development minimum requirements may be granted by the Director of Community and Economic Development following legal public notice of an application for an exception or variance, legal public notice of the Director's decision on the application, and written findings of fact that documents the Director's determination to grant an exception. The Director may grant an exception to stormwater development minimum requirements if such application imposes a severe and unexpected economic hardship. To determine whether the application imposes a severe and unexpected economic hardship on the project applicant, the applicant must provide written documentation considering the following: 1. The current (pre-project) use of the site; and 2. How the application of the minimum requirement(s) restricts the proposed use of the site compared to the restrictions that existed prior to the adoption of the minimum requirements; and 3. The possible remaining uses of the site if the exception were not granted; and 4. The uses of the site that would have been allowed prior to the adoption of the minimum requirements; and G - 201December 21, 2021 197 5. A comparison of the estimated amount and percentage of value loss as a result of the minimum requirements versus the estimated amount and percentage of value loss as a result of requirements that existed prior to adoption of the minimum requirements; and 6. The feasibility for the owner to alter the project to apply the minimum requirements. B. The Director must consider and document with findings of fact the applicant's request. In addition the Director must determine and document the exception meets the following criteria: the exception will not increase risk to the public health and welfare, nor be injurious to other properties in the vicinity and/or downstream, and to the quality of waters of the state; and the exception is the least possible exception that could be granted to comply with the intent of the stormwater development minimum requirements. C. Adjustments to the minimum requirements may be granted by the Director provided that a written finding of fact is prepared, that addresses the following: 1. The adjustment provides substantially equivalent environmental protection. 2. Based on sound engineering practices, the objectives of safety, function, environmental protection and facility maintenance, are met. Section 37 - Corrections. The City Clerk and the codifiers of this ordinance are authorized to make necessary corrections to this ordinance including, but not limited to, the correction of the scrivener’s/clerical errors, references, ordinance numbering, section/subsection numbers and any references thereto. Section 38 - Severability. If any provisions of this Ordinance, or its application to any person or circumstances, are held invalid, the remainder of the Ordinance, or application of the provisions of the Ordinance to other persons or circumstances, is not affected. Section 39 - Effective Date. This Ordinance, being an exercise of a power specifically delegated to the City legislative body, is not subject to referendum. This ordinance shall take effect five (5) days after passage and publication of an approved summary thereof consisting of the title. PASSED by the City Council of the City of Port Angeles at a regular meeting of said Council held on the _____ day of December, 2021. G - 202December 21, 2021 198 _________________________________ Kate Dexter, Mayor APPROVED AS TO FORM: _____________________________ William E. Bloor, City Attorney ATTEST: _____________________________ Kari Martinez-Bailey, City Clerk PUBLISHED: _____________, 2021 By Summary G - 203December 21, 2021 https://www.cityofpa.us/DocumentCenter/View/10996/BRC-Code-Amendment-with-Notes---Draft-2 https://www.cityofpa.us/DocumentCenter/View/10997/BRC-Code- Amendment-LILO---Draft-2 G - 204December 21, 2021 G - 205December 21, 2021 G - 206December 21, 2021 G - 207December 21, 2021 G - 208December 21, 2021 G - 209December 21, 2021 G - 210December 21, 2021 • • • G - 211December 21, 2021 G - 212December 21, 2021 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Thomas Hunter, Director of Public Works & Utilities Subject: Americans with Disabilities Act Transition Plan Resolution and Adoption Background / Analysis: By the end of December 2021, the City is required by federal law to adopt an Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan to remain eligible for federal funding. This plan: • Identifies physical barriers in the public right-of-way limiting accessibility to services and programs; • Identifies and prioritize methods to address the barriers; and • Develops a schedule for eliminating barriers. The ADA Transition Plan will establish the City’s ongoing commitment to providing equal access for all, including those with disabilities. In developing this plan, the City undertook a comprehensive evaluation of facilities and policies related to the public right-of-way to determine existing access barriers for individuals with disabilities. This plan will help guide future planning and implementation for necessary accessibility improvements. Both the Self-Evaluation and the Transition Plan are required elements of the federally mandated ADA Title II, which requires government agencies to provide equal access to programs and services they offer. While the ADA applies to all aspects of government services, this plan focuses on City facilities within the public right-of-way. This includes attributes of sidewalks, curb ramps, and pedestrian pushbuttons; all facility types inventoried by the City. The plan summarizes the self-evaluation, including an accessibility assessment of pedestrian facilities as well as practices and procedures which relate to them, such as curb ramp design standards. It also Summary: Federal law requires the City develop an Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan, which must be adopted no later than the end of December 2021 for the City to remain eligible for Federal funding. A presentation of the Plan and a public hearing were held at the City Council meeting on November 16, 2021; the Plan has been available for citizen review on the City website since this date. The purpose of this agenda item is to conduct the reading of the resolution adopting the ADA Transition Plan. Since the public hearing there have been no changes to the Transition Plan. Funding: The plan presents suggested funding levels for barrier removal projects to be considered in future budgets. Staff recommends selecting a 60-year replacement schedule at an annual additional cost of $230,000.00 for priority barrier removal. Potential funding mechanisms will be brought forward for City Council consideration in 2022 during the Capital Facilities Plan process. Recommendation: Pass the resolution adopting the ADA Transition Plan. December 21, 2021 H - 1 contains a Transition Plan, which identifies a schedule for the removal of barriers and identifies how the City will consistently address requests for accommodations. The ADA Transition Plan was opened for public comment on November 16, 2021. No changes have been made to the draft plan. The final plan is now presented to City Council for adoption. The plan includes 11 recommendations: Recommendation: Status: Next Action: 1.Update City design standards to match ADA Standards Pending Update PAMC and USSG 2.Identify an official responsible for Transition Plan Complete N/A 3.Develop a Citywide Accessible Pedestrian Signal (APS) policy Pending Adopt draft policy 4.Educate City staff, consultants, and contractors on ADA standards On-going Continuing Education 5.Develop a standard grievance process for barriers to accessibility Complete N/A 6.Develop a consistent and centralized MEF documentation database Pending Create GIS tracking tool 7.Develop performance measures and processes to track removal of barriers Pending Create GIS tracking tool 8.Continue data collection for pedestrian features in the public right-of-way Pending Collect as-built data on future construction projects 9.Review and clarify policies relating to accessibility in construction projects Pending Update USSG 10.Look for opportunities to increase existing barrier removal funding Pending Determine funding sources for 60-year, $230,000/year 11.Evaluate all City Programs and Activities as they relate to the ADA Pending Identify barriers within City buildings, parks, programs Once adopted, this plan will be used by staff to plan for removing physical barriers within the public right-of-way using Operation and Maintenance, Overlay, and ADA Barrier Projects funding. Through the adoption of this Plan, the City is committing to: 1) remove these barriers; and 2) implement future projects to remove barriers identified in this plan. In addition, the City is continually working towards maintaining ADA compliance for all future capital improvement projects, permitted development, and any other right-of-way construction projects. To view the plan follow this link to the City of Port Angeles website: https://www.cityofpa.us/DocumentCenter/View/10969/DRAFT---ADA- Transition-Plan---City-of-Port-Angeles---November-2021 The plan was originally presented to City Council at the November 16th Council meeting. The version in the November 16 packet has not changed. Funding Overview: The plan presents suggested funding levels for barrier removal projects to be considered in future budgets. Staff recommends selecting a 60-year replacement schedule at an annual additional cost of $230,000.00 for priority barrier removal. Potential funding mechanisms will be brought forward for City Council consideration in 2022. December 21, 2021 H - 2 -1- RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION of the City Council of the City of Port Angeles, Washington, approving the ADA Transition Plan. WHEREAS, the City strives to provide equal access for all, including those with disabilities; and WHEREAS, federal law requires the City to adopt an Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan by the end of December, 2021; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Port Angeles Washington, being the governing body did, after public notice, hold a public hearing on the 16th of November 2021 to provide the public the opportunity to comment on the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan; and WHEREAS, the Council finds and declares that the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan, which is attached hereto as Exhibit A, satisfies the requirements of the ADA; is appropriate to the needs and circumstances of the City of Port Angeles; and is in the best interests of the citizens of the City; NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Port Angeles Washington that the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan, attached hereto as Exhibit A, be and it is hereby approved; and BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED that the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Transition Plan, together with this Resolution, shall be published and made available to the public through the City of Port Angeles website. PASSED by the City Council of the City of Port Angeles at a regular meeting of said Council held on the 21st day of December 2021. Kate Dexter, Mayor ATTEST: By:_ Kari Martinez-Bailey, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: By:_ William E. Bloor, City Attorney December 21, 2021 H - 3 Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Thomas Hunter, Director of Public Works & Utilities Subject: 2022 Clean Energy Implementation Plan (CEIP) Background / Analysis: The Clean Energy Transformation Act (CETA) was enacted by the Washington State legislature to provide the electric industry with a path to a non-carbon emitting future. The City’s electric utility must comply with the Act’s mandate to provide a Clean Energy Implementation Plan every four years. The following benchmarks apply to all electric utilities, including Port Angeles: • coal free by 2025, • green-house gas neutral by 2030, and • 100% non-emitting/renewable by 2045. The electric utility is required, by RCW 19.405.060, to prepare a Clean Energy Implementation Plan (CEIP) and submit it to the Washington State Department of Commerce. The Plan must include specific targets and actions the City will take to meet the benchmarks of CETA. This is the first CEIP developed by the City using data from: • Bonneville Power Administration, • US Department of Energy Low-Income Energy Affordability Development Tool, • Washington State Department of Health Tracking and Highly Impacted Communities tools, and • Clallam County public process conducted by Lighthouse Energy Consulting for Clallam PUD and including data from the City of Port Angeles. The CEIP must be updated every four years and will be available for public review on the City’s website. Funding Overview: N/A Summary: The City of Port Angeles draft Clean Energy Implementation Plan has been prepared in accordance with the Clean Energy Transformation Act (CETA). The Act requires the governing body of a consumer-owned utility to provide public notice and hearing prior to the approval of the 2022 plan, and any future plans. The purpose of this memo is to provide information on the development of this Plan. Recommendation for plan adoption will take place at the January 4, 2022 City Council meeting. Funding: N/A Recommendation: It is recommended the City Council: 1. Hear a presentation on the Clean Energy Implementation Plan; and 2. Pass the attached Resolution to set a public hearing regarding the updated Resource Plan and continue to the January 4, 2022 City Council meeting. December 21, 2021 H - 4 -1- RESOLUTION NO. A RESOLUTION of the City Council of the City of Port Angeles, Washington, setting a hearing date for a proposal to approve the 2022 Clean Energy Implementation Plan. WHEREAS, the City strives to ensure that the City develops a plan to meet the requirements of the Clean Energy Transformation Act (CETA); and WHEREAS, the City must submit a Clean Energy Implementation Plan to the Washington Department of Commerce in 2022 and every four years thereafter as required by RCW 19.405.060; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Port Angeles Washington, being the governing body of the consumer-owned electric utility, will conduct a public hearing on the 4th of January, 2022 to provide the public the opportunity to comment on the 2022 Clean Energy Implementation Plan. NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Port Angeles, Washington, that at the regular City Council meeting on January 4, 2022, at 6:00 P.M., or as soon thereafter as possible, the Council will conduct a public hearing regarding the 2022 Clean Energy Implementation Plan as prepared by the Director of Public Works and Utilities and attached hereto as Exhibit A. PASSED by the City Council of the City of Port Angeles at a regular meeting of said Council held on the 21st day of December, 2021. _____________________________ Kate Dexter, Mayor ATTEST: By:_______________________________ Kari Martinez-Bailey, City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: By:_______________________________ William E. Bloor, City Attorney December 21, 2021 H - 5 A r „r I mod IVY pll pan �� IIIIIIIIIIII ��/ ��°jw uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuullu I�,„,�„, I uuuuuuuuuuuuumylllllllluuuuuuuuuuuumyllllllll�'" � I���� ����w uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuu uuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuul uuw i ���;,;, IidVlVllllllllllll IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII °^�°°^� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII �e ,,,����u���`�, p�������� IYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYYY �10�1u IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�I °°°° � ��eoaao�'�""�������� t �IIIII / m�uruur IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII V�im�timmq IIII ®� IgN�CIgVUINWuw n�u v^v �Wo m�,ml lom�,W lumW�. I N�tt�Nh pIttwuti� rypNplR N r 00V II�Y� 5 / F, y L G z i Z r O O G i J / i 110P\ONINVN M0YftVMh\4A10V 1) c O cc E U L c 40 cc c L O cc L � W 0 •� c cc a ch U U >, •vh 4- 0 Q 0 Ch .0 W W .0 cc w CD > U - O Q 0 cf w! O N cc 0- M U o w U O •— � cri L Cca) cc O � � CO � CcO z 0L> 3: ._ N Cl)0Cl)RS I.C) cc : 4-+ 0� '� Vi CL CV Cc ( x O O CV cc E 4. cu (n.ter L uuuuuuuu uuuuuuuuu -0 � •_ O_ .�1 ._ EW-- cc O -�-+ to. — ziiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiililillip L .� •� cc >% 0 o E >-w �1 L u1iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii � � � 0•- .� L � cq r. 0.0, a) (1) z Cl) cri (1) 0 CU 0 Cl) C-0 cc (1) 0 UJ 3: 04� CLUZ >% L u1iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii o � � � �•L ,iJ Lm� O � � E O — QL cc O L � O VCcM v� a� U CD U L w r ou DID O cc p LU •— c L cf)Cc v •- p L cr L cc -� •— .�..� 0 L 13 Cc a) cc .— a) 0 a) .0 >1 L V O cr cq� N co m > lo O m p zT a) x N m U. L CL -0 W 1.> U co -N � -1� -1-� O Cc cccc cc }+ > O v _ O O Cc y_ cn U Cl) p ccU� liiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiillillillillillillilliu� L. crC/) U 41 Ocri cc cc U m ca U -1-+ a z �— -0 cc . < -a 0 Vn . . p U � � . . O U � cri ._ Q 0 CL QC �- UL W � cc a) U a� cc Q «s V U cc 0) 3: cccc U U U -1-+ DID •L U U E W OC D U L ? O U U ����� S .0 C/) U C/) 0 = i W W W � �•— �— o 041 o ox E � � ,vn > -0 I . wow co m E � U cc -0a) w a-00 0 m 41 U Cl) con co 0 C, m co 17. U 0 (1) o Ma V cricc L � O O0 tnvM 0 r = a .� Q .— LU - U. _ — � U aC04 � >, a� — •- � cn -�+ E a a ma .- 0 � m � cri o 0 0 O:p M =0 0 EQ� U 4�� L � O � �� O a Cc - ().a 41 (). CL Cc u •— D.C. �I 'a a >% lam a� L � �.cn, Oo 0 �Ja ..ter o �� �.w =.- 0 _ Ln C 0 O c ca v a_ c cu (D� 'acu M U +j 0 ENo CD O U LX }; LU � U - � CU � � +a � � 0 � cn ,EN CO .X � U � � cuCD •O ; N O L O to co tn .— oco U .- O ' 00 0Op � E � UN O � U U � Q — OU w Z4*-- 0- Z (1) IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�W L U11111111111111111 Lr� u..,n �, Cl, Wm r CJ mnmmn� t.:,D �J ur1 LLJ IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIUv m .,� � �I � � NNW CD r`4 ro MEN= CD U11111111111111111 1(.V CD �� O 1 411 IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�� � R l-� — IIIIIIII uU' ! u F: CD L >= L C cf) O O •— 00 4a 0 CID3: cr c O U cc r c L O y— U O L U U O ca 4- U U � O CV o E_ p � cc a� Cl) Q � � p � U a)� La) r E liiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiillillillillillillilliu� 00 cc m X cc U U � O L1 X 01 Cc0 •- cc E CL CID m occ 00 • IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII� W IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�� � y- Q � cc0 OU V) � L O L. 0 M p p O � L. IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII U.J V co o CO cu .2 -w = m .. — LION, U1111111111111111111110 Ch -W > LM 0. U m U U U m X U DIDQ 0 m E Q W c u1iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiCO IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIcu MINIMUM IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII U cn Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllw cu uuuuuuuuuuluv � � � �, J �P cn uuuuuuuuuv � � �u IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIWo � o l � IIµIIIIIWW 4-1 u1iiiiiiiiiiiiiiii NO 4� L � / � vN • b,� Ia Ufw W 0 WE �_ IJ,rv�ti�rvu�aWwtlawXM 0 Wo c r IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII cuCU w C cu CU CU IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIN � • � 11 � ��� IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIV � Cl) C O W � � co a L Q Vi vU 0 � E cu C •U O � U CIO — = p V� 0 0 = E V� O_ cu �I L co 0 00- 0 � V Q CL W 0 � ca � •— CL ca •— O N � � �CU � Q cn DID Zj U N CU 0 co Qcn �•- No� � 0 0o 0.0 = 0C?1cn U-,>+ IIIIIIIIII •- L •-•- N i C� � 00 cc 0cr DID _ � 0 a I- O 4 0 O U cc cc ca Cc cc >1 U L- >1 = cc Cum 0 L CL c L 0=1111111111111111 co cc c O •U O s •� Club 0 00. 0 wo 0 L. .+-0. + •— s DID /m a — 0 0 .— > 6� 4-+ a) W am 4� U to to 0 O V cc ca � O ._ 4� co E 0 — •� >, 0 to0 co s O O U U U o j ccV do J .�.J ._ V • • • • U cn c E �+ . . cu 4- L O r. ,O 0 4- lb GEM ^, •— . CU VI Q U s to O > _ E .- L ++ O U .� O U O L- > 0 i U � v = > U 'L .— Q .� O o 0 'V � +, O O E .LM 0 Cl) •- • U S. O co 0 cn O CU S. ♦,, cn ca Cc Ccc c tn0 � E ° U � U ° .� U ' a) o uuuuuuuu� •— a Y (n Q C = • • • • • • U >IU O (n cc c •� E n o wo >1 O i N O >1 N E •U = Ocn UJ = - • tr N v >p Ch L o O �. :3 �— U4° o CU U li LM Ch Ch -0 Ch 0 E � � U O �-+ L- U +O+ _ 00 ,_ � N N � cn c� L On O L CL V c U 4- 4- N a1 H � o aJ � 4- v a1 O p aJ USA O OV ate+ c N O N N I_ O O O U v a) tm N Q -0 v v _0 > E v O v �, u � x v a) o — a tm v -0 a O v a) a) - -0 -0 v p O O C U a a w v v 0 • • • • a-+ v V c�c c�c c�c 0 m aL-+ u tm r- O 1 L v Ln & }, a) c N u v N r-I +-+ O v v V V uuuuuullluu tw O C O ao _o a L v '0 O v v :E � L' "- u E HUMID LU iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii1 Lv 07 O o 4--1 "a, :MENINDN Lu Q v m ° Cr +� uuuull o > Lw N Q 4- v O p 4 O Cl) v v v w V L E _ J L ° v E " O ° x C U w w oC 0 cn * A r I w „r ��Ullllum�- Ullliumiiiiii IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII�I �� I uuuuuuuuiiiiiiiiiiuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuiiiiiiiiiuuuuiiuuui Vff; i mlb f' �ih�n�naoum .� pa uG�nw �INltl�OWUU IIIII '^� u u 1 m.. i V r II;;yy m9 a U IIIGG xuuxi.ie..6„ fm 110P\ i 5 / L G z ,f Z / r O O G i J / i IIIII III IINP\ONINVN�\9NYftVMh\4N10VN�\9k Date: December 21, 2020 To: City Council From: Kari Martinez-Bailey, City Clerk Subject: City Council Assignments for 2022-2024 Background / Analysis: As members of the Port Angeles City Council, you not only dedicate time to your duties as Councilmembers, you are also asked to serve on a variety of internal and external boards, committees, and commissions. Appointments to these committees are typically for two years. Committee assignments are made by the Council as a body, except for the Utility Advisory Committee, (UAC). By ordinance, the Mayor is given the authority to appoint three councilmembers to serve on the UAC. Most committees have been assigned an alternate representative. Alternates serve an important role in ensuring that the City is represented when the assigned Councilmember(s) cannot attend. If you cannot attend a meeting, please contact your alternate directly to arrange for them to attend in your absence. Staff serves as alternate on a few committees, including as the main alternate for the Olympic Peninsula Tourism Commission. By statute, only one Councilmember is assigned to the Lodging Tax Advisory Committee (LTAC), therefore there is no alternate assigned to the LTAC. It’s important to note that the Council Reports section of the meeting agenda is intended to be a time when Councilmembers can update the full body on their committee assignments. The Clerk’s Office will send correspondence to each committee, notifying them as to their Council representative(s). City advisory committees will be in touch with Councilmembers about onboarding. Funding Overview: N/A Attachments: City Council Assignments List Summary: Councilmembers are asked to serve on a variety of internal and external boards, committees and commissions. Some assignments are either required by State statute or by the organization’s bylaws. Each year City Council reviews the current assignments for possible alteration in assignment. Every two years, the Mayor works with Councilmembers to determine each member’s interest in serving on these various committees, and then presents a draft assignment list to the full Council for its consideration. Funding: N/A Recommendation: Review and discuss the assignments in preparation for the appointments made during the second meeting in January. December 21, 2021 I - 1 Alternate representatives are assigned to most committees. If you cannot attend, please contact your alternate directly. Committee, Board or Commission City Council Assignments Members Mayor Dexter Deputy Mayor Carr French Meyer McCaughan Schromen- Wawrin Suggs City Wellness Committee - Meets as needed, usually during the hours of 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. / City Hall 1 Alt. X Clallam Co. Board of Health - 3rd Tuesday of Month / C.C.C.B.R.** Port Angeles Term X Alt. Clallam Transit - Meets 3rd Wednesday of each month at 10:00 am / Rotating locations 2 Alt. X X Disability Board - 3rd Tues of month / 9am at County Mayor X Economic Development Council – Meets quarterly / Skills Center Staff Feiro Marine Life Center – 3rd Wednesday / 5:30 p.m. / Feiro 1 X Alt. Fireman's Pension Board - Meets once a year / City Hall Mayor X Alt. Homelessness Task Force Meets 1st Tuesday of month 2:30-4:00 pm / C.C.C.B.R.** 1 X Alt Lauridsen Trust - Meets 3rd Thurs of month / 11am F.U.M.C* Mayor X Law and Justice - Meets as needed 1 X Lodging Tax Advisory Committee - Meets as needed / City Hall 1 X Marine Resource Committee - Meets 3rd Monday / 5:30pm Courthouse 1 Alt. X December 21, 2021 I - 2 Alternate representatives are assigned to most committees. If you cannot attend, please contact your alternate directly. Committee, Board or Commission City Council Assignments Members Mayor Dexter Deputy Mayor Carr French Meyer McCaughan Schromen- Wawrin Suggs North Olympic Peninsula Resource Conservation & Development Council - Meets 4th Thursday / Location varies 1 X Alt. Olympic Peninsula Tourism Commission – Meets first Thursday / Location varies 1 Council and 1 staff X Peninsula Area Public Access - Meets 2nd Tuesday X Peninsula Regional Transportation Planning Organization - Meets 3rd Friday of every other month, 10am, location varies 1 Alt. X Port Angeles Downtown Association - 2nd Monday / 6:15pm / PADA Office 1 X Port Angeles Forward - Meets quarterly / 7:30 am / City Hall 2 X X Alt. Port Angeles Regional Chamber of Commerce - Meets 3rd Thursday, 8 am, location varies 1 X Alt. Solid Waste Advisory Committee - Meets 3rd Thursday of odd months / 3pm / C.C.C.B.R.** 1 X Alt. Strait Ecosystem Recovery Network (LIO) - Meets quarterly / Red Cedar Hall in Blyn 1 Alt. X Trust Lands Advisory Committee X Alt. Volunteer Fireman's Pension Board - Meets once a year / City Hall Mayor + 1 X Alt. Utility Advisory Committee - Meets 2nd Tuesday of month / 3pm / City Hall 3 X X X Alt. William Shore Memorial Pool District - 4th Tuesday / 3pm / C.C.C.B.R.** 2 Alt. X X * F.U.M.C. - First United Methodist Church ** C.C.C.B.R. - Clallam County Commissioner's Board Room December 21, 2021 I - 3 Date: To: From: Subject: December 21, 2021 City Council Thomas Hunter, Director of Public Works & Utilities Francis Street ADA Improvement Project, Award Construction Contract Background / Analysis: The Washington State TIB awarded the City of Port Angeles a Complete Street Grant in recognition of the City adopting a Complete Street Ordinance. The Grant was accepted by City Council on June 4, 2019 and must be expended by March 31, 2022. The Grant award is in the amount of $300,000.00 and will be used to replace and/or install 49 ADA compliant ramps on Francis Street between Caroline and 8th Streets. Curb ramps that meet ADA requirements are critical to providing pedestrian access for all users to Olympic Medical Center, Olympic Discovery Trail, Francis Street Park, Veterans Center, YMCA and Erickson Playfield. Notice of the bid opportunity was advertised through the Builders Exchange of Washington on November 24, 2021, and the Peninsula Daily News on November 28, 2021. •The base bid includes correcting ADA barriers between Caroline and 8th Streets on the west side of Francis Street. •Additive Bid 1 includes barrier removals on the east side of Francis Street at the 1st/Front Alley, 2nd Street, 2nd/3rd Alley. •Additive Bid 2 includes barrier removals on the east side of Francis Street at 4th Street to provide an ADA accessible route to the City tennis courts and other park facilities. On December 13, 2021, three bids were opened. Simmons & Sons of Montesano, WA is the apparent lowest, responsive, responsible bidder for the Base Bid, Additive Bid 1, and Additive Bid 2 with a total bid amount $321,750.00. Summary: This memo asks City Council to award a construction contract for the Francis Street ADA Improvement Project (TR0616) to Simmons & Sons of Montesano, WA in the amount of $321,750.00; including the Base Bid, Additive Bid 1, and Additive Bid 2. The contract work includes sidewalk and sidewalk ramp removal, installation of new sidewalk and sidewalk ramps, and installation of a concrete alley approach. Funding: The approved 2022-2027 Capital Facilities Plan includes grant funding from the Washington State Transportation Improvement Board (TIB) in the amount of $300,000.00. Additional funds are available from savings in the 2021 General Fund Budget in a one-time amount of $21,750.00. Recommendation: Award a contract for the Base Bid, Additive Bid 1, and Additive Bid 2 to Simmons & Sons of Montesano, WA for the TR0616 Francis Street ADA Improvement Project in the amount of $321,750.00 including applicable taxes, and authorize the City Manager to execute all documents necessary to execute and administer the contract, and to make minor modifications if necessary. J - 1December 21, 2021 The total bid amounts, including taxes, are tabulated in the following table: Contractor Base Bid & Add 01,02 Rognlin’s Inc. – Aberdeen, WA $532,644.18 ICI – Burlington, WA $365,528.50 Simmons & Sons – Montesano, WA $321,750.00 Engineer’s Estimate $336,035.00 Funding Overview: The approved 2022-2027 Capital Facilities Plan includes grant funding from the Washington State Transportation Improvement Board (TIB) in the amount of $300,000.00. Additional funds are available from savings in the 2021 General Fund Budget in a one-time amount of $21,750.00. J - 2December 21, 2021 - Date: December 21, 2021 To: City Council From: Thomas Hunter, Director of Public Works & Utilities Subject: Washington State Department of Transportation Highway Safety Improvement Program Grant for the City Signal Controller Upgrades Project Background / Analysis: The WSDOT 2020 City Safety Program aids public agencies in funding cost-effective collision-reducing projects included in City Safety Plans. The City developed a City Safety Plan in the Winter of 2019. In March of 2020 the City applied for funding for the Signal Controller Upgrades Project (TR0120). In December 2020, the City was notified the WSDOT Highway Safety Improvement Program grant was awarded. By accepting the WSDOT Grant with Federal funds, the City is obligated to complete the project within 10 years or return the Grant funds. The Design phase of the project will begin in early 2022, with construction scheduled for 2023. Project elements will be designed to reduce potential collisions by improving traffic flow and increasing pedestrian safety at traffic signal-controlled intersections within the project area. Depending on project costs, the project will include, in order of priority: • Implementation of operational safety upgrades, to include: o Lead Pedestrian Interval (LPI) timing, corridor level signal coordination and vehicle detection to reduce the number of collisions, o improved corridor flow and efficiency, and Summary: The City’s application for a Grant for the Design, Right-of-Way Acquisition, and Construction phases of the City Signal Controller Upgrades Project has been approved by the Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT). This Project will upgrade signal controllers, vehicle detection, and indication equipment for traffic signals located along Front and First Streets between Oak Street and Del Guzzi Drive. Funding: The Washington State Department of Transportation (WSDOT) awarded Port Angeles a $1,562,500.00 federally funded Highway Safety Improvement Program (HSIP) grant for traffic signal upgrades. This project is listed in the City’s approved 2022-2027 Capital Facilities Plan and Transportation Improvement Plan (TIP) under TR0120 (312-7930-595-6510) for an expenditure of $225,000.00 in 2022 and $1,360,000.00 in 2023. WSDOT typically requires a 10% local agency match for each of the project’s phases: Design, Right-of- Way Acquisition, and Construction. However, WSDOT will waive this requirement for the Construction phase if it is authorized on, or before, April 23, 2023. The 2022 budget includes $22,500.00 for the City’s required match for the Design and Right-of-Way Acquisition phases. Recommendation: Accept the Washington State Department of Transportation Highway Safety Improvement Program grant in the amount of $1,562,500.00 and authorize the City Manager to execute all documents necessary including the Local Agency Agreement, Project Prospectus, and make minor modifications as necessary. J - 3December 21, 2021 o LPI protection at all project signals. • Installation of countdown pedestrian signal heads and ADA compliant audible pedestrian signal actuators required for implementation of LPI, where not already provided, • Improved corridor level vehicle detection, including emergency vehicle detection and signal pre- emption to improve emergency vehicle response time and multimodal safety. This project supports the City’s Comprehensive Plan as follows: • Goal (G-4A) “To develop a coordinated, multimodal system, which services all of the city and all types of users in a safe, economical, and efficient manner” • Goal (G-4B) “To improve circulation patterns across and within the community, and to achieve the desired urban design of the City” Funding Overview: Cost estimates for all three phases will be refined during project design. The approved 2022-2027 Capital Facility Plan and Transportation Improvement Plan estimates the cost for each phase as follows: Design 215,000.00 Right of Way Acquisition 10,000.00 Construction 1,360,000.00 Total $1,585,000.00 The required City match for the Design and Right-of-Way Acquisition phases is included in the 2022 budget. The only anticipated Right-of-Way Acquisition costs are related to supplemental pedestrian detection equipment installations. J - 4December 21, 2021